WQ0002284_Renewal (Application)_20231027

Initial Review
Reviewer nathaniel.thorn burg
Is this submittal an application? (Excluding additional information.) *
Yes No
Permit Number (IR) * WQ0002284
Applicant/Permittee Outer Banks/Kinnakeet Associates, LLC
Applicant/Permittee Address PO Box 240908
Is the owner in BIMS? Yes No
Owner Type
Facility Name
County
Fee Category Major
Is this a complete application?*
Yes No
Signature Authority
Signature Authority Title
Signature Authority Email
Document Type (if non -application)
Email Notifications
Organization
Kinnakeet Shores WWTP
Dare
Does this need review by the hydrogeologist? * Yes No
Regional Office
CO Reviewer
Admin Reviewer
Is the facility in BIMS? Yes No
Fee Amount $528
Complete App Date
10127/2023
Below list any additional email address that need notification about a new project.
Email Address
Comments to be added to email notfication
Comments for Admin
Comments for RO

Comments for Reviewer
Comments for Applicant

Submittal Form
Project Contact Information
Please provide information on the person to be contacted by NDB Staff regarding electronic submittal, confirmation of receipt, and other correspondence.
Name* MJ Chen
Email Address*
[e-mail]
Project Information
.........................
Application/Document Type*
New (Fee Required)
Modification - Major (Fee Required)
Renewal with Major Modification (Fee
Required)
Annual Report
Additional Information
Other
Phone Number*
8287670553
Modification - Minor
Renewal
GW-59, NDMR, NDMLR, NDAR-1,
N DAR-2
Residual Annual Report
Change of Ownership
We no longer accept these monitoring reports through this portal. Please click on the link below and it will take you to the correct form.
https://edoes.deq.nc.gov/Forms/NonDischarge_Monitoring_Report
Permit Type:*
Wastewater Irrigation
High -Rate Infiltration
Other Wastewater
Reclaimed Water
Closed -Loop Recycle
Residuals
Single -Family Residence Wastewater
Other
Irrigation
Permit Number:*
WQ0002284
Has Current Existing permit number
Applicant/Permittee *
Outer Banks/Kinnakeet Associates, LLC
Applicant/Permittee Address*
PO Box 240908
Facility Name*
Kinnakeet Shores WWTP
Please provide comments/notes on your current submittal below.
Mr. Thornburg,
On behalf of Carolina Water Service, Inc. of North Carolina, we are submitting the referenced project for your review and approval.
This project will install a new tertiary filtration system with two DiscFilters, convert the existing filtration basin to operate as disinfection chambers;
demolish existing UV system; and convert the UV channel as an effluent box. The requisite documentation has been enclosed as follows:
• Check in the amount of $395 (will be mailed to you separately)
• Online submittal of the application and supporting documents as follows:
Reclaimed Water Project Information Form (FORM: RWPI 06-16)
Reclaimed Water Project Information Form (FORM: RWG 06-16)
Engineering plans to include cover sheet, index sheet, plan sheets and details sheets.
Technical Specifications
Engineering Calculations
Attachments:
o Attachment A: Existing Permit
o Attachment B: Site Map
o Attachment C: Delegation of Signatory Authority
Please let me know if you have any questions or need additional information.
At this time, paper copies are no longer required. If you have any questions about what is required, please contact Nathaniel Thornburg
at [e-mail].
Please attach all information required or requested for this submittal to be reviewed here.
(Application Form, Engineering Plans, Specifications, Calculations, Etc.)
Kinnakeet Shores WWTP Combined_File.pdf 40.78MB
Upload only 1 PDF document (less than 250 MB). Multiple documents must be combined into one PDF file unless file is larger
than upload limit.

* By checking this box, I acknowledge that I understand the application will not be accepted for pre -review until the fee (if required) has
been received by the Non -Discharge Branch. Application fees must be submitted by check or money order and made payable to the
North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality (NCDEQ). I also confirm that the uploaded document is a single PDF with all parts
of the application in correct order (as specified by the application).
Mail payment to:
NCDEQ — Division of Water Resources
Attn: Non -Discharge Branch
1617 Mail Service Center
Raleigh, NC 27699-1617
Signature
Submission Date 10/11/2023

v MCKIM&CREED
v
October 11, 2023
Nathaniel Thornburg
Environmental Program Supervisor
NC Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources - Non -discharge Branch
1617 Mail Service Center
Raleigh, NC 27699-1617
E N G I N E E R S
SURVEYORS
PLANNERS
M&C 01554-0041
Re: Kinnakeet Shores Wastewater Treatment Plant Tertiary Filtration and
Disinfection Modifications
Renewal and Major Modification
Application for Approval of Engineering Plans and Specifications
Permit No.: WQ0002284
Mr. Thornburg,
On behalf of Carolina Water Service, Inc. of North Carolina, we are submitting the
referenced project for your review and approval.
This project will install a new tertiary filtration system with two DiscFilters, convert
the existing filtration basin to operate as disinfection chambers; demolish existing UV
system; and convert the UV channel as an effluent box. The requisite documentation
has been enclosed as follows:
• Check in the amount of $395 (will be mailed to you separately)
• Online submittal of the application and supporting documents as follows:
✓ Reclaimed Water Project Information Form (FORM: RWPI 06-16)
✓ Reclaimed Water Project Information Form (FORM: RWG 06-16)
✓ Engineering plans to include cover sheet, index sheet, plan sheets and
details sheets.
✓ Technical Specifications
✓ Engineering Calculations
✓ Attachments:
8020 Tower Point Drive o Attachment A: Existing Permit
Charlotte, NC 28227 o Attachment B: Site Map
o Attachment C: Delegation of Signatory Authority
Please let me know if you have any questions or need additional information.
704.841.2588
E a x 7 0 4. 8 4 1 .2 5 6 7 Sincerely,
www.mckimcreed.corn

MJ Chen, P.E., PhD
Senior Project Manager
cc: Tony Konsul, Carolina Water Service, Inc. of NC
Travis Dupree, Carolina Water Service, Inc. of NC
Jimmy Holland, McKim & Creed, Inc.
v� MCKIM&CREED

State of North Carolina
DWR
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
15A NCAC 02U — RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEMS — PROJECT INFORMATION
Division of Water Resources INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: RWPI 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION
Please use the following instructions as a checklist in order to ensure all required items are submitted. Adherence to these
instructions and checking the provided boxes will help produce a quicker review time and reduce the amount of additional
information requested. Failure to submit all of the required items will lead to additional processing and review time for the
permit application.
For more information, visit the Water Quality Permitting Section Non -Discharge Permitting Unit website.
General —This form is required for all projects involving the generation, utilization, and or distribution of reclaimed water. At least one
of the following forms must also be included in the application package. However, multiple forms may be applicable. Unless
otherwise noted, the Applicant shall submit one original and two copies of the application and supporting
documentation. Please check the boxes below as appropriate to indicate which additional forms are included in the
application package:
® Reclaimed Water Generation (FORM: RWG) — for wastewater treatment facilities producing reclaimed water.
® Non -Conjunctive Utilization (FORM: RWNC) — for reclaimed water utilization activities, when the reclaimed water
utilization activity is required in order to meet the wastewater disposal needs of the facility.
❑ Conjunctive Utilization (FORM: RWCU) — for reclaimed water utilization activities, when the reclaimed water option is
not necessary to meet the wastewater disposal needs of the facility and other wastewater utilization/disposal methods are
available.
❑ Bulk Distribution (FORM: RWBD) — for distribution of reclaimed water in a bulk manner.
❑ Distribution Lines (FORM: RWDL) — for construction of reclaimed water distribution lines.
❑ Wetland Augmentation (FORM: RWWA) — for projects seeking to utilize reclaimed water for the purpose of wetland
augmentation.
❑ Local Program Approval (FORM: RWLPA) — for projects seeking permitting delegation for reclaimed water users.
A. Cover Letter (All Application Packages):
® List all items included in the application package, as well as a brief description of the requested permitting action.
B. Application Fee (All New and Major Modification Application Packages):
® Submit a check, money order or electronic funds transfer made payable to: North Carolina Department of Environmental
Quality (NCDEQ) according to the following fee schedules:
® STANDARD REVIEW —Submit the appropriate fee for all new and major modification applications as listed in the table
below.
Facility Classification
New Permit
Major Modification
—_
Major Generator/User (ADF > 10,000 gallons per day)
F$1,3 10
$395
Minor Generator/User (ADF < 10,000 gallons per day)
$810 $245
Reclaimed Water Distribution Lines
$480 N/A
' A major modification shall be defined as any permit modification that: increases the generating facility's
average daily flow (ADF); increases the utilization area acreage; adds additional utilization areas not
previously approved; or includes the addition of new treatment units/processes not previously permitted.
There is no fee for minor permit modifications.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: RWPI 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 1 of 2

C. Reclaimed Water Project Information Form (FORM: RWPI 06-16) (All application packages):
® Submit the completed and appropriately executed Reclaimed Water Project Information (FORM: RWPI 06-16) form. Please
do not make any unauthorized content changes to this form.
® The applicant name in Item I.1. shall be consistent with the applicant name on the plans, specifications, agreements, etc.
® The Applicant's Certification on Page 3 of this form shall be signed in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b). The
application must be signed by a principal executive officer of at least the level of vice-president or his authorized representative
for a corporation; by a general partner for a partnership or limited partnership; by the proprietor for a sole proprietorship;
and by either an executive officer, an elected official in the highest level of elected office, or other authorized employee for a
municipal, state, or other public entity. An alternate person may be designated as the signing official if a delegation letter is
provided from a person who meets the criteria in 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b).
❑ If this project is for a renewal without modification, use the Non -Discharge System Renewal (FORM: NDSR) application.
There is no fee for permit renewal without modification.
D. Existing Permit: (All Modification Packages):
® Submit the most recently issued existing permit.
❑ Provide a list of any items within the permit the Applicant would like the Division to address during the permit modification
(i.e., compliance schedules, permit description, monitoring, permit conditions, etc.).
ONE ORIGIANL AND TWO COPIES OF THE COMPLETED APPLICATION AND SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION
SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO:
NORTH CAROLINA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
DIVISION OF WATER RESOURCES
WATER QUALITY PERMITTING SECTION
NON -DISCHARGE PERMITTING UNIT
By U.S. Postal Service:
1617 MAIL SERVICE CENTER
RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27699-1617
TELEPHONE NUMBER: [phone]
By Courier/Special Delivery:
512 N. SALISBURY STREET
RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27604
FAX NUMBER: [phone]
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: RWPI 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 2 of 2

State of North Carolina
DWR
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Division of Water Resources 15A NCAC 02U — RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEMS — PROJECT INFORMATION
FORM: RWPI 06-16
I. GENERAL INFORMATION:
1. Applicant's name: Outer Banks Kinnakeet Associates, LLC by Carolina Water Service Inc, of NC (Emergency Operators)
Mailing address: PO Box 240908
City: Charlotte State: NC Zip: 28224-908
Telephone number: [phone] Email Address: Tony.Konsul&carolinawaterservicenc.com
2. Signature authority's name: Tony Konsul (per 15A NCAC 2U .0106) Title: Director of Operations- CWSNC
3. Applicant type (check all that apply):
❑ Government ❑ Federal ❑ State ❑ Municipal ❑ County
❑ Individual
❑ Corporation
✓ For new permits, submit documentation that the company is registered for business with the NC Secretary of State.
❑ General Partnership
✓ For new permits, submit a copy of the certificate filed with the Register of Deeds in the county of business.
❑ Privately Owned Public Utility
✓ For new permits, submit a Certificate of Public Convenience and Necessity from the NC Utilities Commission, or a
letter from the NC Utilities Commission's Water and Sewer Division Public Staff stating an application for a
franchise has been received and that the service area is contiguous to an existing franchised area or that franchise
approval is expected.
® Home Owners Association
✓ For new permits, submit a properly executed Operational Agreement (FORM: HOA); and proposed or approved
Articles of Incorporation, Declarations and By-laws.
❑ Developer (where residential lots are to be sold)
✓ For new permits, submit a properly executed Operational Agreement (FORM: DEV)
4. Demonstration of historical consideration for permit approval:
Has the Applicant or any parent, subsidiary or other affiliate exhibited the following?
a. Has been convicted of environmental crimes under Federal law or G.S. 143-215.6B? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
b. Has previously abandoned a wastewater treatment facility without properly closing that facility? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
c. Has unpaid civil penalty where all appeals have been abandoned or exhausted? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
d. Is non -compliant with an existing non -discharge permit, settlement agreement or order? ® Yes or ❑ No
e. Has unpaid annual fees in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0105(e)(2V ❑ Yes or ❑ No
FORM: RWPI06-16 Page 1 of

IL PROJECT INFORMATION
1. Application type: Major Modification (See Instruction B) Fee Submitted $395 (See Instruction B)
2. For modifications, provide the existing permit number: WQ0002284 and most recent issuance date: 8/17/2018
3. Provide a brief description of the activities proposed for permitting: Convert the existing sand filter to disc filters and convert
the UV disinfection to the chlorine disinfection.
4. What is the status of the following associated permits and/or certifications ? (if not applicable, please mark as N/A)
Permit/Certification
Date Submitted
Date Approved
Permit/Certification No.
Agency Reviewer
Collection System (Q >
200,000 GPM
N/A
Dam Safety
N/A
Erosion & Sedimentation
Control Plan
N/A
Nationwide 12 / Section 404
N/A
Pretreatment
N/A
Sewer System
N/A
Stormwater Management Plan
N/A
Other:
✓ For any of the permits and certifications listed above that will directly impact the construction of the proposed reclaimed
water project, please provide documentation of permit approval or final certification. Note: This application may be
considered incomplete, or the resulting permit may be issued conditionally if a pending issuance of any of the related
permits/certifications directly impacts the proposed facility.
5. Documentation of the presence or absence of threatened or endangered aquatic species at the project site utilizing information
provided by the Department's Natural Heritage Program is required for construction of all new WWTP projects and/or non -
conjunctive utilization sites, and for any project involving expansion of a WWTP and/or non -conjunctive utilization site in
accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(10). Provide the location in application package where this documentation is
located: ; or explain why this item is N/A. N/A, It is an exiting plant with process changes only.
6. Does this project utilize public monies or lands? ❑ Yes or ® No
✓ If yes, was an Environmental Assessment required under 15A NCAC O1C?
Yes ❑ No
Include one of the following final environmental documents with this submittal:
❑ Finding of No Significant Impact, or ❑ Record of Decision
Describe any mitigating factors from the Environmental Assessment that impact the design and/or construction of the
reclaimed water project:
7. Is any portion of the proposed project (reclaimed water treatment units, storage units, distribution lines, or utilization areas)
located within the 100 year flood plain? ❑ Yes or ® No
✓ If yes, specify which portion(s) of the project are affected?
✓ If yes, has the Applicant submitted written documentation of compliance with § 143 Article 21 Part 6? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
Documentation should consist of a letter from the local authority (i.e., county/municipality) stating that the project
complies with any local floodplain ordinance that may apply.
FORM: RWPI 06-16 Page 2 of 3

Applicant's Certification (signing authority must be in compliance with 15A NCAC 02U .0106):
Tony Konsul Director of Operations- CWSNC
(signing authority name — PLEASE PRINT) (title)
attest that this application for Outer Banks Kinnakeet Associates. LLC by Carolina Water Service of NC. Inc (Emergency Operators)
(facility name)
has been reviewed by me and is accurate and complete to the best of my knowledge. I understand that any discharge of wastewater
from this non -discharge system to surface waters or the land will result in an immediate enforcement action that may include civil
penalties, injunctive relief, and/or criminal prosecution. I will make no claim against the Division of Water Resources should a
condition of this permit be violated. I also understand that if all required parts of this application package are not completed and that
if all required supporting information and attachments are not included, this application package will be returned to me as incomplete.
I further certify that the applicant or any affiliate has not been convicted of an environmental crime, has not abandoned a wastewater
facility without proper closure, does not have an outstanding civil penalty where all appeals have been exhausted or abandoned, are
compliant with any active compliance schedule, an not have any overdue annual fees under Rule 15A NCAC 02U .0105. Note:
In accordance with NC eral Statutes 143-215.6 and-215.613, any person who knowingly makes any false statement,
representation, or rtifi ion in any app a " n pac a sh guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor, which may include a fine not to
exceed $I0,000 as e as ivil pen es u $25,000 viola ' n. \
Sign re: Date:
FORM: RWPI 06-16 Page 3 of 3

State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
DWR 15A NCAC 02U — RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEMS — GENERATION
Division of Water Resources
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: RWG 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION
Please use the following instructions as a checklist in order to ensure all required items are submitted. Adherence to these
instructions and checking the provided boxes will help produce a quicker review time and reduce the amount of additional
information requested. Failure to submit all of the required items will lead to additional processing and review time for the
permit application.
For more information, visit the Water Quality Permitting Section's Non -Discharge Permitting Unit website.
General — This application shall be used for projects involving the generation of reclaimed water that is to be utilized in either a
conjunctive or non -conjunctive manner. Non -conjunctive use means that the reclaimed water utilization activity is required
to meet the wastewater disposal needs of the generating facility. Conjunctive use means that the proposed utilization option
is not required to meet the wastewater disposal needs of the generating facility, and that other permitted utilization/disposal
alternatives are also available. Unless otherwise noted, the Applicant shall submit one original and two conies of the
application and supporting documentation.
Do not submit this application without an associated Reclaimed Water Project Information form (FORM: RWPI).
A. Reclaimed Water Generation Application (FORM: RWG 06-16) (All application packages):
® Submit the completed and appropriately executed Reclaimed Water Generation (FORM: RWG 06-16) application. Please do
not make any unauthorized content changes to this form. If necessary for clarity or due to space restrictions, attachments to
the application may be made, as long as the attachments are numbered to correspond to the section and item to which they
refer.
® The facility name in Item II.1. shall be consistent with the facility name on the plans, specifications, agreements, etc.
® The Professional Engineer's Certification on Page 9 of this form shall be signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina licensed
Professional Engineer.
® The Applicant's Certification on Page 9 of this form shall be signed in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b). The
application must be signed by a principal executive officer of at least the level of vice-president or his authorized representative
for a corporation; by a general partner for a partnership or limited partnership; by the proprietor for a sole proprietorship;
and by either an executive officer, an elected official in the highest level of elected office, or other authorized employee for a
municipal, state, or other public entity. An alternate person may be designated as the signing official if a delegation letter is
provided from a person who meets the criteria in 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b).
❑ If this project is for a renewal without modification, use the Non -Discharge System Renewal (FORM: NDSR) application.
B. Property Ownership Documentation (All Application Packages involving new or expanding generation systems):
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02U .0201(e) or 15A NCAC 02U .0202(f), the Applicant shall provide written documentation of ownership
for all property containing the reclaimed water generation equipment, reclaimed water storage units, and 5-day upset units.
Documentation shall consist of one (or more) of the following:
❑ Legal documentation of ownership (i.e., GIS, deed or article of incorporation), or
❑ Written notarized intent to purchase agreement signed by both parties with a plat or survey map, or
❑ An easement running with the land specifically indicating the intended use of the property and meeting the requirements
of 15A NCAC 02L .0107(f), or
❑ A written notarized lease agreement signed by both parties, indicating the intended use of the property, as well as a plat or
survey map.
C. Wastewater Chemical Analysis (For new or expanding generation systems treating Industrial Waste):
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02U .0201(g) or .0202(h), provide a complete Division certified laboratory chemical analysis of the effluent
to be irrigated for the following parameters (For new facilities, an analysis from a similar facility's effluent is acceptable):
❑ Ammonia Nitrogen (NH3-N) ❑ 5-day BOD (BOD5) ❑ Total Dissolved Solids
❑ Calcium ❑ Magnesium ❑ Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen (TKN)
❑ Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) ❑ Nitrate Nitrogen (NO3-N) ❑ Total Organic Carbon
❑ Chloride ❑ pH ❑ Total Phosphorus
❑ Coliphage (Type 2 reclaimed water only) ❑ Phenol ❑ Total Trihalomethanes
❑ Clostridium perfringens (Type 2 reclaimed water) ❑ Sodium ❑ Total Volatile Organic Compounds
❑ Fecal Coliform or E. coli ❑ Sodium Adsorption Ratio (SAR) ❑ Toxicity Test Parameters
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: RWG 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 1 of 4

D. Engineering Plans (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02U .0201(c) or .0202(c), submit standard size and 11 x 17-inch plan sets that have been signed, sealed and
dated by a North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer.
® The engineering plans shall include the following items:
® Table of contents with each sheet numbered.
® A general location map with at least two geographic references, a vicinity map, fencing around treatment and storage
facilities.
® A process flow diagram showing all flow, recycle/return, aeration, chemical, and wasting paths. (For conjunctive facilities,
include only those treatment units, in addition to existing units, that are needed to produce reclaimed water.)
® Plan and profile views of all treatment and storage units, including their piping, valves, and equipment (i.e., pumps,
blowers, mixers, diffusers, flow meters, etc.), as well as their dimensions and elevations. (For conjunctive facilities,
include only those treatment units, in addition to existing units, that are needed to produce reclaimed water.
❑ Auxiliary power supply. (Non -conjunctive systems only.)
® A hydraulic profile from the treatment plant headworks to the point where reclaimed water is released to the distribution
system. (Non -conjunctive systems only.)
® Plans shall represent a completed design and not be labeled with preliminary phrases (e.g., FOR REVIEW ONLY, NOT
FOR CONSTRUCTION, etc.) that indicate they are anything other than final specifications. However, the plans may be
labeled with the phrase: FINAL DESIGN - NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
E. Specifications (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02U .0201(c) or .0202(c), submit specifications that have been signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina
licensed Professional Engineer.
® At a minimum, the specifications shall include the following items:
® Table of contents with each section/page numbered.
® Detailed specifications for each treatment and storage unit, as well as all piping, valves, equipment (i.e., pumps, blowers,
mixers, diffusers, flow meters, etc.), audible/visual high water alarms, liner material, etc. (For conjunctive facilities,
include only those treatment units, in addition to existing units, that are needed in order to produce reclaimed water.)
❑ Site Work (i.e., earthwork, clearing, grubbing, excavation, trenching, backfilling, compacting, fencing, seeding, etc.)
® Materials (i.e., concrete, masonry, steel, painting, method of construction, etc.)
❑ Electrical (i.e., control panels, transfer switches, automatically activated standby power source, etc.)
® Means for ensuring quality and integrity of the finished product, including leakage, pressure and liner testing.
® Specifications shall represent a completed design and not be labeled with preliminary phrases (e.g., FOR REVIEW ONLY,
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION, etc.) that indicate they are anything other than final specifications. However, the specifications
may be labeled with the phrase: FINAL DESIGN - NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
F. Engineering Calculations (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02U .0201(c) or .0202(c), submit engineering calculations that have been signed, sealed and dated by a North
Carolina licensed Professional Engineer.
® At a minimum, the engineering calculations shall include the following items:
® Hydraulic and pollutant loading calculations for each treatment unit demonstrating how the designed effluent
concentrations in Application Item V.I. were determined (NOTE: "black box" calculations are unacceptable). (For
conjunctive facilities, include only those treatment units, in addition to existing units, that are needed to produce reclaimed
water.)
® Sizing criteria for each treatment unit and associated equipment (i.e., blowers, mixers, flow meters, pumps, etc.). (For
conjunctive facilities, include only those treatment units, in addition to existing units, that are needed in order to produce
reclaimed water.)
❑ Total and effective storage calculations for each storage unit.
❑ Friction/total dynamic head calculations and system curve analysis for each pump used.
® Manufacturer's information for all treatment units, pumps, blowers, mixers, diffusers, flow meters, etc.
❑ Flotation calculations for all treatment and storage units constructed partially or entirely below grade.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: RWG 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 2 of 4

G. Water Balance (For Non -Conjunctive application packages that include new or modified reclaimed water storage units to be
located on the property of the reclaimed water generator):
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02U .0202(k), submit a water balance that has been signed, sealed and dated by a qualified professional and
includes at a minimum:
❑ The water balance should be run over at least a two year iteration, should consider precipitation into and evaporation from
all open atmosphere storage impoundments, and should use variable number of days per month and include:
❑ Precipitation based on the 801' percentile and a minimum of 30 years of observed data.
❑ Potential Evapotranspiration (PET) using the Thomthwaite method, or another approved methodology, using a minimum
of 30 years of observed temperature data.
❑ Soil drainage based on the geometric mean of the in -situ KSAT tests in the most restrictive horizon and a drainage coefficient
ranging from 4 to 10% (unless otherwise technically documented).
❑ Other factors that may restrict the hydraulic loading rate when determining a water balance include:
❑ Depth to the SHWT and lateral groundwater movement.
❑ Nutrient limitations and seasonal application times to ensure reclaimed water is applied at appropriate agronomic rates.
❑ Note: Guidance on completing a water balance for non -conjunctive systems is available in the Water Balance Calculation
Policy.
H. Residuals Management Plan (All Application Packages with new, expanding or replacement wastewater treatment systems):
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02U .0802, submit a Residuals Management Plan that shall include, at a minimum:
❑ A detailed explanation of how generated residuals (including trash, sediment and grit) will be collected, handled, processed,
stored, and disposed.
❑ An evaluation of the treatment facility's residuals storage requirements based upon the maximum anticipated residuals
production rate and ability to remove residuals. NOTE: Per 15A NCAC 02U .0402(n), a minimum of 30 days of residual
storage shall be provided for non -conjunctive reclaimed water systems.
❑ A permit for residuals utilization or a written commitment to the Applicant from a Permittee of a Department approved
residuals disposal/utilization program that has adequate permitted capacity to accept the residuals or has submitted a
residuals/utilization program application. NOTE: Per 15A NCAC 02U .0202(j), a written commitment is not required at
the time of this application; however, it shall be provided prior to operation of any permitted facilities herein.
❑ If oil/grease removal and collection are a designed unit process, submit an oil/grease disposal plan detailing how the
oil/grease will be collected, handled, processed, stored and disposed. NOTE: If an on -site restaurant or other business with
food preparation is contributing wastewater to this system, an oil/grease disposal plan shall be submitted.
I. Distribution System Monitoring Plan (All application packages):
❑ Include a distribution system monitoring plan for verifying that reclaimed water standards (15A NCAC 02U .0301) will be met
at the utilization site(s). At a minimum, the following items shall be included:
❑ Specify the sampling locations within the distribution system that will provide data representative of the reclaimed water
delivered to users.
❑ The number of sampling locations should be equivalent to approximately 25 percent of the service connections to the
reclaimed water distribution system; or 5 locations, whichever is fewer. In no case shall fewer than two locations be
sampled.
❑ Monitoring shall include samples of. fecal coliform, pH, and total residual chlorine.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: RWG 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 3 of 4

Site Map (All Application Packages):
® Non -Conjunctive Systems
® Per 15A NCAC 02U .0202(d), submit standard size and 11 x 17-inch site maps that have been signed, sealed and dated by
a North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer and/or Professional Land Surveyor.
® For clarity, multiple site maps of the facility with cut sheet annotations may be submitted.
® At a minimum, the site map shall include the following:
® A scaled map of the site with topographic contour intervals not exceeding 10 feet or 25 percent of total site relief
and showing all facility -related structures and fences within the wastewater treatment and storage areas.
® The location of all wells (including usage and construction details if available), streams (ephemeral, intermittent,
and perennial), springs, lakes, ponds, and other surface drainage features within 500 feet of all treatment and storage
sites.
❑ Setbacks as required by 15A NCAC 02U .0701(a) and (b).
® Site property boundaries within 500 feet of all treatment and storage units.
® All habitable residences or places of public assembly within 500 feet of all treatment and storage units.
❑ Conjunctive Systems
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02U .0201(d), submit standard size and 11 x 17-inch site maps that have been signed, sealed and dated by
a North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer and/or Professional Land Surveyor.
❑ For clarity, multiple site maps of the facility with cut sheet annotations may be submitted.
❑ At a minimum, the site map shall include the following:
❑ A scaled map of the site showing all facility -related structures and fences within the wastewater treatment and
storage areas.
❑ Location of features in 15A NCAC 02U .0701(a) and (b), to the extent needed to determine compliance with
setbacks.
K. Education Program (All New Generators)
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02U .0501, provide documentation of a program of education and approval for all reclaimed water users. At a
minimum this material shall include:
❑ Definition of reclaimed water.
❑ Information on the proper use of reclaimed water.
❑ Examples of improper uses of reclaimed water.
❑ Clarification that reclaimed water is not for drinking.
❑ Clarification that reclaimed water cannot be discharged to surface waters and should not be allowed to runoff from the
utilization areas.
❑ Address any other environmental and/or public health protection measures.
❑ Methods to be used to provide employees educational material in a language they can understand.
ONE ORIGINAL AND TWO COPIES OF THE COMPLETED APPLICATION AND SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION
SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO:
NORTH CAROLINA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
DIVISION OF WATER RESOURCES
WATER QUALITY PERMITTING SECTION
NON -DISCHARGE PERMITTING UNIT
By U.S. Postal Service:
1617 MAIL SERVICE CENTER
RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27699-1617
TELEPHONE NUMBER: [phone]
By Courier/Special Delivery:
512 N. SALISBURY STREET
RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27604
FAX NUMBER: [phone]
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: RWG 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 4 of 4

State of North Carolina
DWR
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
15A NCAC 02U — RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEMS — GENERATION
Division of Water Resources FORM: RWG 06-16
L CONTACT INFORMATION:
1. Applicant's name: Outer Banks Kinnakeet Associates, LLC by Carolina Water Service Inc. of NC (Emergency Operators)
2. Signature authority's name: Tony Konsul (per 15A NCAC 02T .0106) Title: Director of Operations- CWSNC
3. Applicant's mailing address: PO Box 240908
City: Charlotte State: NC Zip: 28224-908
Telephone number: [phone] Email Address: Tony.Konsul(&carolinawaterservicenc.com
4. Consulting Engineer's name: Manjiang Chen License Number: 039025 Firm: McKim & Creed
Mailing address: 51 Thompson Street, Suite D
City: Asheville State: NC Zip: 28803-
Telephone number: [phone] Email Address: mchen(d),mckimcreed.com
IL FACILITY INFORMATION
1. Reclaimed water generating facility name: Kinnakeet Shores WWTP
Facility's physical address: 41105 Big Kinnakeet Drive
City: Avon State: NC Zip: 27915-1158 County: Dare
2. Facility Coordinates: Latitude: 35' 20' 39" Longitude: -75' 30' 24"
Datum: NAD83 Level of Accuracy Unknown Method of Measurement Address matching
3. USGS Map Name: 7.5-minute
4. Information for nearest waterbody a:
Stream Index No.: 30-22 Stream Classification: SA;H W
a To determine the waterbody stream index number and its associated classification, download the current classifications list
at the following web address: https://ncdenr.s3.amazonaws.com/s3fs-
public/Water%20Quality/Aquifer%2OProtection/LAU/Agreements/W SCA%2008-13.pdf.
5. Facility status: Existing
6. Reclaimed water utilization will be:
® Non -Conjunctive —reclaimed water utilization is required to meet the wastewater disposal needs of the facility.
Conjunctive — reclaimed water option is not necessary to meet the wastewater disposal needs of the facility and other
wastewater utilization or disposal methods are available at all times (15A NCAC 02U .0103(3)).
For Conjunctive, what is the alternate wastewater disposal method?
❑ NPDES Permit No.
❑ Other (specify): _
FORM: RWG 06-16 Page 1 of

III. INFORMATION ON RECLAIMED WATER GENERATION:
1. What is the origin of the influent (i.e., school, residential, hospital, municipality, industry, etc.)? Residential
2. Reclaimed water generating capacity for this project: 350,000 gallons per day (GPD)
3. What is the wastewater type? ® Domestic or Industrial (See 15A NCAC 02T .0103(20))
Is there a Pretreatment Program in effect? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
Has a wastewater chemical analysis been submitted in accordance with
Instruction C? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
4. How was the influent flow rate determined? ❑ 15A NCAC 02T .0114 or ® Representative Data
5. Hasa flow reduction been approved under 15A NCAC 02T .0114(fl? ❑ Yes or ® No
6. Provide the required information in the table below to document design flow pursuant to 15A NCAC 02T .0114:
Establishment Type
Daily Design Flow a
No. of Units
Flow
gal/
GPD
gal/
GPD
gal/
GPD
gal/
GPD
gal/
GPD
gal/
GPD
Total
GPD
IV. TREATMENT AND STORAGE UNIT SETBACKS (15A NCAC 02U .0701)
1. Provide the actual minimum distance in feet from the treatment units, storage units, and utilization areas to each item listed
(distances greater than 500 feet may be marked N/A):
Setback Parameter
Treatment Units/
Final Effluent Storage
5-day Upset Storage
Units
Required
Actual
Required
Actual
Any habitable residence or place of assembly under separate
100
ownership or not to be maintained as part of the project site
Any private or public water supply source
100
100
Surface waters (streams — intermittent and perennial,
50
50
perennial waterbodies, and wetlands)
Any well with exception of monitoring wells
100
100
Any property line
50
50
2. Do the treatment and storage units comply with all setbacks found in the river basin rules (15A NCAC 2B .0200)?
❑ Yes or ❑ No If no, list non -compliant setbacks:
3. Are any setback waivers required in order to comply with 15A NCAC 02U .0701? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
✓ If yes, have these waivers been written, notarized signed by all parties involved and recorded with the County Register
of Deeds? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
✓ If yes, has the required Non -Discharge Wastewater System Waiver (FORM: NDWSW) been included with this
application package? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
FORM: RWG 06-16 Page 2 of 9

V. RECLAIMED WATER CHARACTERISTICS:
1. Complete the table below by filling in the estimated influent concentrations and design effluent characteristics (15A NCAC 2U .0301):
Design Effluent
Design Effluent
Design Effluent
Estimated
Monthly Average
Geometric Mean
Daily Maximum
Parameter
Influent
Concentration
Actual Required
Actual
Required Actual
Required
BODs
mg/1
10 mg/1 10 mg/l (Type 1)
15 mg/1
15 mg/l (Type 1)
5m /I (Type2)
10m I (Type2)
TSS
mg/1
5 mg/1(Type 1)
5 mg/1
10 mg/1
10 mg/1(Type 1)
5 m /1(T e 2)
10 m I (Type 2)
NH3-N
mg/1
4 mg/1(Type 1)
4 mg/1
6 mg/1
6 mg/1(Type 1)
l in/1(T e 2)
2 in
NO3-N
mg/1
10 mg/1
NO2-N
mg/1
mg/1
Total Nitrogen
mg/1
mg/1 4 mg/1(wedand
augmentation only)
Total Phosphorus
mg/1
mg/1 1 mg/1(wetland
augmentation only)
TKN
mg/1
Turbidity
10 NTU
10 NTU (Type 1)
5 NTU (Type 2)
Fecal Coliforms
OR
/100 ml
14/100 ml
14/100 ml (Type 1) 25/100 ml
25/100 ml (Type 1)
E. Coli ❑
3/100 ml (Type 2)
25/100 ml (Type 2)
(choose one)
Coliphage - (Type 2 only)
/100 ml
/100 ml
51100 ml (Type 2) /100 ml
25/100 ml (Type 2)
Clostridium perfingen - (Type 2 only)
/100 ml
/100 ml
51100 ml (Type 2) /100 ml
25/100 ml (Type 2)
2. Have calculations or historical data been provided to justify the design effluent values shown in Item V.I. above? (See Application Instruction F)? ® Yes ❑ No
✓ If No, please explain:
FORM: RWG 06-16 Page 3 of 9

VI. RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM DESIGN CRITERIA (15A NCAC 02U .0401 or .0402
1. Plan sheet number where instrumentation for continuous monitoring/recording for turbidity/particle count is shown: N/A
2. Plan sheet number where instrumentation for continuous flow recording is shown: N/A
3. What is the method of preventing public access to the treatment facility and five day upset basin? Fence
✓ Plan sheet number where restricted access method is shown: N/A
4. Is there an automatically activated standby power supply onsite? ® Yes ❑ No
✓ If Yes, plan sheet number where standby power supply is shown: C01.0
✓ If No, what other means will be used to prevent improperly treated wastewater from entering the storage, distribution, or
utilization system?
5. Will a certified operator of a grade equal or greater than the facility classification be on call 24 hrs/day? ® Yes or ❑ No
6. What classification of reclaimed water does the generator intend to provide per (15A NCAC 02U .0301)?
® Type 1 — 15A NCAC 02U .0301(b); or
Type 2 - 15A NCAC 02U .0301(a) -(Note: Type 2 required for indirect contact irrigation of food chain crops where the
food product will not be peeled, skinned, cooked or thermally processed prior to human consumption.)
Are the following design criteria met for Type 2?
✓ Dual disinfection systems containing both UV disinfection and chlorination (or equivalent dual disinfection processes)
provided pursuant to 15A NCAC 02U .0401(h) or .0402(g)? ❑ Yes ❑ No
✓ Has documentation been provided to show that the combined treatment and disinfection processes are capable of the
following pathogen reductions pursuant to 15A NCAC 02U .0401(i) or .0402(r)?
➢ log 6 or greater reduction of E. coli ❑ Yes ❑ No
➢ log 5 or greater reduction of Coliphage ❑ Yes ❑ No
➢ log 4 or greater reduction of Clostridium perfringens ❑ Yes ❑ No
❑ Other— 15A NCAC 02U .0301(c) —reclaimed water will be produced by an industrial facility, will be used at the facility
in the industry's process, use area has no public access, and the use will not result in employee exposure.
Items VL7.—VL15. are for NON CONJUNCTIVE SYSTEMS — If you checked "Conjunctive" in Item IL6., skip to Section VIL•
7. Is aerated flow equalization provided with a capacity of at least 25% of daily system design flow? ® Yes or ❑ No
✓ If no, how does the Applicant intend on complying with 15A NCAC 02U .0402(b)?
8. Are dual facilities provided for all essential treatment units? ® Yes or ❑ No
Note: This refers to any unit process whose loss would likely render the facility incapable of meeting require performance
criteria including aeration, clarification, filtration, disinfection, pumps, blowers, etc. (See 15A NCAC 02T .0103(16))
✓ If no, how does the Applicant intend on complying with 15A NCAC 02U .0402(c)?
9. Is automatic flow diversion to a 5-day upset pond provided in the event of plant upset? ® Yes or ❑ No
10. Does the treatment facility include any bypass or overflow lines? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, describe what treatment units are bypassed, why this is necessary, and where the bypass discharges:
11. Are multiple pumps provided wherever pumps are used? ® Yes or ❑ No
✓ If no, how does the Applicant intend on complying with 15A NCAC 02U .0402(k)?
FORM: RWG 06-16 Page 4 of 9

VI. RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM DESIGN CRITERIA (Continued)
12. Are any treatment or storage units located within the 100-year flood plain? ❑ Yes or ® No
✓ If Yes, which units are affected? (Note that water tight seals or a minimum of two feet protection from the 100-year
floodplain is required.)
✓ If No, then provide the distance to the nearest flood zone: 1000 (feet); and provide the typical elevation at the edge of the
flood zone: 9 (feet)
13. How many days of residuals storage are provided? N/A (Note: 30 days required per 15A NCAC 02U .0402(n))
14. If an influent pump station is part of the proposed facility (i.e., within the wastewater treatment plant boundary), does the
influent pump station meet the design criteria in 15A NCAC 02T .0305(h)?
❑ Yes, ❑ No, ❑ N/A — To be permitted separately, or ❑ N/A — Gravity fed
VILDESIGN INFORMATION FOR NEW OR MODIFIED PORTIONS OF THE TREATMENT FACILITY
1. Type of treatment system (extended aeration, MBR, SBR, etc): Extended Aeration
2. Provide the requested treatment unit and mechanical equipment information (For conjunctive facilities, include only those
treatment units, in addition to existing units, that are needed to produce reclaimed water):
a. PRELIMINARY/PRIMARY TREATMENT: ❑ New Units, ❑ Modified Units ® N/A
Treatment Unit
Number
of Units
Manufacturer
or Material
Dimensions (ft)
/ S acin s (in)
Volume
(gallons)
Plan Sheet
Number
Specification
Page Number
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
b. SECONDARY / TERTIARY TREATMENT ❑ New Units, ® Modified Units ❑ N/A
Treatment Unit
Number
of Units
Manufacturer
or Material
Dimensions (ft)
Volume
(gallons)
Plan Sheet
Number
Specification
Page Number
Tertiary Filters
2
Hydrotech
M01.0
46 61 46
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
FORM: RWG 06-16 Page 5 of 9

VIL DESIGN INFORMATION FOR NEW OR MODIFIED PORTIONS OF THE TREATMENT FACILITY (Continued)
C. DISINFECTION ❑ New Units, ® Modified Units ❑ N/A
Number
Manufacturer
Volume
Plan Sheet
Specification
Treatment Unit
Dimensions (ft)
of Units
or Material
(gallons)
Number
Page Number
Chlorination Tank
2
21 x 8.5 x 4.52
12,072 total
M02.1
N/A
each
Select
Select
Select
➢ If chlorination is the proposed method of disinfection, specify detention time provided: 49.7 minutes (NOTE: 30 minutes
minimum required), and indicate at what treatment unit chlorine contact occurs: Chlorine Contact Tanks
➢ If ultraviolet (UV) light is the proposed method of disinfection, specify the number of banks: , number of lamps per
bank: and maximum disinfection capacity: GPM.
d. RESIDUALS TREATMENT ❑ New Units, ❑ Modified Units ® N/A
Treatment Unit
Number
of Units
Manufacturer
or Material
Dimensions (ft)
Volume
(gallons)
Plan Sheet
Number
Specification
Page Number
Select
Select
Select
e. PUMPS ❑ New Units, ❑ Modified Units ® N/A
Location
Number
of Pumps
purpose
Manufacturer /
Type
Capacity
Plan Sheet
Number
Specification
Page Number
GPM
I TDH
BLOWERS ❑ New Units, ❑ Modified Units ® N/A
Location
No. of
Blowers
Units Served
Manufacturer /
Type
Capacity
(CFM)
Plan Sheet
Number
Specification
Page Number
FORM: RWG 06-16 Page 6 of 9

VIL DESIGN INFORMATION FOR NEW OR MODIFIED PORTIONS OF THE TREATMENT FACILITY (Continued)
g. MIXERS ❑ New Units, ❑ Modified Units ® N/A
Location
No. of
Mixers
Units Served
Manufacturer. /
Type
Power
(hp)
Plan Sheet
Number
Specification
Page Number
h. FLOW METERS, OTHER RECORDING DEVICES & RELIABILITY ❑ New Units, ❑ Modified Units ® N/A
Device
Number
of Units
Maximum
Capacity
Manufacturer
Location
Plan Sheet
Number
Specification
Page Number
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
DISTRIBUION PUMP / DOSING TANK (IF APPLICABLE): ❑ New Units, ❑ Modified Units ® N/A
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
Internal dimensions (L x W x H or 9 x H)
ft
ft
ft
Total volume
ft3
gallons
Dosing volume
ft3
gallons
Audible & visual alarms
Equipment to prevent irrigation during rain events
FORM: RWG 06-16 Page 7 of 9

VIIL DESIGN INFORMATION FOR EARTHEN STORAGE IMPOUNDMENTS: 15A NCAC 02U .0402
IF MORE THAN ONE IMPOUNDMENT, PROVIDE ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THIS PAGE AS NECESSARY.
1. Are there any earthen reclaimed water storage impoundments located at the generator site? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
✓ If no, then skip the remaining items in Section VIII.
2. What is the storage impoundment type? Select
3. Storage Impoundment Coordinates (degrees, minutes, seconds): Latitude: _° Longitude: -_°
Datum: Select Level of accuracy: Select Method of measurement: Select
4. Do any impoundments include a discharge point (pipe, spillway, etc)? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
✓ If Yes, has the required NPDES permit been obtained to authorize the discharge of reclaimed water? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
➢ Provide the NPDES permit number ; or the date when NPDES application was submitted:
5. Are subsurface drains present beneath or around the impoundment to control groundwater elevation? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
6. Is the impoundment designed to receive surface runoff? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
✓ If yes, what is the drainage area? ft2, and was this runoff incorporated into the water balance? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
7. Will the reclaimed water be placed directly into or in contact with GA classified groundwater? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
If yes, has the Applicant provided predictive calculations or modeling demonstrating that such placement will not result in a
contravention of GA groundwater standards? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
8. What is the depth to bedrock from the earthen impoundment bottom elevation? ft
✓ If the depth to bedrock is less than four feet, has the Applicant provided a liner with a hydraulic conductivity no greater
than 1 x 10-' cm/s? Yes, ❑ No or ❑ N/A
Has the Applicant provided predictive calculations or modeling demonstrating that surface water
or groundwater standards will not be contravened? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
✓ If the earthen impoundment is excavated into bedrock, has the Applicant provided predictive calculations or modeling
demonstrating that surface water or groundwater standards will not be contravened? ❑ Yes, ❑ No or ❑ N/A
9. If the earthen impoundment is lined and the mean seasonal high water table is higher than the impoundment bottom elevation,
how will the liner be protected (e.g., bubbling, groundwater infiltration, etc.)?
10. If applicable, provide the specification page references for the liner installation and testing requirements:
11. If the earthen impoundment is located within the 100-year flood plain, has a minimum of two feet of protection (i.e., top of
embankment elevation to 100-year flood plain elevation) been provided? ❑ Yes or ❑ No or ❑N/A
12. Provide the requested earthen impoundment design elements and dimensions:
Earthen Impoundment Design Elements
Earthen Impoundment Dimensions
Liner type:
❑ Clay
❑ Synthetic
Top of embankment elevation:
ft
❑ Other
I ❑ Unlined
Liner hydraulic conductivity:
cm/s
Freeboard elevation:
ft
Hazard class:
Select
Toe of slope elevation:
ft
Designed freeboard:
It
Impoundment bottom elevation:
ft
Total volume:
ft3
gallons
Mean seasonal high water table depth:
ft
Effective volume:
ft3
gallons
Embankment slope:
Effective storage time:
days
Top of dam water surface area:
ft2
Plan Sheet Reference:
Freeboard elevation water surface area:
ft2
Specification Section:
Bottom of impoundment surface area:
ft2
FORM: RWG 06-16 Page 8 of 9

Professional Engineer's Certification:
1, MJ Chen , attest that this application for Kinnakeet Shores W WTP
has been reviewed by me and is accurate, complete and consistent with the information supplied in the
engineering plans, calculations, and all other supporting documentation to the best of my knowledge. I further attest that to the best of my
knowledge the proposed design has been prepared in accordance with this application package and its instructions as well as all applicable
regulations and statutes. Although other professionals may have developed certain portions of this submittal package, inclusion of these
materials under my signature and seal signifies that I have reviewed this material and have judged it to be consistent with the proposed
design. Notre: In accordance with NC General Statutes 143-215.6A and 143-215.6B, any person who knowingly makes any false
statement, representation, or certification in any application package shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor, which may include a fine
not to exceed $10,000 as well as civil penalties up to $25,000 per violation.
North Carolina Professional Engineer's seal, signature, and date:
``%%J1IIII/////
CAR 40.
!
�. 39026
�A ;
., *G I
��f� J Aµ�
1161111Ii%
Applicant's Certification (signing authority must be in compliance with 15A NCAC 02T .0106?:
f. Tonv Konsul I Director of Operations-
CWSNC
(signing authority name — PLEASE PRINT) (title)
attest that this application for Kinnakeet Shores WWTP
(facility name)
has been reviewed by me and is accurate and complete to the best of my knowledge. I understand that any discharge of wastewater from
this non -discharge system to surface waters or the land will result in an immediate enforcement action that may include civil penalties,
injunctive relief, and/or criminal prosecution. I will make no claim against the Division of Water Resources should a condition of this
permit be violated. I also understand that if all required parts of this application package are not completed and that if all required
supporting information and attachments are not included, this application package will be returned to me as incomplete. I further certify
that the applicant or any affiliate has not been convicted of an environmental crime, has not abandoned a wastewater facility without proper
closure, does not have an outstanding civil penalty where all appeals have been exhausted or abandoned, are compliant with any active
compliance schedule, and do not have any overdue an ua. e under Rule 15A NCAC 02T .0105. Note: In accordance with NC General
Statutes 143-215.6A and 1 15.6B, any person w o kno gly makes any false statement, representation, or certification in any
application package all be ilty of a CI s 2 isde anor, w 'ch may include a fine not to exceed $10,000 as well as civil penalties
up to $25,000 per viol
SiQna Date: 1L 20 V5
FORM: RWG 06-16 Page 9 of 9

CAROLINA WATER SERVICE - KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP III
TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
HARBOR RD
BIG KINNAKEET DR
1k
NC HIGHWAY 12
VICINITY MAP
NOT TO SCALE
PROJECT NAME:
CAROLINA WATER SERVICE - KINNAKEET SHORES VWV-fP
TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
OWNER/DEVELOPER:
4944 PARKWAY PLAZA BLVD
#375
CHARLOTTE, NC 28217
Carolina Water Service
-� of North CarolinaT"
AIWAA & C
8020 Tower Point Drive
Charlotte, North Carolina 28227
Phone: [phone], Fax: [phone]
NC License# F-1222
www.mckimcreed.com
PROJECT INFORMATION
`
A
SITE MAP
PROJECT NO. 01554-0041
OCTOBER 2023
PRELIMINARY DESIGN - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
A
orl
AL—
,r
NORTH
NA
4
k� , �t�=� •n s r '•. _ i�,-*� jig �M , '?'"' �r�4 '�-, f �* . r • I'
r
ta
TN
oA
1
e '
4 .� r • Yj
y
.. nr
I
�` � Via: � 1 •
aliey f •� r
sa - o TP
MONITORING WELL 12 J F
3y w ��+� ■ ' i
Al
`_ !� " r(; •�fir°" r �.
MONITORING WELL 10wNI��
MONITORING WELL 11 111
_` KEET 'DR
BIG, -`
' � �! �n -•s. ,--�»,a� ,,14, ..rya a�, { _ '.�s.�!'"''K ���- �.=' � �' � �' '�°'
1
LU
> ,.
. i
iUj
� MA
:,_::,
SCALE: 1" = 150'
SHEET INDEX
SHEET NO.
SHEET TITLE
GENERAL
000.0
COVER SHEET
G01.0
GENERAL NOTES AND LEGENDS
G02.0
FLOW PROCESS DIAGRAM
G02.1
HYDRAULIC PROFILE
CIVIL: CIVIL SITE
C01.0
EXISTING SITE PLAN AND YARD PIPING
C01.1
PROPOSED DEMOLITION PLAN
C01.2
PROPOSED SITE PLAN AND YARD PIPING
MECHANICAL
M01.0
DISC FILTER PLAN AND SECTION
M02.0
FILTER DEMOLISH PLANS AND DETAILS
M02.1
CHLORINE CONTACT TANK PLAN AND SECTION
DETAILS
D01.0
CIVIL AND MECHANICAL DETAILS
D01.1
CIVIL AND MECHANICAL DETAILS
Z. L
0 9025
i��qN Jlq N G G•r���
f�ltii111\\
LSHEETINDEX
Know what's below.
Call before you dig.
Cn
W
O
Cn
W
W
Q
z
zrill
i
W
U_
W
U)
w
Q
z_
J
O
Q
U
O
C )
u J
O
O
z
U
LU
C'7
CN
C)
N
W
m
0
U
O
bi
m
U)
I:\01554\0041 \ENG\80—DRAWINGS\GENERAL\000.0-015540041 (COVER SHEET).DWG — — — — 10/10/2023 09:24:30 ANDREW BRANCH

1 1 ABBREVIATIONS
1SFD
1 STORY FRAMED DWELLING
1SBKBUS
1 STORY BRICK BUSINESS
A
AIR
AC
ASBESTOS CEMENT
AL OR ALUM
ALUMINUM
ASPH
ASPHALT
ARV
AIR RELEASE VALVE
BC
BACK OF CURB
BFV
BUTTERFLY VALVE
BK
BRICK
BO
BOLLARD
BOV
BLOW OFF VALVE
BV
BALL VALVE
CATV
CABLE TELEVISION
CB
CATCH BASIN
C&G
CURB AND GUTTER
CHN
CHAIN
CI
CURB INLET
C/L, rL
CENTERLINE
CMP
CORRUGATED METAL PIPE
CMU
CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT
CO
CLEAN OUT
CON
CONCENTRIC
CONC
CONCRETE
CPLG
COUPLING
CPP
CORRUGATED PLASTIC PIPE
CS
COMPOST SOCK
CSF
COMBO SILT / TREE PROTECTION FENCE
CWTD
CLEAN WATER TEMPORARY DIVERSION
CV
CHECK VALVE
D
DRAIN
DI
DROP INLET / DUCTILE IRON
DIP
DUCTILE IRON PIPE
D/W
DRIVE WAY
DUCT
DUCT BANK
DWG
DRAWING
EL OR ELEV
ELEVATION
EOG
EDGE OF GRAVEL
EOI
END OF INFORMATION
EP, EOP
EDGE OF PAVEMENT
EX
EXISTING
EXP
EXPANSION
LP
LIGHT POLE
LT
LIGHT
FCA
FLANGE COUPLING ADAPTER
FD
FLOOR DRAIN
FDC
FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTOR
FH
FIRE HYDRANT
FHA
FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY
FLG
FLANGE
FLR
FLOOR
FM
FORCE MAIN
FRP
FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PIPE
FO
FIBER OPTIC
GL
GUTTER LINE
GM
GAS METER
GRAV
GRAVEL
GTS
GAS TEST STATION
GV
GAS VALVE
GW
GUY WIRE
HB
HOTBOX
HDPE
HIGH -DENSITY POLYETHYLENE
HP
HIGH POINT
HWL
HIGH WATER LEVEL
INV
INVERT ELEVATION
IPF
IRON POST FOUND
JB
JUNCTION BOX
JT
JOINT
LF
LINEAR FEET
LOD
LIMITS OF DISTURBANCE
LP
LIGHT POLE
LSA
LANDSCAPE AREA
LWL
LOW WATER LEVEL
MB
MAIL BOX
MAX
MAXIMUM
MH
MANHOLE
MIN
MINIMUM
MTL
METAL
MJ
MECHANICAL JOINT
N.C.
NORMALLY CLOSED
N.O.
NORMALLY OPEN
NIC
NOT IN CONTRACT
NWL
NORMAL WATER LEVEL
OHE/OE
OVER HEAD ELECTRIC
O/F
OVERFLOW
OU
OVER HEAD UTILITIES
PE
PLAIN END
PIV
POST INDICATOR VALVE
POLY
POLYMER
PP
POWER POLE
PRV
PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE
PV
PLUG VALVE
PVC
POLY VINYL CHLORIDE
PW
POTABLE WATER
RCP
REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE
REC
PER RECORD
RED
REDUCER
RFCA
RESTRAINED FLANGE COUPLING ADAPTER
RJ
RESTRAINED JOINT
RK
ROCK
R/W, ROW
RIGHT OF WAY
S
SIGN
SDMH
STORM DRAIN MANHOLE
SF
SILT FENCE
SS
SANITARY SEWER
S.S.
STAINLESS STEEL
SSF
SUPER / HIGH HAZARD SILT FENCE
SSMH
SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE
STA
STATION
SUE
SUBSURFACE UTILITY ENGINEERING
S/W
SIDE WALK
SVC
SERVICE
TBM
TEMPORARY BENCH MARK
TC
TERRA COTTA
TLP
TRAFFIC LIGHT POLE
TOB
TOP OF BANK
TOC
TOP OF CONCRETE
TH
TEST HOLE
TPF
TREE PROTECTION FENCE
TSBOX
TRAFFIC SIGNAL BOX
TYP
TYPICAL
LINO
UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE
LINK
UNKNOWN
VAR
VARIABLE
VCP
VITRIFIED CLAY PIPE
WD
WOOD
WL
WATER LINE
WM
WATER METER
WV
WATER VALVE
WWF
WELDED WIRE FABRIC
XP
CROSS LIGHT POLE
YI
YARD INLET
REV.NO. DESCRIPTION DATE
A PRELIMINARY DESIGN - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 2023.10
REVISIONS
CARO
y
Lf
0 9025
21' NG I N��
/1�i////iANG1G?�`�
8 I GENERAL NOTES
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW AND VERIFY ALL LAYOUTS, DIMENSIONS AND ELEVATIONS ON THE PLANS WITH FINAL APPROVED EQUIPMENT DRAWINGS AS WELL AS ANY TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLIED, IF ANY, PRIOR TO STARTING
CONSTRUCTION AND SHOULD DISCREPANCIES OCCUR, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ENGINEER TO OBTAIN THE ENGINEER'S CLARIFICATION BEFORE COMMENCING WITH CONSTRUCTION.
2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL RELATED DISCIPLINE DRAWINGS TO ENSURE ACCURATE INSTALLATION OCCURS. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTE, NOT ALL PIPING, VALVING, IN -LINE EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTAION IS SHOWN ON THE
PLANS. CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO P&ID'S FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON THE ABOVE MENTIONED.
3. CONTRACTOR SHALL SLOPE GRAVITY LINES AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS OR IF NOT INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS SLOPE SHALL BE AT POSITIVE GRADE PER 15A OF NCAC 2T (MIN.) TO FACILITATE THE INTENDED DRAINAGE BETWEEN
STRUCTURES. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFIRM ALL INVERTS PRIOR TO STARTING CONSTRUCTION.
4. ALL UNDERGROUND PRESSURE PIPE SHALL BE RESTRAINED AT ALL FITTINGS AND PIPE JOINTS.
5. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY NO. OF YARD HYDRANTS & LOCATIONS WITH OWNER. CONTRACTOR SHALL PLACE HOSE RACKS AT ALL YARD HYDRANT LOCATIONS.
6. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN A CLEAR PATH FOR ALL SURFACE WATER DRAINAGE STRUCTURES AND DITCHES DURING CONSTRUCTION.
7. ALL PIPE LINES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM COVER OF 36" UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR DIRECTED.
8. SEWER CLEAN -OUT SPACING SHALL BE 75' MAX. BETWEEN CLEAN -OUTS.
9. ADD PROTECTION BOLLARDS AT ALL HYDRANT LOCATIONS AS REQUIRED.
10. HEAT TRACE AND INSULATE ALL EXPOSED PIPING ABOVE GRADE, 6" OR SMALLER.
11. NOTE; ALL VAULTS, MANHOLES, INLET STRUCTURES, BASINS, WET WELLS ETC. SHALL BE CONSIDERED "CONFINED SPACE ENTRY" AND SHALL BE MARKED AS SUCH BY MEANS OF STAMPING MANHOLE COVERS AND PLACING PERMANENT SIGNAGE
ON THE VAULTS, BASINS OR STRUCTURES WARNING OF THE "CONFINED SPACE ENTRY" CONDITION.
12. NOTE: ALL NON-POTABLE/PLANT WATER USERS MUST BE CLEARLY LABELED AS "NON -POTABLE", NOT FOR HUMAN CONSUMPTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH 15A NCAC 02U.0403.
13. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL PIPE SUPPORTS WHETHER SHOWN ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS OR NOT. PIPE SUPPORTS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SPACING AND SUPPORT.
ADDITIONALLY, PROVIDE SUPPORT WHERE ABOVE GRADE PIPING CHANGES DIRECTION, IS ADJACENT TO FLANGED VALVES OR OTHER APPURTENANCES OR AT EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS AND HEAVY FITTINGS.
14. WELLS TO BE ABANDONED AS REQUIRED BY 15A NCAC 02C.0113 AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE 15A NCAC 18A SECTION 1900 RULES. WELL SUPPLY PIPING SHALL BE ABANDONED IN PLACE OR REMOVED AS REQUIRED BY OTHER WORK. WHERE
PIPING REMOVED, IT SHALL BE PLUGGED OR CAPPED.
15. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY SIZE, DEPTH, LOCATION AND MATERIAL OF ALL UNDERGROUND UTILITIES PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION.
16. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CAREFULLY SUPPORT AND PROTECT ALL UTILITIES, STRUCTURES, POWER POLES, PIPE LINES AND CONDUITS WHICH MAY BE ENCOUNTERED DURING COMPLETION OF THE WORK. ANY DAMAGE RESULTING FROM THE
CONTRACTOR'S OPERATIONS SHALL BE REPAIRED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ENGINEER AND UTILITY PROVIDER AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE.
17. TRAFFIC FLOW SHALL BE MAINTAINED AT ALL TIMES DURING CONSTRUCTION.
18. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE TOWN OF PITTSBORO AS APPLICABLE FOR ANY DISRUPTIONS OF THE NORMAL OPERATIONS OF WATER SERVICES.
19. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PERMITTING ANY AND ALL ADDITIONAL AREAS OF DISTURBANCES NOT INCLUDED IN THE NCDENR APPROVED EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL PLAN.
20. FOR ALL PLANT WATER EQUIPMENT END -USERS, PROVIDE A Y-TYPE STRAINER PRIOR TO EQUIPMENT HOOK UP.
21. CONTRACTOR SHALL WORK ALL MECHANICAL AND YARD PIPING PLANS WITH P&ID'S TO ENSURE ALL INSTRUMENTATION IS ACCOUNTED FOR.
22. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR LOW POINT DRAINS AND HIGH POINT VENTS.
v v MCMM&CREED
8020 Tower Point Drive
Charlotte, North Carolina 28227
Phone: [phone], Fax: [phone]
NC License# F-1222
www.mckimcreed.com
Carolina Water Service
1� of North CarolinaTM
CAROLINA WATER SERVICE - KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP
TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
GENERAL
GENERAL NOTES AND LEGENDS
PROJ. START DATE:
2023.07
MCE PROJ. #
01554-0041
DRAWN
MTN
DESIGNED
MC
CHECKED
MC
PROJ. MGR.
.1H
SCALE
G O 1 . 0
HORIZONTAL:
NIA
DRAWING NUMBER
VERTICAL:
NIA
B
REVISION
STATUS: PRELIMINARY DESIGN
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION,
I:\01554\0041\ENG\80—DRAWINGS\GENERAL\G01.0-015540041 ( NOTES, LEG & PROC SCHEM ).DWG 10/10/2023 09:24:39 ANDREW BRANCH

REV.NO. DESCRIPTION DATE
A PRELIMINARY DESIGN - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 2023.10
REVISIONS
CARO
y
_ L r
0 9025
'x/
/A N G 1G?
v v MCMM&CREED
8020 Tower Point Drive
Charlotte, North Carolina 28227
Phone: [phone], Fax: [phone]
NC License# F-1222
www.mckimcreed.com
Carolina Water Service
1� of North CarolinaTM
CAROLINA WATER SERVICE - KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP
TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
GENERAL
FLOW PROCESS DIAGRAM
PROJ. START DATE:
2023.07
MCE PROJ. #
01554-0041
DRAWN
MTN
DESIGNED
MC
CHECKED
MC
PROJ. MGR.
.1H
SCALE
G02.0
HORIZONTAL:
NIA
DRAWING NUMBER
VERTICAL:
NIA
B
REVISION
'STATUS: PRELIMINARY DESIGN
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION,
I:\01554\0041\ENG\80—DRAWINGS\GENERAL\G01.0-015540041 ( NOTES, LEG & PROC SCHEM ).DWG 10/10/2023 09:24:44 ANDREW BRANCH

25.00
20.00
15.00
10.00
5.00
1 11
%I
1/I I/I
j I 4/4-
ICI
SCREENING
ICI I/I I/I 1�1 ICI I/I I/1
/I__I/I�/I
I/I I;I I%rJJ 1;L -J/1 1/L J'1
I/I I/I L �;I I�r/-7-7-71
I/I I/I I/I ICI ICI
-;I I/I 17
I/I I/I I/I I/I I/I
I/I I/I I/I I/I I/I
I/I I/I I/I I/I I/I
I;I I;I I/I I/I I/I
I/I I/I I/I I/I I/I
I/I I/I I/I I/I I/I
11 IZ/I
�I I/I ICI I/I I/I
I/I I;I I;I I/I I/I
I;Ifl
I/I I/I I/I I/I ICI
I/I I/I I/I I/I I/I
/I I/I 1z
I/I I/I I/I I/I I/I
14/- --]/1-41
iiiiiiiiiTiTiTiTiiiiiiiii/7/- / /iJ/Liiiii/////iTiTiTiiiiiii////iTiTi J%LiiiiiiiTiTiTiTiTiiiiiiiiTiTiTiTi J/LiiiiiiiTi/i /// /// TiTiTiT
— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
EQUALIZATION TANK ANOXIC ZONE AERATION ZONE SECONDARY CLARIFIE
113011114111111:14:01-Al 11111•L1y_�r,r_M.lsa[•Iryr11•1mez:1/b111111vLeib]
REV.NO. DESCRIPTION DATE
A PRELIMINARY DESIGN - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 2023.10
REVISIONS
0,111C A R //���i
ESS/4,�s
L p
p 025
//;//J ANG`G,�`
v
v MCMM&CREED
8020 Tower Point Drive
Charlotte, North Carolina 28227
Phone: [phone], Fax: [phone]
NC License# F-1222
www.mckimcreed.com
Carolina Water Service
1� of North CarolinaTM
CAROLINA WATER SERVICE - KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP
TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
GENERAL
HYDRAULIC PROFILE
EX T' RCP -
-W V-6. 77'-'-
PROJ. START DATE:
2023.07
MCE PROJ. #
01554-0041
DRAWN
MTN
DESIGNED
MC
CHECKED
MC
PROJ. MGR.
.1H
SCALE
G02.1
HORIZONTAL:
NIA
DRAWING NUMBER
VERTICAL:
ill =2--6"
B
REVISION
STATUS: PRELIMINARY DESIGN
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION,
I:\01554\0041\ENG\80-DRAWINGS\GENERAL\G01.0-015540041 ( NOTES, LEG & PROC SCHEM ).DWG 10/10/2023 09:24:49 ANDREW BRANCH

E
RAS PUMP
EXTERNAL
CLARIFIER
1D=23.5
A
Tt
f4"PIPE TO SLUDGE HOLDING TANKDRAIN
Il
I
10'58" REDUCER
8"EFFLUENT
TRAVELING BRIDGE
EXISTING UV CHANNELS
REV.NO. DESCRIPTION DATE
A PRELIMINARY DESIGN -NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION REVISIONS 2023.10
O
AERATION it
(125, 000 gal)
II
II
II
II
I
I
\\ I
\ I
I
\\ 1
\\ 1
10" DIP
8" DIP FIL TER
EFFL DENT
\`\, C A R //���i
/04-`y/�
L
p 025
//;//J ANG`G,�`
\\
3
\
SLUDGE
HOLDING
(61,560 gal)
8"EFFLUENT
10'x8" REDUCER
/
/
INTERNAL RECYCLE PUMP (TYP. 3)
AERATION lil
(52,355 gal)
INTERNAL
CLARIFIER
ID=23.5
MIXER IMPELLER
(TYP. 2)
\
\ GENERATOR
EQUALIZATION \
(140, 000 gal) \
�1
1
1
EQ PUMPS /SPLITTER BOX 1
I
I
ANOXIC 1
(26,340 gal)
6" IR PIPE
AERATION I l /
\ (172,645gaI)
\ CONTROL PANEL
EQUALIZERI
MUDWELL
II
\ - `--------------------- j i� i
— — — — — — — — —
BLOWER UNITS
J 6" BACKWASH WASTE <11
I
II
6" BACKWASH WASTE
II
II
10" OVERFLOW
II
5' 0 5' 10,
II
II
SCALE: 1 "=5' (Horiz.)
v v CREED
8020 Tower Point Drive
Charlotte, North Carolina 28227
Phone: [phone], Fax: [phone]
NC License# F-1222
www.mckimcreed.com
Carolina Water Service
of North CarolinaTM
CAROLINA WATER SERVICE - KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP
TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
CIVIL SITE
EXISTING SITE PLAN AND YARD PIPING
PROJ. START DATE:
2023.07
MCE PROJ. #
01554-0041
DRAWN
MTN
DESIGNED
MC
CHECKED
MC
PROJ. MGR.
.1H
8"AIR PIPING
SCALE
C01.0
HORIZONTAL:
1 112" = V-0"
RAWING NUMBER
VERTICAL:
NIA
B
L
REVISION
STATUS: PRELIMINARY DESIGN
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
I:\01554\0041\ENG\80-DRAWINGS\CIVIL\C01.0-0155400441 (EX SITE & YARD PIPING).DWG 10/10/2023 09:25:01 ANDREW BRANCH

E
RAS PUMP
EXTERNAL
CLARIFIER
1D=23.5
A
Tt
f4"PIPE TO SLUDGE HOLDING TANKDRAIN
Il
I
10'58" REDUCER
8"EFFLUENT
UV CHANNEL
EXISTING UV CHANNELS
DEMO: TRAVELING BRIDGE FILTERS
SEE DEMOLITION PLAN, SHEET M02.1
REMOVE ANY MECHANICAL
AND ELECTRICAL
EQUIPMENT ASSOCIATED
WITH THE UV SYSTEM
REV.NO. DESCRIPTION DATE
A PRELIMINARY DESIGN - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 2023.10
REVISIONS
O
AERATION it
(125, 000 gal)
II
II
II
II
I
I
\\ I
\ I
I
\\ 1
\\ 1
10" DIP
8" DIP FIL TER
EFFL DENT
\`\, C A R //���i
/0 4-
L
p 025
//iNJ/ANG`G,�`
\\
3
\
SLUDGE
HOLDING
(61,560 gal)
8"EFFLUENT
10'x8" REDUCER
/
/
INTERNAL RECYCLE PUMP (TYP. 3)
AERATION lil
(52,355 gal)
INTERNAL
CLARIFIER
ID=23.5
MIXER IMPELLER
(TYP. 2)
\
\ GENERATOR
EQUALIZATION \
(140, 000 gal) \
�1
1
1
EQ PUMPS /SPLITTER BOX 1
I
I
ANOXIC 1
(26,340 gal)
6" IR PIPE
AERATION I l /
\ (172,645gaI)
\ CONTROL PANEL
\ \ \ EQUALIZERI
MUDWELL
II
II
\\ I I
II
I\ - `--------------------- j i� i
BLOWER UNITS
6"BACKWASH WASTE I I
DEMO: INFLUENT PIPE,
OVERFLOW PIPE, AND
BACKWASH WASTE PIPE
v v CREED
8020 Tower Point Drive
Charlotte, North Carolina 28227
Phone: [phone], Fax: [phone]
NC License# F-1222
www.mckimcreed.com
Carolina Water Service
of North CarolinaTM
5' 0 5' 10, 1 I
II
SCALE: 1 "=5' (Horiz.) I I
II
CAROLINA WATER SERVICE - KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP
TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
CIVIL SITE
PROPOSED DEMOLITION PLAN
PROJ. START DATE:
2023.07
MCE PROJ. #
01554-0041
DRAWN
MTN
DESIGNED
MC
CHECKED
MC
PROJ. MGR.
.1H
8"AIR PIPING
SCALE
C 0 1 .1
HORIZONTAL:
1 112" = V-0"
DRAWING NUMBER
VERTICAL:
NIA
B
REVISION
STATUS: PRELIMINARY DESIGN
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
I:\01554\0041\ENG\80-DRAWINGS\CIVIL\C01.0-0155400441 (EX SITE & YARD PIPING).DWG 10/10/2023 09:25:05 ANDREW BRANCH

Li Li
EXISTING 36" DOOR
EXISTING 12'S02" COMMERCIAL
OVERHEAD DOOR
SODIUMM HYPOCHLORITE STORAGE
(TYP. 3)
4" PIPE TO SLUDGE HOLDING TANK DRAIN
SECONDARY CONTAINMENT TANK
(TYP.3)
CHEMICAL FEED PUMPS AERATION it
PULSATRON SERIES A PLUS
AS MANUFACTURED BY PULSAFEEDER I I / / / (125,000gal)
(TYP. 2)
II /
EMERGENCY
SHOWER/EYEWASH
STATION
RAS PUMP
------2" SCH. 80 PVC
CHEMICAL CONT. PIPE EXTERNAL
CLARIFIER
EXISTING UV CHANNEL
CONVERTED TO AN
EFFLUENT BOX
EXISTING UV CHANNELS
EXISTING 12" RCP EFFLUENT PIPE
REV.NO. DESCRIPTION DATE
A PRELIMINARY DESIGN - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 2023.10
REVISIONS
\
10'5(8" REDUCER \ \ \ \\ \\
- 8"EFFLUENT \ \ \ \\ \ \
8" EFFLUENT
10'5r8" REDUCER
ANOXIC 1 \ \ \ \ \ l
10" PLUG VALVE \ \ \
(26,340 gal)
(TYP.2)
6"IR PIPE
AERATION l
DI BACKWASH WASTE
C A R
.��_ oC
/0*-.4, �s
L
p 025
//;//J A N G`G,�`
\ CONTROL PANEL
\ MAIN PLANT
/ EQUALIZERI
USE THE EXISTING
GI (1(1P PGKIGTPATI(1KI
MUD WELL
\ II
MUDWELL AND VALVE VAULT
6" BACKWASHX�SI
10" OVERFLOW
v
v MCM4&CMED
8020 Tower Point Drive
Charlotte, North Carolina 28227
Phone: [phone], Fax: [phone]
NC License# F-1222
www.mckimcreed.com
REF�
BLOWER UNITS
6" BACKWASH WASTE FORCE MAIN BACK
TO THE HEAD OF THE PLANT
Carolina Water Service
of North CarolinaTM
II
II
5' 0 5' 10'
II
SCALE: 1"=5' (Horiz.)
II
CAROLINA WATER SERVICE - KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP 1
TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATION
CIVIL SITE
PROPOSED SITE PLAN AND YARD PIPING
PROJ. START DATE:
2023.07
MCE PROJ. #
01554-0041
DRAWN
MTN
DESIGNED
MC
CHECKED
MC
PROJ. MGR.
.1H
II
C01.2
SCALE
HORIZONTAL:
1 1 /2" = V-0"
RAWING NUMBER
VERTICAL:
NIA
B
L
REVISION
STATUS: PRELIMINARY DESIGN
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
I:\01554\0041 \ENG\80-DRAWINGS\CIVIL\C01 .3-015540041 (PROP SITE & YARD PIPING).DWG 10/10/2023 09:25:24 ANDREW BRANCH

O �
6" DI FL 90° HORIZ. BEND
(TYP. 2)
6" DI TO EXISTING MUD WELL
-� - - - -
C
PIPE SUPPORT 0� .
(TYPE 3)
PIPE SUPPORT
(TYPE 3)
10" DI FROM CLARIFIERS
TERTIARY
DISC FILTER #1
WALKWAY
i �
o J
HORIZ. BEND
i
10" DI FL 90° PIPE SUPPORT i I TI
(TYPE 6A) L° J
i
o
L°
(2) 10" 90° DI FL BEND
ROLLED 68° VERTICALLY PIPE SUPPORT 10" PLUG VALVE
(TYPE 6A) (TYP. 2)
EL. 18.24'
HIGHPOINT OF FILTER
EL. 17.16'
6" BACKWASH WASTE
q EL. 16.56'
10" CLARIFIER EFFLUENT
WALKWAY
EL. 15.29'
10" FILTER INFLUENT
q EL. 13.42'
8" FILTER EFFLUENT
EL. 12.75'
PLATFORM
Tk EL. 10.92'
8" CCT INFLUENT
EL. 8.44'
6" PIPE
EL. 7.44' OL
EX. GRADE
REV.NO. DESCRIPTION DATE
A PRELIMINARY DESIGN - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 2023.10
REVISIONS
PLAN VIEW
SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0"
(2) 90° DI FL BEND
ROLLED 68°
VERTICALLY
10" DI FROM
CLARIFIERS
0
TERTIARY
DISC FILTER #1
II
Ifl
II
II
II
10" PLUG VALVE (TYP. 2)—
µ=
Oki
6" DI TO EXISTING MUD WELL
6" DI FL 90° HORIZ. BEND
(TYP. 2)
8" DI TO CHLORINE CONTACT TANK
PIPE SUPPORT
(TYPE 3)
ARY
DISC FIL
TER #2
8" x 8" DI FL TEE I
10"x10" DI FL PIPE SUPPORT
HORIZ. TEE (TYPE 5A)
(TYP. 5)
FILTER PLATFORM
6" DI FL 90° HORIZ. BEND
(TYP. 3)
10" DI FL 90° HORIZ. BEND
(TYP. 3)
0
TERTIARY
DISC FILTER #2
II
II
II
6" x 6" DI FL VERT. TEE 6" DI FL 90° HORIZ. BEND
ii (TYP. 2)
T 10"x10" DI FL TEE
1 10" DI FL 90° HORIZ. BEND
--- --- �1 (TYP. 3) I
6" DI FL 90° VERT. BEND
SECTION A -A
SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0"
CARo v �MM&CREED
41
L p — 8020 Tower Point Drive
0 g025 Charlotte, North Carolina 28227
Phone: [phone], Fax: [phone]
F
N
i 21'• G!N
/ANG\G?��\ NC License# F-1222
www.mckimcreed.com
EL. 18.24' OIL
HIGHPOINT OF FILTER
EL. 17.16'
6" BACKWASH WASTE
(� EL. 16.56'
10" CLARIFIER EFFLUENT
(� EL. 15.29'
10" FILTER INFLUENT
T EL. 13.42' J,
8" FILTER EFFLUENT
EL. 12.75'
PLATFORM
T EL. 10.92'
8" CCT INFLUENT
EL. 8.44' OL
6" PIPE
EL. 7.44'
EX. GRADE
EL. 16.35'
WALKWAY
(� EL. 13.42'
8" FILTER EFFLUENT
EL. 12.75'
PLATFORM
EL. 7.44'
EX. GRADE
Carolina Water Service
of North CarolinaTM
TERTIARY
DISC FILTER #1
® 0
(2) 6" DI FL 90° HORIZ. BEND
so
-C
6" DI TO
EXISTING
MUD WELL
6" DI FL 90° HORIZ. BEND
(TYP. 2)
SECTION B-B
SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0"
6" x 6" DI FL VERT. TEE
(2) 90° DI FL BEND
ROLLED 68° VERTICALLY
10" DI FROM CLARIFIERS
r �s-n
i n
---�—��„
10" DI FL 90° HORIZ. BEND
�10" x 10" DI FL TEE
'�:1
(2) 10" DI FL 90° HORIZ. BEND
I I
6" DI TO EXISTING MUD WELL
6" DI FL 90° VERT. BEND
—6" DI FL 90°
HORIZ. BEND
SECTION C-C
SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0"
CAROLINA WATER SERVICE - KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP
TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
MECHANICAL
DISC FILTER PLAN AND SECTION
PROJ. START DATE:
2023.07
MCE PROJ. #
01554-0041
DRAWN
MTN
DESIGNED
MC
CHECKED
MC
PROJ. MGR.
.1H
SCALE
HORIZONTAL:
AS NOTED
VERTICAL:
NIA
V101.0
DRAWING NUMBER
REVISION Of
STATUS: PRELIMINARY DESIGN
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
I:\01554\0041 \ENG\80-DRAWINGS\MECHANICAL\M01 .0-015540041 (DISC FILTER PLAN & SECT).DWG 10/10/2023 09:25:51 ANDREW BRANCH

"E"
COVER OVER 40" WIDE ELECTRICAL
BACKWASH TROUGH BRIDGE r ACCESS LADDER BACKWASH FESTOONING CABLE
WASTE TROUGH
ALUMINUM D"�
END STOP SWITCH WALKWAY GRATING PIPING TO
ACTUATOR (2) BACKWASH TROUGH
BACKWASH "' CONTROL PANEL II FILTER CELL
EFFLUENT "�"; ; " CROSS BRACING
:;i;.;.; ..:t;:;
INFLUENT =00- 1111VIIIIIIAX
INFLUENT
BAFFLE
HIGH LEVEL
OVERFLOW
OVERFLOW WEIR
EFFLUENT
0—INFLUENT­' 0
DISTRIBUTION DRIVE WHEEL (2)
TROUGH EFFLUENT —
•.C.. BROAD WEIR
— — — — — — AIR INLET
I BACKWASH PUMP
Ll— "E•• IN FILTRATE CHANNEL
BACKWASH SHOE
SEAL ACTUATOR
B„ _
PLAN VIEW
OVER
I
BACKWASH
EFFLUENT
INFLUENT -4
EFFLUENT
NOTE -
HIGH LEVEL
OVERFLOW IS
NOT SHOWN IN
THIS VIEW
REV.NO. DESCRIPTION DATE
A PRELIMINARY DESIGN - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 2023.10
REVISIONS
REMOVE THE
CONTROLPANEL�
r
GUIDE WHEEL (4)
V
WASH
FILTRATE
CHANNEL
LIMIT SWITCH ACTUATORS
STOP BRIDGE AT EACH
CELL DURING BACKWASH
TOTAL CELL JACTUAL CELL BACKWASH RATE BW WW
INF. FT' BASED ON AREA NO, BASED ON PUMP PUMP BIN UNIT UNIT OVER
FLOW GPD (GPM) .675 GPM/FT' IN FTCELLS 25 GPM/FT' HP HP "A" "B" EFF INF EFF FLOW
350,000 243 1 360 360 30 300 GPM 5.6 3.6 40'— 0" 46'— 0 1/2" 8" 10" 10" 10"
O.A. WIDTH
1 REMOVE THE
j CONTROL PANEL
13'-74"
12'-113"
SAC
EFF
IN
E
I
I
AIR VENT
PIPES
REMOVE MEDIA, UNDER DRAIN \\\ TO TROUGH WATER
MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WASHWATER # / ( ` VARIES)EVEL
EQUIPMENT ASSOCIATED WITH PUMP
THE TRAVELING BRIDGE FILTER
ELEVATION VIEW — SECTION -C—C"
O BAR = 1" AT PLOT SCALE
HOOD CLEAN -
OUT PORT
REV I DESCRIPTION
v
v MCRD,4&CMED
8020 Tower Point Drive
Charlotte, North Carolina 28227
Phone: [phone], Fax: [phone]
NC License# F-1222
www.mckimcreed.com
4
V ICVV C—G
PLUG WALL PENETRATIONS
BACKWASH HEADER w/
HYDRAULICALLY SIZED
AND SPACED SUCTION
ORIFICES
r 3,.
5"" + 184"
'DRAIN AND
LASH HEADER,
CELL
DETAIL
JUNCTION BOX
I 10.3 1'"
BY I DATE
ID VALVE OPENS
2 SCOUR
ON
21-
MIN
NEMA 4X
CONTROL PANEL
12
WASHWATER ALUMINUM
PRESSURE HANDRAILS
GAUGE
z z Iz m
BACKWASH ACCESS
PRESSURE LADDER
GAUGE
LIMIT SWITCH STOPS BRIDGE / LIMIT SWITCH
AT EACH BACKWASH ZONE STOPS BRIDGE
GUIDE WHEEL rHOOD AT ENDS
(4) t G. BOX R `pRi r n
"TROD c _,,,,G DRIVE WHEEL
PIVOTING PUMP /
SUPPORT INFLUENT BROAD
ASPIRATING WEIR
NOZZLE ASS'Y
BACKWASH RATE
CONTROL VALVE A W E
U P
BACKWASH PUMP
EFFLUENT BROAD WEIR
AIR VENT
PIPES
4 _ ..
REMO
32" BACKWASH M EC H,
/ SHOE SEAL
EQUIP
uuuuluumuuuuuuuumunlnuunumuumul11 11111111 THE T
1 L UNDERDRAIN AND 1'
+Tt BACKWASH HEADER 4
BACKWASH SHOE i 29j — 8•-112 1 FILTERING MEDIA,
a SEE BACKWASH
SEAL ACTUATOR 4
11'-6"
DETAIL
SECTION "D—D" A
COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL DESIGNER DATE TITLE
ALL INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THIS DOCUMENT 0
IS THE PROPERTY OF USFILTER AND/OR ITS JWK 5-7—oa 350,000 GPD GRAVISAND
AFFILIATES (-USF-).THE DESIGN CONCEPTS AND SP [AS TRAVELING BRIDGE FILTER
INFORMATION CONTAINED
INED HEREIN ARE PROPRIETARY CHECKER DATE
10 USF AND ARE SUBMITTED IN CONFIDENCE. THEY
ARE NOT TRANSFERABLE AND MUST BE USED ONLY
FOR THE PURPOSE FOR WHICH THE DOCUMENT IS RH 5-7-04 CLIENT
EXPRESSLY SUBMITTED. THEY MUST NOT BE DISCLOSED. KINNAKEET SHORES
REPRODUCED. LOANED OR USED IN ANY OTHER ENGINEER DATE
MANNER WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT
OF USF. USF ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LLABILNY
FOR THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENT OR THE DESIGN
CONCEPTS AND INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN MANAGER DATE Q� TDAVC0HOMA VILLE, CTS
FOR ANOTHER PROJECT, ORS A MANNER THAT DOES ��� -� THOMASVILLE, GA
NOT RELATE TO THE FITNESS DR PURPOSE OF THIS ��
DOCUMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THIS DOCUMENT OR THE — 1-800-841- 1550
DESIGN CONCEPTS AND INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN FILE: UPDATE. ��
BE USED IN ANY AND
DETRIMENTAL TO THE INTEREST PROJECT CODE DRAWING SHEET REV
OF USF. ALL PATENT RIGHTS ARE RESERVED. ACCEPTANCE -
OF THE DELIVERY OF THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES SCALE: 1/2" SIZE: p 1 1031GA D11031GA—D1 - OF 000
AGREEMENT TO THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS.
Carolina Water Service
of North CarolinaTM
✓E MEDIA, UNDER DRAIN
\NICAL AND ELECTRICAL
MENT ASSOCIATED WITH
RAVELING BRIDGE FILTER
CAROLINA WATER SERVICE - KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP
TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
MECHANICAL
FILTER DEMOLISH PLANS AND DETAILS
PROJ. START DATE:
2023.07
MCE PROJ. #
01554-0041
DRAWN
MTN
DESIGNED
MC
CHECKED
MC
PROJ. MGR.
JH
SCALE
02.0
HORIZONTAL:
NOT TO SCALE
DRAWING NUMBER
VERTICAL:
NIA
B
REVISION
STATUS: PRELIMINARY DESIGN
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
I:\01554\0041\ENG\80—DRAWINGS\MECHANICAL\MO2.0-015540041 (CCC PLAN & SECT).DWG 10/10/2023 09:26:05 ANDREW BRANCH

SANDBLAST AND PAINT EXISTING TANK
WALLS AS SPECIFIED IN TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 099000
6"
VE
EL. 16.35'
WALKWAY
EL. 13.46'
TOP OF STEEL TANK
EL. 13.42'
8" FILTER EFFLUENT
(� EL. 10.92'
8" CCT INFLUENT
EL. 8.44'
6" PIPE
EL. 7.44'
EX. GRADE
6" CAP—�
10" CAP —�
6" CAP
6" DI FL 90'
HORIZ. BEND
6" FILTER
BACKWASH
WASTE
6" DI FL 90'
VERT. BEND
I I�IIIII I
--------------------- -
II----------------------! I I
II II
I I I
I I r'---------� I I EXISTING UV CHANNEL
II
I I I CONVERTED TO EFFLUENT BOX
II II
STAIRS WALKWAY
-------�I— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — II
O c
!V 8" DI FL 90' HORIZ. BEND
(TYP. 3)
I I -------I I
iL - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
I
I L—=-
8"x8"DIFLHORIZ. TEE L---- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
_
- - - - - - -
Tr
N
N
il
2'-0"
REV.NO. DESCRIPTION DATE
A PRELIMINARY DESIGN - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 2023.10
REVISIONS
(2) 8" DI FL 90
PLAN VIEW
SCALE: 3/8" = V-0"
WALKWAY
VEH I .BENU
^ u - I .TEE
SECTION A -A
SCALE: 3/8" = V-0"
v
v MCKIM&CREED
8020 Tower Point Drive
Charlotte, North Carolina 28227
Phone: [phone], Fax: [phone]
NC License# F-1222
www.mckimcreed.com
EXISTING
STEEL TANK
Carolina Water Service
l� of North CarolinaTM
EL. 14.44'
WALKWAY
EL. 13.46'
TOP OF STEEL OUTER TANK
(� EL. 13.42'
8" FILTER EFFLUENT
EL. 11.52'
TOP OF STEEL INNER TANK
(� EL. 10.92' OL
8" CCT INFLUENT
(� EL. 8.94'
8" CCT EFFLUENT PIPE
EL. 7.44'
EX. GRADE
a
SECTION B-B
SCALE: 3/8" = V-0"
CAROLINA WATER SERVICE - KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP
TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
MECHANICAL
CHLORINE CONTACT TANK
PLAN AND SECTION
PROJ. START DATE:
2023.07
MCE PROJ. #
01554-0041
DRAWN
MTN
DESIGNED
MC
CHECKED
MC
PROJ. MGR.
.1H
L
)0°
D
SCALE
M02.1
HORIZONTAL:
AS NOTED
DRAWING NUMBER
VERTICAL:
NIA
B
REVISION
STATUS: PRELIMINARY DESIGN
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION,
I:\01554\0041\ENG\80-DRAWINGS\MECHANICAL\M02.0-015540041 (CCC PLAN & SECT).DWG 10/10/2023 09:26:16 ANDREW BRANCH

VARIES
VARIES 1/8" THICK NEOPRENE
EL. VARIES
BEARING PAD ALL AROUND
i
S.S. "U" BOLT
S.S. PIPE STRAP
' ` • '' ' '
PER HANGER MANUFACTURER
(2) S.S. BOLTS S.S. POST INSTALLED
PIPE SADDLES FABRICATED
ADHESIVE ANCHORS
r .. ...
''�. : °• ;
FROM 3/8 S.S. PLATE
PER MANUFACTURER
�� • ..
.....: '�, ...
2" MIN.
AL. "L" (TYP.)
•
S.S. HANGER ROD
f'' '
PIPE SIZE & PER MANUFACTURER
'' •:'. �: •
EL. VARIES
•.• ,
S.S. BRACKET B—LINE
S.S. CLEVIS HANGER
'
FIG. 63066 OR B3067
B—LINE FIG. B3102
•''�M
AS REQUIRED OR
OR APPROVED EQUAL
s
APPROVED EQUAL
Ell
S.S. POST INSTALLED
ADHESIVE ANCHORS
1 /8" THICK NEOPRENE
BEARING PAD ALL AROUND
PIPE SUPPORT TYPE 1
PIPE SUPPORT TYPE 2
NOT TO SCALE
NOT TO SCALE
PIPE 0 (VARIES) —
ADJUSTABLE PIPE SUPPT. w/ U—BOLT
(B—LINE FIG. 3092 OR EQUAL)
3"O SCH. 40 PIPE COL.
1 1/2" TYP
1" THK. (MIN.) NON —SHRINK
GROUT
a•, •q• I
1/8" THK. NEOPRENE BRG.
PAD (ALL AROUND)
ADJUSTABLE PIPE STAND SUPPORT
SIZED TO FIT PIPE SUPPORTED
3/16 (TYP.)
10" SQ. x 3/8" THK. BASE PLATE w/
(4) 3/4" 0 S.S. RED HEAD TRUBOLT
EXP. TYPE ANCHORS
(EMBED 3 1/2- (MIN.))
PIPE SUPPORT TYPE 5A (UP TO 1619 PIPE)
NOT TO SCALE
PIPE 0
(VARIES)
ADJUSTABLE PIPE SUPPT. w/ U—BOLT
(B—LINE FIG. 3092 OR EQUAL)
4"0 SCH. 40 PIPE COL.
1 1/2" TYP I I
1" THK. (MIN.) NON —SHRINK
GROUT
II
1 /8" THK. NEOPRENE BRG.
PAD (ALL AROUND)
ADJUSTABLE PIPE STAND SUPPORT
SIZED TO FIT PIPE SUPPORTED
1 /4 (�')
1'-2" SQ. x 1/2" THK. BASE PLATE w/
(4) 3/4" 0 S.S. RED HEAD TRUBOLT
EXP. TYPE ANCHORS
(EMBED 3 1/2- (MIN.))
p C
PIPE SUPPORT TYPE 5B (1811 TO 3611 PIPE)
NOT TO SCALE
HEAVY DUTY FRP CHANNEL
AT 5'-0" O.C. — AIKENSTRUT
20-2000 OR EQUIVALENT
EXTEND LENGTH AS REQ'D
FOR MULTIPLE PIPES
STEEL OR
AL. MEMBER
S.S. PIPE CLAMP—
B—LINE FIG. B3188
OR APPROVED EQUAL
� 1
1 1
S.S. BOLTS '
1 /8" THICK NEOPRENE
BEARING PAD ALL AROUND
(2) S.S. POST INSTALLED
ADHESIVE ANCHORS ° -
• 'v
CONCRETE a
... av
NOTE:
USE THIS DETAIL FOR SMALL DIA. PIPING OR CONDUIT ATTACHED TO
CONCRETE SLAB, WALL, CEILING, METAL FRAMING MEMBERS OR
EQUIPMENT MOUNTING BOARDS.
PIPE SUPPORT TYPE 3
NOT TO SCALE
PIPE 0 (VARIES)
PIPE FLG. BOLT CIRCLE
(SUPPT. HOLES TO MATCH FLG.
PATTERN)
ADJUSTABLE PIPE SUPPT. w/ FLANGE
TYPE SUPPORT
(B—LINE FIG. 3094 OR EQUAL)
3"O SCH. 40 PIPE
PIPE FLG. O.D.
ADJUSTABLE PIPE STAND SUPPORT
SIZED TO FIT PIPE SUPPORTED
3/16 (TYP.)
V111EXP.
10" SQ. x 1/2" THK. BASE PLATE w/
1 1/2" TYP I (4) 3/4" 0 S.S. RED HEAD TRUBOLT
1" THK. (MIN.) NON —SHRINK TYPE ANCHORS
1 GROUT 7(EMBED 3 1/2" (MIN.))
PIPE SUPPORT TYPE 6A (UP TO 1619 PIPE)
NOT TO SCALE
S.S. POST INSTALLED
ADHESIVE ANCHORS
S.S. THREADED ROD
-S.S. STRAP
B—LINE FIG. B3256
OR APPROVED EQUAL
PIPE OR TELESCOPING VALVE
\-1 /8" THICK NEOPRENE BEARING
PAD ALL AROUND
FACE OF CONC. WALL
PIPE STAND-OFF BRACKET TYPE 4
NOT TO SCALE
PIPE 0 (VARIES)
PIPE FLG. BOLT CIRCLE
(SUPPT. HOLES TO MATCH FLG.
PATTERN)
ADJUSTABLE PIPE SUPPT. w/ FLANGE
TYPE SUPPORT
PIPE FLG. O.D.
(B—LINE FIG. 3094 OR EQUAL) _ _ ADJUSTABLE PIPE STAND SUPPORT
SIZED TO FIT PIPE SUPPORTED
4"0 SCH. 40 PIPE COL. 3/16 (TYP.)
III
1 1 /2" TYP I I 1'-2" SQ. x 1/2" THK. BASE PLATE w/
1 (4) 3/4" 0 S.S. RED HEAD TRUBOLT
4" THK. (MIN.) NON —SHRINK EXP. TYPE ANCHORS
GROUT 1 1 (EMBED 3 1/2" (MIN.))
LJ
D: .D
p : p•.
NOTE: DO NOT DAMAGE REINF.
BARS INSTALLING ANCHOR
ASSEMBLIES
PIPE SUPPORT TYPE 6B (1811 TO 3611 PIPE)
NOT TO SCALE
L4x4x 1/2x4" LONG
(MIN.) ANGLE SECTION
316 316 S.S. BOLTS
(N.S. & F.S. OF PIPE)
3/4"0 S.S. BOLT THRU
(TYP.) 5/16
;
CLAMP
FLG.'s & L4
316 S.S. THREADED
ROD
316 316 S.S. THREADED ROD
e
B—LINE
PIPE CLAMP OR
,a:
EQUAL
_
316 S.S. STRAP 3/8"x3"
316 S.S. STRAP 3/8"x3"
(3) 1/2"0 S.S. THREADED RODS
J1
B—LINE FIG. B3256
B—LINE FIG. B3256
ANCHORED TO CONC. w/ RED
: d :o:
1
L4 x 4
x 3/8 ANGLE SECTIONS
OR APPROVED EQUAL
OR APPROVED EQUAL
HEAD C6+ EPDXY ADHESIVE
I
(N.S. &
F.S. OF PIPE)
PIPE OR TELESCOPING VALVE
vp PIPE OR TELESCOPING VALVE
(EMBED 4 1/2" (MIN.))
_
[SPA. ® V-0"]
1 /8" THICK NEOPRENE BEARING
1 /8" THICK NEOPRENE BEARING
5 16
(TYP. EA. END)
PAD ALL AROUND
PAD ALL AROUND
5/16
316 SS 3/8" ANGLE
I/F OF CONC.
WALL
NOTE:
1. ALL PIPE SUPPORTS AND ASSOCIATED BOLTS
PIPE
SUPPORT TYPE
7
PIPE SUPPORT TYPE 8
& HARDWARE SHALL BE 316 SS. U.N.O.
2. DO NOT DAMAGE REINF. BARS INST
NOT TO SCALE
NOT TO SCALE
ANCHOR ASSEMBLIES
REV.NO. DESCRIPTION DATE
A PRELIMINARY DESIGN - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 2023.10
REVISIONS
\\\ CA //
Q //
\�
L p -
- 0 g025
•
1� GIN
'••• .- :��,,
/i�NJIANG1G���
v
v NICKIM&CMED
8020 Tower Point Drive
Charlotte, North Carolina 28227
Phone: [phone], Fax: [phone]
NC License# F-1222
www.mckimcreed.com
a ro I i n a Water Service
of North Carolina TM
CAROLINA WATER SERVICE - KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP
TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
PROJ. START DATE: 2023.07
SCALE
D01 0
DRAW NG NUMBER
B
REVISION
OJ. # 01554 0041
HORIZONTAL:
AS NOTED
VERTICAL:
AS NOTED
DRAWNIVICE
MTN
DESIGNED MC
CHECKED MC
DETAILS
CIVIL AND MECHANICAL DETAILS
PROJ. MGR. JH
STATUS: PRELIMINARY DESIGN
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
I:\01554\0041\ENG\80-DRAWINGS\DETAILS\D01.0-015540041 (CIVIL & MECH DET).DWG 10/10/2023 09:26:24 ANDREW BRANCH

SUPPLY 1-1/4"
NATIONAL PIPE
THREAD
BRACE
SIGN
SUPPLY 1-1/4"
NATIONAL PIPE
THREAD
WALL
BRACE
GRATING
e e d. .dV..a
e
PROVIDE ALARM SYSTEM CONSISTING OF
HORN, LIGHT, FLOW SWITCH AND CONTACTS
FOR REMOTE ALARM. HAWS MODEL 9001 OR
EQUAL.
STAINLESS STEEL
SHOWER HEAD
EMERGENCY PULL
HANDLE
STAINLESS STEEL
EYEWASH
n
PUSH PLATE
WASTE 1-1/4" NATIONAL
PIPE THREAD
FOOT PEDAL
EMERGENCY SHOWER/EYEWASH DETAIL
N.T.S.
NOTES:
1. EMERGENCY SHOWER AND EYEWASH ASSEMBLY SHALL BE HAWS 8330
STAINLESS STEEL COMBINATION EYEWASH STATION & DRENCH SHOWER,
OR APPROVED EQUAL
REV.NO. DESCRIPTION DATE
A PRELIMINARY DESIGN - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 2023.10
REVISIONS
CUT FRP TO PROPER LENGTH
FOLLOWING MANUFACTURERS
RECOMMENDATIONS
STAINLESS STEEL U-BOLT W/SS I
NUTS & WASHERS--,dj 0
UNISTRUT F20PV-2200 OR EQUIVALENT
1X1/2 RED
®� BUSHING
1 SH-21
TUBING COIL
1/2SH-21(PVC HOSE)
1/2" TAPPED WELD-O-LET,
BOSS, OR TAPPING
SADDLE
1/4" PVC INJECTION SOLUTION
tube * SIZE &TYPE AS SPECIFIED,
LENGTH L=PIPE DIA/3
VITON SAF-T-SEAL @ TIP*
CASING PIPING
ANNULUS SEAL
— 1/2" CHEMICAL
CARRIER TUBING
1/2" RIGID PVC PIPE
1/2" BALL VALVE
0
0
*CHEMICAL INJECTION
____ —
ASSEMBLY AS MANUFACTURED
— — —
0
BY SAF-T-FLO, OR APPROVED
-- — — — _
L EQUAL
0
UNISTRUT F20PU-5853 OR EQUIVALENT
0
PUMP DISCHARGE MANIFOLD
TRANSITION FROM PVC TUBING
TO SCHEDULE 80 PVC RIGID
UNION PIPE USING BARB x SCK PVC
PVC BALL CHECK VALVE *
TRANSITION FITTING W/ SST
TUBING CLAMP
PVC QUICK COUPLING
1 /2V212 (TYP 2)
STAINLESS STEEL ANCHOR BOLTS
W/SS NUTS AND WASHERS, SIZED
TO MANUFACTURERS
RECOMMENDATIONS
CARO
ssi0
= 0 025
G I NEBo
Q,��
; A N G,
N/G
NaOCL INJECTION DETAIL
N.T.S.
v
v MCMM&CREED
8020 Tower Point Drive
Charlotte, North Carolina 28227
ZZJ Phone: [phone], Fax: [phone]
NC License# F-1222
www.mckimcreed.com
Carolina Water Service
of North CarolinaTM
CHEMICAL INJECTION TRANSITION DETAIL
N.T.S.
P-32 SLUICE GATE
F
Non -Rising Stem
SQ. SOCKET
DIMENSIONS IN INCHES
"rA.. A
B
C*
D*
E
F
G
J
K
11
.94
75/8
43/4
33/8
97/8
51/2
143/8
43/4
13%
.94
75/8
4%
33/a
11
6%
175/8
51/2
16
.88
7%
43/4
3%
13%
8
203/4
67/a
19
1.12
8'/a
5
33/4
153/4
1 9'/z
1 24'/a
7%
21
1.12
8Ya
5
33/4
18
1 10%
1 26%
8"/b
Add grout pad thickness if applicable
E
A
�g
Rising Stem
8" SLIDE GATE DETAIL
N.T.S.
CAROLINA WATER SERVICE - KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP
TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
DETAILS
CIVIL AND MECHANICAL DETAILS
PARTS
No. Name
1 Frame - Cast Iron
2 Cover - Cast Iron
3 Guide Rails - Cast Iron
4 Rail Bolts - Stn. Stl.
5 Wedges- Bronze w/Stn.
Stl. Hdwr.
Non -Rising Stem Ass'y.
6a Thrust Nut - Bronze
7a Stem - Stn. Stl.
8 Lift Ass'y. - as req'd.
Rising Stem Ass'y.
6b Thrust Nut - Bronze
7b Stem - Stn. Stl.
9 Pin - Stn. Stl.
10 Stem Guide - Cast Iron
11 Bolt & Nut - Stn. Stl.
IF
PROJ. START DATE:
—IN
2023.07
MCE PROJ. #
01554-0041
DRAWN
MTN
DESIGNED
MC
CHECKED
MC
PROJ. MGR.
.1H
SCALE
D01.1
HORIZONTAL:
AS NOTED
DRAWING NUMBER
VERTICAL:
AS NOTED
B
REVISION
STATUS: PRELIMINARY DESIGN
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
I:\01554\0041\ENG\80—DRAWINGS\DETAILS\D01.0-015540041 (CIVIL & MECH DET).DWG 10/10/2023 09:26:29 ANDREW BRANCH

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Kinnakeet Shores WWTP Tertiary Filter Installation and
Disinfection Modifications
WQ0002284
Final Design- Issued for Permit- Not for Construction
Prepared for:
CAROLINA WATER SERVICE INC.
4944 PARKWAY PLAZA BLVD, #375
CHARLOTTE, N.C. 28217
Prepared by:
MCK M&CREED
FNGINFFRS SURVEYORS PLANNERS
8020 TOWER POINT DR. #7726
CHARLOTTE, NC 28227
PHONE: [phone]
M&C Project # 01554-0041 a� F�55�o4e`P'�
License #F-1222 = SEAL -�
2 5 C!�
r • 1
OCTOBER 2023=''�ti�iaisG Ci��

Carolina Water Service
Kinnakeet Shores WWTP Tertiary Filter Installation and
Disinfection Modifications
Table of Contents
McKIM & CREED PROJECT NO. 01554-0041
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SectionTitle.....................................................................................................Section No.
DIVISION 02 - EXISTING CONDITIONS
Selective Demolition.................................................................................Section
02 41 19
DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE
Cast -In -Place Concrete............................................................................Section
03 30 00
Grouting....................................................................................................Section
03 60 00
Hydraulic Structures Testing.....................................................................Section
03 90 00
DIVISION 5 — METALS
Handrails and Guardrails..........................................................................Section
05 52 00
Metal Gratings.........................................................................................Section
05 53 00
DIVISION 09 — FINISHES
Painting.....................................................................................................Section
09 90 00
DIVISION 40 — PROCESS INTERCONNECTIONS
Hangers and Supports for Process Piping................................................Section
40 05 07
Slide Gate.................................................................................................Section
40 05 59
Eccentric Plug Valves...............................................................................Section
40 05 62
Plant Piping Materials and Methods.........................................................Section
40 23 00
DIVISION 46 — WATER AND WASTEWATER EQUIPMENT
Liquid Chemical Metering Pump..............................................................Section
46 33 42
Automatic Backwash Discfilter Equipment ...............................................Section
46 61 46
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION TOC - 1
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

SECTION 02 41 19 — SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of existing facilities.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of off -site
unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled.
B. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, prepare for ruse
and reinstall where indicated.
C. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be permanently
removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and
salvaged, or removed and reinstalled.
1.3 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP
A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste becomes property of Contractor.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Deliver sequence of demolition
including anticipated means and methods for review prior to starting demolition
activities.
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Landfill Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of any demolished hazardous
materials by a landfill facility licensed to accept hazardous waste.
1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by
Owner as far as practical.
B. Notify Engineer of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before
proceeding with selective demolition.
C. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be
encountered in the scope of Work under this Contract.
1. If suspected hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb;
immediately notify the Engineer and Owner. Owner reserves the right to
negotiate pricing with the Contractor to remove hazardous materials not
originally included under this Contract.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 02 41 19 - 1
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

D. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on — site is not permitted.
E. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect
them against damage during selective demolition operations. Contractor shall be
responsible for providing all temporary utilities necessary to perform work or as a
result of damage incurred to utilities during completion of Work. Contractor shall
repair all utilities damaged during construction to the satisfaction of the Engineer
at no expense to the Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations
before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal
regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Standards: Comply with ANSI/ASSE A10.6 and NFPA 241.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Prior to excavation, locate all utilities and report any conflicts to the Engineer in
writing prior to excavation. Location and protection of existing utilities shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor.
B. Verify that utilities have been disconnected, isolated and capped for temporary
utilities placed into full operation as necessary before starting selective demolition
operations.
C. Review record documents of existing construction provided by Owner. Owner
does not guarantee that existing conditions are same as those indicated on record
documents. Contractor shall be responsible for verifying all field conditions to his
satisfaction prior to performing demolition activities.
D. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine
extent of selective demolition required.
E. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical or structural elements that conflict with
intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature
and extent of the conflict. Promptly submit a written report to Engineer.
3.2 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
A. Existing Services/Systems to Remain: Maintain services/systems indicated to
remain and protect them against damage.
Comply with Requirements for existing services/systems interruptions
specified in Section 01 10 00 — Summary.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 0241 19 - 2
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

B. Existing Services/Systems to be Removed, Relocated or Abandoned: Locate,
identify, disconnect and seal or cap off indicated utility services and
mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished.
Owner will arrange to shut off indicated services/systems when requested
by Contractor in writing.
2. Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies.
3. If services/systems are required to be removed, relocated or abandoned,
provide temporary services/systems that bypass area of selective
demolition and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other parts
of the facilities.
3.3 PREPARATION
A. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris —
removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks,
walkways and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.
Comply with requirements for access and protection specified in Section
01 50 00 — Temporary Facilities and Controls and Section 01 10 00 —
Summary.
B. Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection
requirements to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and
facilities to remain.
Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people and operating
personnel around selective demolition area.
2. Pipe installations shall be provided with temporary weather protection and
pipe inlet protection, to prevent inflow and infiltration of water and debris
into the piping.
3. Provide all temporary showing for trench excavation to perform excavation
work consistent with the requirements outlined in Division 31 - Earthwork.
3.4 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL
A. General: Demolish and remove existing facilities as indicated on the Contract
Documents and described in the Specifications. Use methods required to
complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations as follows:
Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square and true to dimensions
required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to
remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools
designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping, to minimize
disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to remain.
B. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against
damage and soiling during selective demolition.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 0241 19 - 3
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

3.5 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
A. While hazardous materials are not expected to be present, the Owner reserves the
right to negotiate removal of additional unidentified hazardous materials by the
Contractor under award of this Contract.
B. In the event hazardous materials are discovered, Contractor shall take all
precautions to remove materials in accordance with abatement industry standard
demolition practices.
C. Removal of all identified hazardous materials shall be performed by a Contractor
or Subcontractor licensed for abatement in the State where the Project is located.
D. Contractor shall provide all materials, equipment and labor to perform the Work in
accordance with the standard abatement practices including but not limited to:
sampling, testing, air and water monitoring, isolating work area, demolition,
collection of materials, transport and final disposal of materials in a hazardous
materials approved landfill, and site cleanup.
3.6 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISED MATERIALS
A. General: Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged,
reinstalled or otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, remove demolished
materials from Project site and legally dispose of in an EPA — approved landfill.
1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on the project site.
2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on
adjacent surfaces and areas.
B. Burning: Burning of demolished materials is not acceptable.
C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally
dispose of them. Contractor shall be responsible for all costs including but not
limited to transportation and labor costs and all disposal fees.
3.7 CLEANING
A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by
selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to conditions existing
before selective operations began.
3.8 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION SCHEDULE
A. As indicated on the Contract Drawings and described with these Specifications.
END OF SECTION 02 41 19
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 0241 19 - 4
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

SECTION 03 30 00 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY:
A. This Section specifies cast -in place concrete, including formwork, reinforcing, mix
design, placement procedures, and finishes.
Cast -in -place concrete includes the following:
a. Foundations and footings.
b. Slabs -on -grade.
C. Tank walls.
d. Elevated slabs.
e. Equipment pads and bases.
1.3 SUBMITTALS:
A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of the Contract and Division 1
Specification Sections.
Product data for proprietary materials and items, including reinforcement and
forming accessories, admixtures, patching compounds, waterstops, joint
systems, curing compounds, dry -shake finish materials, and others if
requested by Engineer.
2. Shop drawings for reinforcement detailing fabricating, bending, and placing
concrete reinforcement. Shop drawings to show proposed location of all
construction joints. Comply with ACI 315 "Manual of Standard Practice for
Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures" showing bar schedules, stirrup
spacing, bent bar diagrams, and arrangement of concrete reinforcement.
Include special reinforcing required for openings through concrete structures.
Engineer's review is for general compliance only. The Contractor will be
responsible for size, number and lengths of reinforcing.
3. Shop drawings for formwork indicating fabrication and erection of forms for
specific finished concrete surfaces. Show form construction including
jointing, special form joints or reveals, location and pattern of form tie
placement, and other items that affect exposed concrete visually.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041
033000-1
OCTOBER 2023

Engineer's review is for general applications and features only. Designing
formwork for structural stability and efficiency is Contractor's responsibility
4. The testing laboratory shall submit three copies of results of concrete cylinder
tests to Engineer together with one copy each to Owner, Contractor, and
Concrete Supplier.
5. Ready -mixed concrete delivered shall be accompanied by delivery tickets
showing the following:
a. Date and time leaving the plant
b. Type of cement and weight
C. Quanity of water and time added
d. Admixtures and weight
e. Site arrival time
f. Site leaving time
g. Type of fly ash and weight
6. Laboratory test reports for concrete materials and mix design test.
Contractor shall submit three (3) copies.
7. Material certificates in lieu of material laboratory test reports when permitted
by Engineer. Material certificates shall be signed by manufacturer and
Contractor, certifying that each material item complies with or exceeds
specified requirements. Provide certification from admixture manufacturers
that chloride content complies with specification requirements.
8. Hot weather and cold weather concreting plan shall include curing method
and specific curing plan, ready mixed supplier plan, contingency plans, and
materials list as a minimum. All hot weather plans shall meet requirements of
ACI 305. All cold weather plans shall meet requirements of ACI 306.
9. A pouring plan will be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer for
approval showing the location of all construction joints.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of the latest revision of the following
codes, specifications, and standards, except where more stringent requirements are
shown or specified:
American Concrete Institute (ACI) 211 "Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight
and Mass Concrete."
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 03 30 00 - 2
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 SEPTEMBER 2023

2. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 301, "Specifications for Structural
Concrete for Buildings."
3. ACI 318, "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete."
4. ACI 347 "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork."
5. ACI 350 "Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures."
6. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) "Manual of Standard Practice."
7. ASTM C 94 Standard Specifications for Ready -Mix Concrete
8. North Carolina State Building Code
B. Concrete Testing Service: Owner will engage a testing agency to perform material
evaluation tests.
C. Materials and installed work may require testing and retesting at any time during
progress of Work. Any retesting of rejected materials for installed Work, shall be
done at Contractor's expense.
D. Review requirements for submittals, status of coordinating work, and availability of
materials. Establish preliminary work progress schedule and procedures for
materials inspection, testing, and certifications. Require representatives of each
entity directly concerned with cast -in -place concrete to attend conference, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1. Contractor's superintendent.
2. Agency responsible for concrete design mixes.
3. Agency responsible for field quality control.
4. Ready -mix concrete producer.
5. Concrete subcontractor.
6. Primary admixture manufacturers.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FORM MATERIALS:
A. Forms for Exposed Finish Concrete: Plywood, metal, metal -framed plywood faced,
or other acceptable panel -type materials to provide continuous, straight, smooth,
exposed surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints
and to conform to joint system shown on drawings.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 03 30 00 - 3
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 SEPTEMBER 2023

B. Use plywood complying with U.S. Product Standard PS-1 "B-B (Concrete Form)
Plywood," Class I, Exterior Grade or better, mill -oiled and edge -sealed, with each
piece bearing legible inspection trademark.
C. Forms for Unexposed Finish Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another
acceptable material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for
tight fit.
D. Forms for Cylindrical Columns and Supports: Metal, glass -fiber -reinforced plastic, or
paper or fiber tubes that will produce smooth surfaces without joint indications.
Provide units with sufficient wall thickness to resist wet concrete loads without
deformation.
E. Form Release Agent: Provide commercial formulation form release agent with a
maximum of 350 g/L volatile organic compounds (VOCs) that will not bond with,
stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent
treatments of concrete surfaces.
F. Form Ties: Factory -fabricated, adjustable -length, removable or snap -off metal form
ties designed to prevent form deflection and to prevent spalling of concrete upon
removal. Provide units that will leave no metal closer than 1-1/2 inches to the plane
of the exposed concrete surface.
G. Provide ties that, when removed, will leave holes not larger than 1 inch and no
smaller than '/2 inch in diameter in the concrete surface. Form ties for exposed
concrete shall be of the cone -washer type. The cones shall be made of approved
wood or plastic. Ties for liquid containment structures shall have an integral
waterstop that is tightly welded to the tie. Common wire will not be allowed for form
ties.
2.2 REINFORCING MATERIALS:
A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615 Grade 60 deformed.
B. Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, plain, cold -drawn steel.
C. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185, welded steel wire fabric.
D. Supports for Reinforcement: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for
spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place.
Use wire bar -type supports complying with CRSI specifications.
E. For slabs -on -grade, use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base
material will not support chair legs.
F. For exposed -to -view concrete surfaces where legs of supports are in contact with
forms, provide supports with legs that are protected by plastic (CRSI, Class 1) or
stainless steel (CRSI, Class 2).
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 03 30 00 - 4
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 SEPTEMBER 2023

2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS:
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II.
B. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Type F
1. Use one brand of cement and fly ash throughout Project unless otherwise
acceptable to Engineer.
C. Normal -Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33 and as specified. Provide aggregates from
a single source for exposed concrete.
D. For exposed exterior surfaces, do not use fine or coarse aggregates that contain
substances that cause spalling.
2.4 WATER:
A. Potable.
2.5 Admixtures, General: Provide concrete admixtures that contain not more than 0.1 percent
chloride ions.
A. Air -Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260, certified by manufacturer to be compatible
with other required admixtures.
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that
may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Monex Air or Monex NVR, Monex Resources, Inc.
b. Air-Tite, Cormix Construction Chemicals.
C. Air -Mix or Perma-Air, Euclid Chemical Co.
d. Darex AEA or Daravair, W.R. Grace & Co.
e. MB-VR or Micro -Air, Master Builders, Inc.
f. Sealtight AEA, W.R. Meadows, Inc.
g. Sika AER, Sika Corp.
B. Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A or D.
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that
may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following
a. Monex Resources, Inc
b. Chemtard, ChemMasters Corp.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 03 30 00 - 5
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 SEPTEMBER 2023

C. PSI N, Cormix Construction Chemicals.
d. Eucon WR-75, Euclid Chemical Co.
e. WRDA, W.R. Grace & Co.
f. Pozzolith Normal or Polyheed, Master Builders, Inc.
g. Metco W.R., Metalcrete Industries.
h. Prokrete-N, Prokrete Industries.
i. Plastocrete 161, Sika Corp.
C. High -Range Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type F or Type G.
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that
may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Monex SP or Mighty RD, Monex Resources, Inc.
b. Super P, Anti -Hydro Company, Inc.
C. Eucon 37, Euclid Chemical Company.
d. WRDA 19 or Daracem, W.R. Grace and Company.
e. Rheobuild or Polyheed, Master Builders, Inc.
f. Superslump, Metalcrete Industries.
g. PSP, Prokrete Industries
h. Sikament 300, Sika Corp.
2.6 CALCIUM CHLORIDE:
A. The use of calcium chloride will not be permitted.
2.7 RELATED MATERIALS:
A. Reglets: Where sheet flashing or bituminous membranes are terminated in reglets,
provide reglets of not less than 0.0217- inch -thick galvanized sheet steel. Fill reglet
or cover face opening to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris.
B. Dovetail Anchor Slots: Hot -dip galvanized sheet steel, not less than 0.0336 inch
thick with bent tab anchors. Fill slot with temporary filler or cover face opening to
prevent intrusion of concrete or debris.
C. Waterstops: Provide ribbed or dumbbell -type waterstops at construction joints
exposed to water pressure, including groundwater pressure, and other joints as
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 03 30 00 - 6
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 SEPTEMBER 2023

indicated. Provide ribbed or dumbbell type with centerbulb waterstops at expansion
joints. All waterstops shall be a minimum of 3/8" thick x 9" wide. All waterstops shall
be provided with either metal grommets or intergal tie wires located along the top and
bottom of the waterstop spaced at 12". Other styles or sizes of waterstops may be
considered based on their specific application.
D. Polyvinyl Chloride Waterstops: Corps of Engineers CRD-C 572.
1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,
manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work
include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. The Burke Co.
b. Greenstreak Plastic Products Co.
C. Meadows, Inc.
d. Progress Unlimited.
e. Schlegel Corp.
f. Vinylex Corp.
E. Sand Cushion: Clean, manufactured or natural sand.
F. Vapor Retarder: Provide vapor retarder that is resistant to deterioration when tested
according to ASTM E 154, as follows:
1. Polyethylene sheet not less than 8 mils thick.
G. Water-resistant barrier consisting of heavy kraft papers laminated together with
glass -fiber reinforcement and overcoated with black polyethylene on each side.
H. Absorptive Cover: Burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9
oz./sq. yd., complying with AASHTO M 182, Class 2.
I. Moisture -Retaining Cover: One of the following, complying with ASTM C 171.
1. Waterproof paper.
2. Polyethylene film.
3. Polyethylene -coated burlap.
J. Epoxy Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two -component material suitable for use on dry or
damp surfaces. Provide material type, grade, and class to suit Project requirements.
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that
may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 03 30 00 - 7
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 SEPTEMBER 2023

a. Burke Epoxy M.V., The Burke Co.
b. Spec -Bond 100, Conspec Marketing and Mfg. Co.
C. Resi-Bond (J-58), Dayton Superior.
d. Euco Epoxy System #452 or #620, Euclid Chemical Co.
e. Epoxtite Binder 2390, A.C. Horn, Inc.
f. Epabond, L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.
g. Concresive Standard Liquid, Master Builders, Inc.
h. Rezi-Weld 1000, W.R. Meadows, Inc.
i. Metco Hi -Mod Epoxy, Metalcrete Industries.
j. Sikadur 32 Hi -Mod, Sika Corp.
k. Stonset LV5, Stonhard, Inc.
I. Series, Symons Corp.
2.8 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGNING MIXES:
A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete by either laboratory trial
batch or field experience methods as specified in ACI 301, ACI 211, and ACI 350.
For the trial batch method, use an independent testing agency acceptable to
Engineer for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs.
B. Do not use the same testing agency for field quality control testing.
C. Limit use of fly ash to not exceed 25 percent of the total cementitious content by
weight. Fly ash shall be used as an admixture and will not be allowed to replace
cement. Fly ash shall be used in all structural concrete.
D. Submit written reports to Engineer of each proposed mix for each class of concrete
at least 15 days prior to start of Work. Do not begin concrete production until
proposed mix designs have been reviewed by Engineer.
2.9 Design mixes to provide concrete with the following properties as indicated on schedules:
MAXIMUM WATER - MINIMUM
CEMENTITIOUS RATIO CEMENTITIOUS
CLASS 7 DAY 28 DAY MATERIAL (LBS/CY)
Structural 2670 4000 0.44 611
Non -Structural 2000 3000 0.50 508
Structural, High Density 2670 4000 0.40 658
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 03 30 00 - 8
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 SEPTEMBER 2023

2.10 Structural, High Density Concrete shall be used in all structures where concrete is intended
to be watertight in service.
2.11 Slump Limits: Proportion and design mixes to result in concrete slump at point of placement
as follows:
A. Ramps, slabs, and sloping surfaces: Not more than 3 inches.
B. Reinforced foundation systems: Not less than 1 inch and not more than 3 inches.
C. Concrete containing high -range water -reducing admixture (superplasticizer): Not
more than 8 inches after adding admixture to site -verified 2 - 3 inch slump concrete.
2.12 Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested by Contractor
when characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test results, or other
circumstances warrant, as accepted by Engineer. Laboratory test data for revised mix
design and strength results must be submitted to and accepted by Engineer before using in
Work.
2.13 ADMIXTURES:
A. Use high -range water -reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy -
use industrial slabs, concrete required to be watertight, and concrete with water -
cement ratios below 0.50.
B. Use air -entraining admixture in exterior exposed concrete unless otherwise indicated.
Add air -entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at
point of placement having total air content of 4% with a tolerance of plus or minus 1.0
percent.
2.14 Ready -Mixed Concrete: Comply with requirements of ASTM C 94, and as specified.
A. When air temperature is between 85 deg F and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery
time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes, and when air temperature is above 90 deg F,
reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL:
A. Coordinate the installation of joint materials, vapor retarder/barrier, and other related
materials with placement of forms and reinforcing steel.
B. FORMS
General: Design, erect, support, brace, and maintain formwork to support
vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads that might be applied until concrete
structure can support such loads. Construct formwork so concrete members
and structures are of correct size, shape, alignment,
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 03 30 00 - 9
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 SEPTEMBER 2023

elevation, and position. Maintain formwork construction tolerances and
surface irregularities complying with the following ACI 347 limits:
Provide Class A tolerances for concrete surfaces exposed to view.
b. Provide Class C tolerances for other concrete surfaces.
C. Construct forms to sizes, shapes, lines, and dimensions shown and to obtain
accurate alignment, location, grades, level, and plumb work in finished structures.
Provide for openings, offsets, sinkages, keyways, recesses, moldings, rustications,
reglets, chamfers, blocking, screeds, bulkheads, anchorages and inserts, and other
features required in the Work. Use selected materials to obtain required finishes.
Solidly butt joints and provide backup at joints to prevent cement paste from leaking.
D. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete
surfaces. Provide crush plates or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast
concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces where slope is too steep
to place concrete with bottom forms only. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways,
reglets, recesses, and the like for easy removal.
E. Provide temporary openings for clean -outs and inspections where interior area of
formwork is inaccessible before and during concrete placement. Securely brace
temporary openings and set tightly to forms to prevent losing concrete mortar.
Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations.
F. Chamfer all exposed corners and edges, using wood, metal, PVC, or rubber chamfer
strips fabricated to produce uniform smooth lines and tight edge joints. Chamfer
edges to be 1/4" unless otherwise approved by Engineer.
G. Provisions for Other Trades: Provide openings in concrete formwork to
accommodate work of other trades. Determine size and location of openings,
recesses, and chases from trades providing such items. Accurately place and
securely support items built into forms.
H. Cleaning and Tightening: Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive
concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, or other debris just before placing
concrete. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to
prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment.
3.2 PLACING REINFORCEMENT:
A. General: Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's recommended practice
for "Placing Reinforcing Bars," for details and methods of reinforcement placement
and supports and as specified.
B. Avoiding cutting or puncturing vapor retarder/barrier during reinforcement placement
and concreting operations. Repair damages before placing concrete.
C. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other materials that
reduce or destroy bond with concrete.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 03 30 00 -10
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 SEPTEMBER 2023

D. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate
and support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers, and hangers, as
approved by Engineer.
E. Place reinforcement to maintain minimum coverages as indicated for concrete
protection. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold
reinforcement in position during concrete placement operations. Set wire ties so
ends are directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces.
F. Install welded wire fabric in lengths as long as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at
least one full mesh and lace splices with wire. Offset laps of adjoining widths to
prevent continuous laps in either direction.
3.3 JOINTS:
A. Construction Joints: Locate and install construction joints so they do not impair
strength or appearance of the structure, as acceptable to Engineer.
B. Place construction joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue
reinforcement across construction joints except as indicated otherwise. Do not
continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements.
C. Use bonding agent on existing concrete surfaces that will be joined with fresh
concrete.
D. Waterstops: Provide waterstops in construction joints as indicated. Install
waterstops to form continuous diaphragm in each joint. Support and protect exposed
waterstops during progress of Work. Field -fabricate joints in waterstops according to
manufacturer's printed instructions.
E. Isolation Joints in Slabs -on -Grade: Construct isolation joints in slabs -on -grade at
points of contact between slabs -on -grade and vertical surfaces, such as column
pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated.
F. Joint fillers and sealants shall be as follows:
Joint Fillers
a. Self -expanding Cork Joint Filler: Preformed strips complying with
ASTM D 1752 for Type 111.
b. Cork Joint Filler: Preformed strips complying with ASTM D 1752 for
Type 11.
C. Sponge Rubber Joint Filler: Preformed strips complying with ASTM D
1752 for Type I.
d. Bituminous Fiber Joint Filler: Performed strips complying with
ASTM D 1751: Granulated cork with asphalt binder encased
between 2 layers of saturated felt of glass -fiber felt of width and
thickness indicated.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041
033000-11
SEPTEMBER 2023

2. Joint Sealers shall be appropriate for their intended use and installations.
Follow manufactures instruction for use and installation. All joint sealants
shall be in accordance with ACI 504R.
3.4 INSTALLING EMBEDDED ITEMS:
General: Set and build into formwork anchorage devices and other
embedded items required for other work that is attached to or supported by
cast -in -place concrete. Use setting drawings, diagrams, instructions, and
directions provided by suppliers of items to be attached.
2. Forms for Slabs: Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips
for slabs to achieve required elevations and contours in finished surfaces.
Provide and secure units to support screed strips using strike -off templates or
compacting -type screeds.
3.5 PREPARING FORM SURFACES:
A. General: Coat contact surfaces of forms with an approved, non -residual, low-VOC,
form -coating compound before placing reinforcement.
B. Do not allow excess form -coating material to accumulate in forms or come into
contact with in -place concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed.
Apply according to manufacturer's instructions.
C. Coat steel forms with a non -staining, rust -preventative material. Rust -stained steel
formwork is not acceptable.
3.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT:
A. Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation,
reinforcing steel, and items to be embedded or cast in. Notify other trades to permit
installation of their work.
B. General: Comply with ACI 304, "Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and
Placing Concrete," and as specified.
C. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no new concrete will
be placed on concrete that has hardened sufficiently to cause seams or planes of
weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as
specified. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation at its final location.
D. Placing Concrete in Forms: Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers no deeper
than 24 inches and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. Where
placement consists of several layers, place each layer while preceding layer is still
plastic to avoid cold joints.
E. Consolidate placed concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by
hand -spading, rodding, or tamping. Use equipment and procedures for consolidation
of concrete complying with ACI 309.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 03 30 00 -12
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 SEPTEMBER 2023

F. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators
vertically at uniformly spaced locations no farther than the visible effectiveness of the
machine. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into
preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun
to set. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate
concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items
without causing mix to segregate. A spare vibrator will be on -site for emergency use
at all times.
G. Placing Concrete Slabs: Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous
operation, within limits of construction joints or expansion joints, until completing
placement of a panel or section.
H. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so that concrete is thoroughly
worked around reinforcement, other embedded items and into corners.
Bring slab surfaces to correct level with a straightedge and strike off. Use bull floats
or darbies to smooth surface free of humps or hollows. Do not disturb slab surfaces
prior to beginning finishing operations.
Maintain reinforcing in proper position on chairs during concrete placement.
K. Cold -Weather Placement: Comply with provisions of ACI 306 and as follows.
Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be
caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures.
L. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F, uniformly
heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of
not less than 50 deg F and not more than 80 deg F) at point of placement.
M. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place
concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials.
N. Do not use salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical
accelerators unless otherwise accepted in mix designs. Calcium chloride will not be
allowed.
O. Hot -Weather Placement: When hot weather conditions exist that would impair
quality and strength of concrete, place concrete complying with ACI 305 and as
specified.
P. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of
placement to be in accordance with ACI. Mixing water may be chilled or chopped ice
may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to
total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's
option.
Q. Cover reinforcing steel with water -soaked burlap if it becomes too hot, so that steel
temperature will not exceed the ambient air temperature immediately before
embedding in concrete.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041
033000-13
SEPTEMBER 2023

R. Fog spray forms, reinforcing steel, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep
subgrade moisture uniform without puddles or dry areas.
S. Use water -reducing retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low
humidity, or other adverse placing conditions, as acceptable to Engineer.
3.7 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES:
A. Rough -Formed Finish: Provide a rough -formed finish on formed concrete surfaces
not exposed to view in the finished Work or concealed by other construction. This is
the concrete surface having texture imparted by form -facing material used, with tie
holes and defective areas repaired and patched, and fins and other projections
exceeding 1/4 inch in height rubbed down or chipped off. Finish shall be a Class C in
accordance with ACI 347.
B. Smooth -Formed Finish: Provide a smooth -formed finish on formed concrete
surfaces exposed to view or to be covered with a coating material applied directly to
concrete, or a covering material applied directly to concrete, such as waterproofing,
dampproofing, veneer plaster, painting, or another similar system. This is an as -cast
concrete surface obtained with selected form -facing material, arranged in an orderly
and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch defective
areas with fins and other projections completely removed and smoothed. Finish shall
be a Class A in accordance with ACI 347.
C. Grout -Cleaned Finish: Provide grout -cleaned finish on scheduled concrete surfaces
that have received smooth -formed finish treatment.
Combine one part portland cement to one and one-half parts fine sand by
volume, and a 50:50 mixture of acrylic or styrene butadiene-based bonding
admixture and water to form the consistency of thick paint. Blend standard
portland cement and white portland cement in amounts determined by trial
patches so that final color of dry grout will match adjacent surfaces.
2. Thoroughly wet concrete surfaces, apply grout to coat surfaces, and fill small
holes. Remove excess grout by scraping and rubbing with clean burlap.
Keep damp by fog spray for at least 36 hours after rubbing.
D. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar
unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike -off smooth and finish with a
texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of
formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise
indicated.
E. Float Finish: Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces to receive trowel finish and
other finishes as specified; slab surfaces to be covered with membrane or elastic
waterproofing, membrane or elastic roofing, or sand -bed terrazzo; and where
indicated.
After screeding, consolidating, and leveling concrete slabs, do not work
surface until ready for floating. Begin floating, using float blades or float
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 03 30 00 -14
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 SEPTEMBER 2023

shoes only, when surface water has disappeared, or when concrete has
stiffened sufficiently to permit operation of power -driven floats, or both.
Consolidate surface with power -driven floats or by hand -floating if area is
small or inaccessible to power units. Finish surfaces to tolerances of F(F) 25
(floor flatness) and F(L) 20 (floor levelness) measured according to
ASTM E 1155 (ASTM E 1155M). Cut down high spots and fill low spots.
Uniformly slope surfaces to drains. Immediately after leveling, refloat surface
to a uniform, smooth, granular texture. Class of surface shall be a class C
surface in accordance with 347 R.
F. Non -slip Broom Finish: Apply a nonslip light broom finish to exterior concrete
platforms, steps, and ramps, and elsewhere as indicated.
Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen concrete surface by
brooming with fiber -bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route.
Coordinate required final finish with Engineer before application.
G. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of work by
other trades, unless otherwise shown or directed, after work of other trades is in
place. Mix, place, and cure concrete as specified to blend with in -place construction.
Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to complete Work. All
grout shall be non -shrinking.
H. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is
still green and by steel -troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners,
intersections, and terminations slightly rounded.
Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and
foundations as shown on drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment to
template at correct elevations, complying with diagrams or templates of manufacturer
furnishing machines and equipment.
J. Steel Pan Stairs: Provide concrete fill for steel pan stair treads, landings, and
associated items. Cast -in safety inserts and accessories as shown on drawings.
Screed, tamp, and non -slip broom concrete surfaces.
3.8 CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION:
A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold
or hot temperatures. In hot, dry, and windy weather protect concrete from rapid
moisture loss before and during finishing operations with an evaporation -control
material. Apply according to manufacturer's instructions after screeding and bull
floating, but before power floating and troweling.
B. Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface after
placing and finishing. Keep continuously moist for not less than 14 days as required
due to weather.
C. Curing Methods: Cure concrete by moist curing, by moisture -retaining cover curing,
or by combining these methods, as specified.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 03 30 00 -15
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 SEPTEMBER 2023

Provide moisture curing by the following methods:
a. Keep concrete surface continuously wet by covering with water.
b. Use continuous water -fog spray.
C. Cover concrete surface with specified absorptive cover, thoroughly
saturate cover with water, and keep continuously wet. Place
absorptive cover to provide coverage of concrete surfaces and
edges, with a 4 inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers.
2. Provide moisture -retaining cover curing as follows:
a. Cover concrete surfaces with moisture -retaining cover for curing
concrete, placed in widest practicable width with sides and ends
lapped at least 3 inches and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive.
Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using
cover material and waterproof tape.
3. Curing Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including
underside of beams, supported slabs, and other similar surfaces, by moist
curing with forms in place for the full curing period or until forms are removed.
As soon as initial set has occurred, place a soil soaker hose along the tops of
all walls to keep concrete forms wet during the curing period. If forms are
removed, continue curing by methods specified above, as applicable, for the
remainder of the curing period. If forms are removed before the end of the
curing period, then the concrete shall be continuously moist for the remainder
of the curing period by fog spraying or covering with moist burlap.
4. Curing Unformed Surfaces: Cure unformed surfaces, including slabs, floor
topping, and other flat surfaces, by applying the appropriate curing method.
5. Final cure concrete surfaces to receive finish flooring with a moisture -
retaining cover, unless otherwise directed.
3.9 SHORES AND SUPPORTS:
A. General: Comply with ACI 347 for shoring and reshoring in multistory construction,
and as specified.
B. Extend shoring from ground to roof for structures four stories or less, unless
otherwise permitted.
C. Remove shores and reshore in a planned sequence to avoid damage to partially
cured concrete. Locate and provide adequate reshoring to support work without
excessive stress or deflection.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 03 30 00 -16
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 SEPTEMBER 2023

D. Keep reshores in place a minimum of 15 days after placing upper tier, or longer, if
required, until concrete has attained its required 28-day strength and heavy loads
due to construction operations have been removed.
3.10 REMOVING FORMS:
A. Formwork, such as beam soffits, joists, walls, and other structural elements, may not
be removed until concrete has attained at least seventy percent (70%) of design
minimum compressive strength at 28 days. No earth loads or live loads will be
structurally placed against or on any poured structurally reinforced concrete until the
concrete has reached its 28 day compressive strength or otherwise approved by the
Engineer. Determine potential compressive strength of in -place concrete by testing
field -cured specimens representative of concrete location or members.
B. Form -facing material may be removed 4 days after placement only if shores and
other vertical supports have been arranged to permit removal of form -facing material
without loosening or disturbing shores and supports.
3.11 REUSING FORMS:
A. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed,
delaminated, or otherwise damaged form -facing material will not be acceptable for
exposed surfaces. Apply new form -coating compound as specified for new
formwork.
B. When forms are extended for successive concrete placement, thoroughly clean
surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten forms to close joints. Align and
secure joint to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete
surfaces except as acceptable to Engineer.
3.12 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS:
A. Patching Defective Areas: Repair and patch defective areas with cement mortar
immediately after removing forms, when acceptable to Engineer.
B. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Remove and replace concrete having defective
surfaces if defects cannot be repaired to satisfaction of Engineer. Surface defects
include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycomb, rock
pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and stains and other
discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. Flush out form tie holes and fill
with dry -pack mortar or precast cement cone plugs secured in place with bonding
agent.
C. Repair concealed formed surfaces, where possible, containing defects that affect the
concrete's durability. If defects cannot be repaired, remove and replace the
concrete.
D. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as monolithic slabs, for
smoothness and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface and finish.
Correct low and high areas as specified. Test unformed surfaces
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041
033000-17
SEPTEMBER 2023

sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness by using a template having the
required slope.
E. Repair finished unformed surfaces containing defects that affect the concrete's
durability. Surface defects include crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or
that penetrate to the reinforcement or completely through nonreinforced sections
regardless of width, spalling, popouts, honeycombs, rock pockets, and other
objectionable conditions.
F. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding after concrete has cured at least
14 days.
G. Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during or immediately after completing
surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching
mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. Proprietary
underlayment compounds may be used when acceptable to Engineer.
H. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes not exceeding 1 inch
in diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective
areas with clean, square cuts and expose reinforcing steel with at least 3/4 inch
clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete
and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials to provide
concrete of same type or class as original concrete. Place, compact, and finish to
blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete.
3.13 QUALITY CONTROL TESTING DURING CONSTRUCTION:
A. General: The Owner will employ a testing agency to perform tests and to submit test
reports. The testing agency shall be approved by the Engineer. Any retesting due to
non -acceptable work or materials shall be at the Contractors expense.
B. Sampling and testing for quality control during concrete placement may include the
following, as directed by Engineer.
C. Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C 172, except modified for slump to comply with
ASTM C 94.
D. Slump: ASTM C 143; one test at point of discharge for each day's pour of each type
of concrete; additional tests when concrete consistency seems to have changed or
as directed by the Engineer.
E. Air Content: ASTM C 173, volumetric method for lightweight or normal weight
concrete; ASTM C 231, pressure method for normal weight concrete; one for each
day's pour of each type of air -entrained concrete.
F. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064; one test hourly when air temperature is 40
deg F and below, when 90 deg F and above, and one test for each set of
compressive -strength specimens.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 03 30 00 -18
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 SEPTEMBER 2023

G. Compression Test Specimen: ASTM C 31; one set of four standard cylinders for
each compressive -strength test, unless otherwise directed. Mold and store cylinders
for laboratory -cured test specimens except when field -cured test specimens are
required.
H. Compressive -Strength Tests: ASTM C 39; one set for each day's pour exceeding 5
cu. yd. plus additional sets for each 50 cu. yd. more than the first 25 cu. yd. of each
concrete class placed in any one day; one specimen tested at 7 days, two specimens
tested at 28 days, and one specimen retained in reserve for later testing if required.
When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five strength tests for a given class
of concrete, conduct testing from at least five randomly selected batches or from
each batch if fewer than five are used.
When strength of field -cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion
laboratory -cured cylinders, evaluate current operations and provide corrective
procedures for protecting and curing the in -place concrete.
K. Strength level of concrete will be considered satisfactory if averages of sets of three
consecutive strength test results equal or exceed specified compressive strength and
no individual strength test result falls below specified compressive strength by more
than 500 psi.
L. Test results will be reported in writing to Engineer, ready -mix producer, and Owner
within 24 hours after tests. Reports of compressive strength tests shall contain the
Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of
concrete testing service, concrete type and class, location of concrete batch in
structure, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and
materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7-day tests and
28-day tests.
M. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device
may be permitted but shall not be used as the sole basis for acceptance or rejection.
N. Additional Tests: The testing agency will make additional tests of in -place concrete
when test results indicate specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have
not been attained in the structure, as directed by Engineer. Testing agency may
conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with
ASTM C 42, or by other methods as directed. These additional tests shall be at the
Contractor's expense.
END OF SECTION 03 30 00
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 03 30 00 -19
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 SEPTEMBER 2023

SECTION 03 60 00 - GROUTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. This Section includes grouting of beam and column framing bearing/base plates,
equipment bases; and such locations as shown on the Drawings and as
specified.
B. The types of grouting include the following:
1. Portland Cement Grout
2. Non -shrink, Non -expanding Grout
1.2 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A. Prevent damage to or contamination of grouting materials during delivery,
handling and storage.
B. Store all grouting materials in undamaged condition with seals and labels intact
as packaged by the manufacturer.
1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Without limiting the generality of the other requirements of the specifications, all
work herein shall conform to the applicable requirements of the following
documents. All referenced specifications, codes, and standards refer to the
most current issue available at the time of the Bid.
1. ASTM C 109 Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of
Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using 2 inch or 50 mm cube Specimens)
2. ASTM C 531 Standard Test Method for Linear Shrinkage and
Coefficient of Thermal Expansion of Chemical -Resistant Mortars, Grouts
and Monolithic Surfacings
3. ASTM C 579 Test Method for Compressive Strength of Chemical -
Resistant Mortars and Monolithic Surfacings
4. ASTM C 827 Standard Test Method for Early Volume Change of
Cementitious Mixtures
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01340 — Submittals.
1. Certified test results verifying the compressive strength and shrinkage
and expansion requirements specified herein.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 03 60 00 - 1
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

2. Manufacturer's literature containing instructions and recommendations on
the mixing, handling, placement and appropriate uses for each type of
grout used in the work.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Field Tests
1. Compression test specimens will be taken during construction from the
first placement of grout for each structure and at intervals thereafter as
selected by the Engineer to insure continued compliance with these
Specifications. The specimens will be made by the Engineer or its
representative.
a. Compression tests and fabrication of specimens for cement grout
will be performed as specified in ASTM C 109 at intervals during
construction as selected by the Engineer. A set of three
specimens will be made for testing at seven days, 28 days and
any additional time period as appropriate.
2. The cost of all laboratory tests on grout will be borne by the Owner, but
the Contractor shall assist the Owner's Construction Representative in
obtaining specimens for testing. The Contractor shall be charged for the
cost of any additional tests and investigation on work performed which
does not meet the specifications. The Contractor shall supply all
materials necessary for fabricating the test specimens, at no additional
cost to the Owner.
3. All grout, already placed, which fails to meet the requirements of these
Specifications, is subject to removal and replacement at no additional
cost to the Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PREMIXED GROUTS
A. Portland Cement Grout
1. For grout toppings of liquid containment structures and similar items —
f'c=3000 psi minimum.
a. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type
b. Sand: ASTM C33, Fine Aggregate
C. Water: Portable
d. Pea Gravel: ASTM C33. Coarse aggregate, graded so that at
least 90% passes 3/8-inch sieve and 90% is retained by a number
4 sieve.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 03 60 00 - 2
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

2. Grout Mortar for use as fillets and leveling
a. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type
b. Sand: ASTM C33, Fine Aggregate (Mason's sand)
C. Water: Potable
d. Mix 1-part Portland cement to 3-parts sand.
B. Pre -Mixed non -shrink, Non -expanding Grout (Nonmetallic)
1. Non -shrink grout as shown on the Drawings shall be a mixture of
selected silica sands, Portland cement, water reducing agents,
plasticizing and shrinkage compensating agents. Grout shall be
nonmetallic non -corrosive, non -staining and comply with CRD C588 and
CRD C621.
2. The grout shall be non -shrink in accordance with ASTM C1107, ASTM
C827, ASTM C191, and ASTM C109. The water -grout ratio shall be
approximately 8 to 10 quarts of water per cubic foot of grout adjustable
for varying job conditions.
3. Grout shall not contain calcium chloride or other salt; aluminum or other
metals; chemical additives, gypsum or expansive cements. Grout shall
not expand after set.
4. Grout shall be used and applied in accordance with the manufacturer's
written instructions.
5. Subject to compliance with requirements provide from the following:
a. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. - Crystex
b. Grout Corp. - Five Star Non -shrink Grout or equivalent
2.2 NON -SHRINK GROUT
A. Non -shrink grout shall conform to the following requirements:
1. Manufactured under rigid quality control specifically for grout used in
transferring heavy loads.
2. Contain nonmetallic aggregates specially graded to minimize bleeding.
3. Have an initial setting time of approximately one hour at 70°F.
4. Produce no settlement or drying shrinkage at 3-days or later.
5. Have higher strength at all ages than plain cement grout of the same
flowability.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 03 60 00 - 3
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

6. Resist attack by oil and water and have lower absorption than plain
cement grout of the same flowability.
7. Minimum compressive strength, in accordance with ASTM C-109, shall
be 2,500 psi after 1 day and 5,000 psi after 28 days.
2.3 MIXES
A. For less than 2-inch clearance, or where size or shape of space makes grouting
difficult, grout mix shall consist of Portland cement, fine aggregate and water.
B. For greater than 2-inch clearances where coarse aggregate will not obstruct free
passage of the grout, extend grout by adding 50 pounds of pea gravel per 100
pounds grout material.
C. Use minimum amount of water necessary to produce a flowable grout without
causing either segregation or bleeding.
D. Portland cement mortar for raked -out edges of non -shrink grout: one part
Portland cement, two parts sand and 0.50 parts water by weight.
2.4 MIXING
A. Mix grout in accordance with manufacturer's printed specifications.
B. Mix grouting materials and water in a mechanical mixer for no less than 3-
minutes.
C. Mix grout as close to the work area as possible and transport the mixture quickly
and in a manner that does not permit segregation of materials.
D. After the grout has been mixed, do not add more water for any reason.
PART - EXECUTION
3.1 PROCEDURES
A. Installation methods and procedures shall be approved by Engineer and shall be
in accordance with manufacturer's printed specifications before work is begun.
3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. Surface preparation shall be in accordance with manufacturer's printed
specifications.
B. Remove defective concrete, laitance, dirt, oil, grease and other foreign material
from concrete surfaces by bush -hammering, chipping, or other similar means,
until a sound, clean concrete surface is achieved.
C. Lightly roughen the concrete, but not enough to interfere with the proper
placement of grout. Cover concrete areas with waterproof membrane until ready
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 03 60 00 - 4
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

to grout. Immediately before grouting remove waterproof membranes and clean
any contaminated surfaces.
D. Remove foreign materials from metal surfaces in contact with grout. Align, level
and maintain final positioning of all components to be grouted.
E. Saturate concrete surfaces with clean water; remove excess water and leave
none standing.
3.3 PLACING
A. Placing shall be in accordance with manufacturer's printed specifications.
B. Place non -shrink grouting material quickly and continuously by the most practical
means permissible; pouring, pumping or under gravity pressure.
C. Do not use either pneumatic -pressure or dry packing methods without written
permission of the Engineer.
D. Apply grout from one side only to avoid entrapping air.
E. Final installation shall be thoroughly compacted and free from air pockets.
F. Do not vibrate the placed grout mixture or allow it to be placed if the area is
being vibrated by nearby equipment.
G. Do not remove leveling shims for at least 480 hours after grout has been placed.
After shims have been removed, fill voids with plain cement -sand grout.
H. After non -shrink grout has reached initial set, rake out exposed edges
approximately 1-inch into the grouted area and paint with Portland cement
mortar.
3.4 CURING
A. Cure grout for 3-days after placing by keeping wet and covering with curing
paper or by another approved method.
END OF SECTION 03 60 00
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 03 60 00 - 5
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

SECTION 03 90 00 — HYDRAULIC STRUCTURES TESTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Scope
1. The Contractor shall perform cleaning, flushing and testing for all
hydraulic structures in accordance with the requirements of the Contract
Documents.
2. The Work shall include all labor and materials required to prepare a
structure for testing and to convey potable, raw or process water to the
point of use from the source designated by Owner, and all labor and
materials required to drain, and dispose of the water used for testing.
Special attention is directed to the Contractor for the need to coordinate
tank filling and hydrostatic testing with the making of final piping
connections (refer to Contract Documents for additional information).
B. Related Divisions and Sections
1. Section 03 30 00 — Cast -In -Place Concrete.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Reference Standards: Comply with the applicable provisions and
recommendations of the following unless otherwise shown or specified.
1. ACI 350, "Code Requirements for Environmental Engineering Concrete
Structures and Commentary (ACI 350R)."
1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor shall submit a minimum 14 day advance written notice of the
proposed testing schedule for a given structure for review and concurrence of the
Engineer and Owner. The Contractor's proposed plans for water conveyance,
control and disposal shall also be submitted in writing.
B. Contractor shall submit all testing data collected for each structure/cell tested in
accordance with ACI 350 for approval.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS REQUIREMENTS
A. Temporary valves, bulkheads or other water control equipment and materials,
shall be as determined by the Contractor subject to the Owner's Representative
review.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 03 90 00 - 1
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Non -potable water for testing will be furnished by the Owner. Potable water used
for testing shall be purchased from the City by the Contractor. The Contractor
shall make all necessary provisions for conveying the water from the source to
the points of use.
B. All hydraulic structures and appurtenant pressure piping connections shall be
tested.
C. Concrete coatings, paint and/or liners shall not be applied until all leak testing
operations have been completed and the structure is accepted.
D. Release of water from structures, after testing has been completed, shall be as
approved by the Owner's Representative. Discharge location shall be approved
by Owner.
E. Clean structures after testing and prepare substrates for coating installation in
accordance with relevant specification sections.
3.2 LEAKAGE TESTING OF HYDRAULIC STRUCTURES
A. Analysis of data from leakage tests of hydraulic structures will be performed by
the Contractor following the requirements of ACI 350, ACI 350R and as specified
herein. The Contractor shall supply all materials and labor as needed to assist
the Owner's Representative in obtaining data from the test.
B. Prior to the start of leakage testing, the following requirements shall be met.
1. All elements of the structure that resist any portion of the retained liquid
pressure shall be in place and at specified strength levels. All concrete
shall be fully cured.
2. Structure walls shall not be backfilled prior to leakage testing.
3. All valves, gates, blind flanges and other non -concrete items that control
the flow of, or otherwise retain the liquid contents of the structure, shall be
checked for water -tightness. If not watertight, means shall be taken to
assure water -tightness during the period of the leakage test.
4. The portions of the structure to be tested shall be cleaned of all
construction debris and other foreign materials.
5. Defective concrete shall be repaired.
6. Standing water, soil, construction materials and any other material that
interferes with the exposed concrete surfaces of the structure shall be
removed.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 03 90 00 - 2
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

7. The Contractor shall notify the Owner's Representative and Owner a
minimum of seventy-two (72) hours prior to start of filling of structure for
leakage testing. Leakage testing shall not start until the structure is
inspected by the Owner's Representative.
8. The structure shall be tested prior to the application of all coating systems
and the installation of masonry block veneer, if applicable.
C. Filling Structure:
1. The portion of the structure to be tested shall be filled at a rate not to
exceed 2 feet per hour.
2. Structure shall be filled to the highest operating depth of the structure as
indicated on the Contract Drawings. Where no operating depth is
indicated or where operating depth is controlled by floats or levels
sensors, the structure shall be filled to a depth 6 inches below the top of
wall elevation.
3. Water in the structure shall be maintained at the specified test elevation
for a minimum of 72 hours.
D. After the water has been brought to the test elevation, the exposed elements of
the structure shall be inspected for leakage. All locations that exhibit any amount
of leakage flow or dampness shall be repaired prior to the start of leakage
testing. Dampness is defined as any visible water staining the following:
1. At Exterior Walls — the exterior sides of the walls.
2. At Interior Walls — the opposite sides of the walls containing the water.
E. Leakage test duration shall be determined by the Owner's Representative based
on ACI 350.1 R but shall not be less than three (3) days.
F. Leakage Allowance:
1. For concrete structures, the maximum allowable leakage rate shall be
0.075 percent of the volume per twenty-four (24) hour period.
G. Test Locations:
1. Structure cells which are less than 1000 square feet in area shall have
measurements of water level taken at two (2) locations that are located
approximately 180 degrees apart.
2. Structure cells which are greater than 1000 square feet in area shall have
measurements of water level taken at four (4) locations that are located
approximately 90 degrees apart.
3. Each test location shall be marked and given a reference number. A
reference point shall be marked on the face of the wall above the test
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 03 90 00 - 3
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

water surface in a manner that will prevent its movement or deterioration
during the period of the test.
H. Evaporation and Precipitation Measuring:
1. In open structures, a clear plastic calibrated open top container not less
than 18 inches in diameter and depth shall be partially filled, floated in the
tank, and held in position near each measurement location.
2. The container shall be located so as to not be shaded by tank walls and
away from any items passing over it such as beams or pipes.
Test Measurements:
1. Leakage tests shall not be started when periods of severe weather
conditions or major changes in average daily temperature are predicted.
2. The following measurements shall be recorded at each test location at the
start of the test period and at twenty-four (24) hour intervals thereafter.
a. Distance from reference point to test water surface.
b. Depth of water in the floating container.
c. Temperature of the test water at 18 inches below water surface.
d. Temperature of the water in the evaporation -precipitation container at
mid -depth.
J. Leakage Determination:
1. The change in water surface elevation at each test location shall be
averaged and adjusted as follows:
a. The total change in test water surface elevation shall be adjusted by
the average change in water surface elevation in the evaporation -
precipitation containers.
b. Where averaged water temperature measurements vary by more than
3 degrees from start to completion of the test period, adjustment in
tank volume shall be determined by change of water density resulting
from the change in the average water temperature.
K. Retesting:
1. The leakage test shall be considered as failed if the specified leakage
allowance is exceeded or if any leakage or dampness is observed.
2. If the test becomes unreliable due to excessive precipitation or other
external factors, it shall be restarted.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 03 90 00 - 4
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

3. If a leakage test fails, it may be retested immediately without repairs if
approved by the Owner's Representative. If subsequent leakage tests
fail, the Contractor shall repair all probable areas of leakage and the
leakage test shall be repeated until it meets the specified leakage criteria.
END OF SECTION 03 90 00
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 03 90 00 - 5
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

SECTION 05 52 00 — HANDRAILS AND GUARDRAILS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. This Section includes providing handrails and guard rails as shown on the Drawings
and includes miscellaneous handrails and guard rails not included in other metal
systems in other sections of these specifications.
B. Height for stair rails, handrails, and guard rails shall conform to all applicable codes
and as noted on the drawings.
C. Handrails and guard rails used to extend existing facilities shall match the existing
as closely as possible unless noted otherwise.
D. Contractors are hereby notified that they are encouraged, to the greatest extent
practicable, to purchase American -made equipment and products with funding
provided under this award.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes and Standards:
North Carolina State Building Code, latest edition
2. ANSI A117.1
3. OSHA Part 1920.23 and 1910.24
4. Life Safety Code 101
5. AWS "Structural Welding Code"
B. Qualification for Welding Work: Qualify welding processes and welding operators in
accordance with AWS "Standard Qualification Procedure".
C. Field Measurements: Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop
drawings and fabrication, where possible, to ensure proper fitting of the work.
However, do not delay job process; allow for trimming and fitting wherever the
taking of field measurements before fabrication might delay the work.
D. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to the greatest extent possible, so
as to minimize field splicing and assembly of units at the project site. Disassemble
units only to the extent necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly
mark units for reassembly and coordinate installation.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 05 52 00 -1
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Certificates of Compliance with specified requirements. Obtain shop
drawings for fabrication and erection. After verifying details and dimensions provide
three sets of final drawings and installation instructions to Owner's Construction
Representative for use in observing installation and for Record Drawings.
B. All submittals for this Specification shall be in accordance with Section 01340 —
Submittals.
1.4 WARRANTY
A. Per General Condition Article 9, the Contractor shall provide a 3 year warranty from
substantial completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B221; alloy 6061-T6, T6510; except alloy 6063-T52
for seamless pipe meeting ASTM B241; unless otherwise indicated.
B. Aluminum Castings: ASTM B108; alloy 214 unless otherwise indicated.
C. Aluminum Sheet or Plate: ASTM B209; alloy 6061-T6, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Finish: Clear anodized finish AA C22A41R1X, medium matte, nondirectional,
minimum 0.7 mil clear anodized, clear lacquer coating, unless otherwise indicated.
E. Nonshrink, Nonferrous Grout: CE CRD C588.
2.2 FABRICATION
A. The Contractor shall provide a "manufacturer's system."
B. Exposed work shall be formed true to line and level with accurate angles and
surfaces and straight sharp edges.
C. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32-inch, unless otherwise
shown.
D. Use bent -metal corners formed to the smallest radius possible without causing
grain separation or otherwise impairing the work.
E. Welded Connections: Cope intersections of rails and posts, weld joints and grind
smooth. Butt weld end -to -end joints of railings or use welding connectors, at
fabricator's option.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 05 52 00 - 2
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

F. Weld corners and seams continuously and in accordance with the
recommendations of AWS. Grind exposed welds smooth and flush to match and
blend with adjoining surfaces. Discoloration of finished surfaces will not be
acceptable.
G. Form exposed connections with flush, smooth, hairline joints, using concealed
fasteners wherever possible. Use exposed fasteners of the type shown, or if not
shown, use Phillips flathead (countersunk) screws or bolts. Provide splices with
lock mechanism but allow for expansion and contraction.
H. Provide anchorage of the type shown, coordinated with the supporting structure.
Fabricate and space anchoring devices as shown and as required to provide
adequate support.
Toe Boards: Fabricate toe boards with a bent/formed profile for increased plate
stiffness to the dimensions and details shown. Use 1/4-inch thick x 4-inch plate
secured to each post of railing.
J. Brackets, Flanges and Anchors: Provide brackets, flanges, and anchors for railing
posts and for handrail supports. Furnish inserts and sleeves as required for
anchorage masonry work.
K. Furnish cast metal brackets, flanges, and exposed anchors of the same material
and finish as rail supports, unless otherwise indicated.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine the areas and conditions under which handrails and guard rails are to be
installed and correct any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion
of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Furnish setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions and directions for the
installation of anchorages, such as concrete inserts, anchor bolts and
miscellaneous items having integral anchors which are to be embedded in concrete
or masonry construction. Coordinate the delivery of such items to the project site.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Fastening to In -Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners
where necessary for securing handrails and guard rail items to in -place
construction; including threaded fasteners for concrete inserts, toggle bolts,
through -bolts, lag bolts and other connectors as required.
B. Use railing manufacturer's standard methods of installation when acceptable to the
Engineer.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 05 52 00 - 3
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

C. Cutting, Fitting and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling and fitting required for
installation. Set the work accurately in location, alignment and elevation, plumb,
level, true and free of rack, measured from established lines and levels.
D. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form tight hairline joints. Weld
connections which are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop -welded
because of shipping size limitations. Grind joints smooth and touch-up shop paint
coat. Do not weld, cut or abrade the surface of units which have been coated or
finished after fabrication, and are intended for field connections. Adjust railings
prior to securing in place to ensure proper matching at butting joints and correct
alignment throughout their length. Space posts not more than 6-feet on centers,
unless otherwise shown. Plumb posts in each direction. Secure posts and rail ends
to building construction as follows:
E. Anchor posts in concrete where noted on the drawings, by means of pipe sleeves
set and anchored into the concrete. Provide sleeves of galvanized, steel pipe, not
less than 6-inches long and having an inside diameter not less than 1/2-inch
greater than the outside diameter of the inserted pipe post. Provide steel plate
closure secured to the bottom of the sleeve and of width and length not less than
1-inch greater than the outside diameter of the sleeve. After the posts have been
inserted into the sleeves, fill the annular space between post and sleeve solid with
nonshrink, nonferrous grout. Cover anchorage joint with a round metal flange
finished to match post.
F. Anchor rail ends into concrete with round flanges welded to rail ends and anchored
into the wall construction with lead expansion shields and bolts.
G. Field Welding: Comply with AWS Code for the procedures of manual shielded
metal -arc welding, the appearance and quality of welds made, and the methods
used in correcting the work.
H. Dissimilar Materials: Where dissimilar metals contact each other or there is a
condition such as aluminum against concrete, they shall be protected from each
other with a pressure sensitive tape, bitumastic coating or other protective method.
Toe Boards: Provide toe boards where shown and as required by code.
J. Toe boards shall be provided wherever people can pass or work beneath the open
sides or wherever falling material could create a hazard to moving machinery or
equipment.
END OF SECTION 05 52 00
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041
055200-4
OCTOBER 2023

SECTION 05 53 00 - METAL GRATINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL
A. Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, and equipment as shown, specified, and
required to furnish and install trench and platform grating assemblies, miscellaneous
supports and frames.
B. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Provisions and Division
01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Metal bar gratings.
2. Metal frames and supports for gratings.
B. Related Sections:
1. Division 03 - Concrete
2. Division 05 - Metals
1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Structural Performance: Gratings shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and the
following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated.
1. Walkways and Elevated Access Platforms Used as Exits: Uniform load of 100
Ibf/sq. ft. —All steel and aluminum applications.
2. Limit deflection to L/240 or 1/4 inch, whichever is less.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For the following:
1. Clips and anchorage devices for gratings.
B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, sections, details, and attachments to other work.
1. Shop Drawings detailing fabrication and installation of all work. Include plans,
elevations and details of sections and connections. Show panel section layouts,
miscellaneous supports, and fastener types and locations.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 05 53 00 -1
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

2. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and installations details for installing frames
and anchorages, including concrete inserts. Deliver such items to Project site in
time for installation.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Mill Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of stainless -steel sheet certifying that products
furnished comply with requirements.
B. Welding certificates.
C. Paint Compatibility Certificates: From manufacturers of topcoats applied over shop primers
certifying that shop primers are compatible with topcoats.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Metal Bar Grating Standards: Comply with NAAMM MBG 531, "Metal Bar Grating Manual."
B. NAAMM Metal Bar Grating Manual ANSI/NAAMM MBG 532, "Heavy Duty Steel Grating."
C. Welding Qualifications:
Quality procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding
Code — Steel".
2. Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.2, "Structural Welding
Code - Aluminum."
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Contractor shall field measure and verify actual locations of walls,
beams and other construction contiguous with gratings by field measurements before
fabrication to ensure proper installation.
1.8 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with
paint and coating manufacturers' written recommendations to ensure that shop primers and
topcoats are compatible with one another.
B. Coordinate installation of anchorages for gratings, grating frames, and supports. Furnish
setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves,
concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in
concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 05 53 00 -2
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 HEAVY DUTY STEEL
A. ASTM A36 for hot rolled structural steel bars, and ASTM A510 for carbon steel wire rods
and coarse round wire.
2.2 STEEL
A. ASTM A1011 for hot rolled carbon steel sheet and strip. ASTM A510 for carbon steel wire
rods and coarse round wire.
2.3 ALUMINUM
A. Aluminum, General: Provide alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer for type
of use indicated, and with not less than the strength and durability properties of alloy and
temper designated below for each aluminum form required.
B. Extruded Bars and Shapes: ASTM B221, alloys as follows:
1. 6061-T6 or 6063-T6, for bearing bars of gratings and shapes.
2. 6061-T1, for grating crossbars.
C. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B209, Alloy 5052-H32.
2.4 FASTENERS
A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Type 316 stainless -steel fasteners for exterior
use. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required.
1. Provide stainless -steel fasteners for fastening aluminum.
B. Stainless -Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon -head annealed stainless -steel bolts, nuts,
and, where indicated, flat washers; ASTM F593 for bolts and ASTM F594 for nuts, Alloy
Group 1 (Al).
2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy
that is welded.
B. Bituminous Paint: Cold -applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D1187.
2.6 FABRICATION
A. Shop Assembly: Fabricate grating sections in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize
field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling
limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark
units for reassembly and coordinated installation.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 05 53 00 -3
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

B. Cut, drill, and punch material cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a
radius of approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas
on exposed surfaces.
C. Form from materials of size, thickness, and shapes indicated, but not less than that needed
to support indicated loads.
D. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints.
E. Welding: Comply with AWS recommendations and the following:
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and
corrosion resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3. Remove welding flux immediately.
F. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Fabricate and
space the anchoring devices to secure gratings, frames, and supports rigidly in place and to
support indicated loads.
1. Fabricate toe plates to fit grating units and weld to units in shop unless otherwise
indicated.
2. Fabricate toe plates for attaching in the field.
3. Toe plate Height: 4 inches unless otherwise indicated.
2.7 METAL BAR GRATINGS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. IKG Industries; a division of Harsco Corporation.
2. Ohio Gratings, Inc.
B. Rectangular Bar Grating: As noted on the drawings and as indicated below.
1. Bearing Bar Spacing: 1-3/16 inches o.c.
2. Bearing Bar Depth: Varies as noted on drawings and as required to comply with
structural performance requirements.
3. Bearing Bar Thickness: 3/16 inch and as required to comply with structural
performance requirements.
4. Crossbar Spacing: 4 inches o.c.
5. Aluminum Finish: Mill finish.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 05 53 00 - 4
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

Steel Finish: Galvanized.
C. Grating Sections: Fabricate with banding bars attached by welding to entire perimeter of
each section. Include anchors and fasteners of type indicated or, if not indicated, as
recommended by manufacturer for attaching to supports.
Provide no fewer than four saddle clips for each grating section composed of
rectangular bearing bars 3/16 inch or less in thickness and spaced 15/16 inch or
more o.c., with each clip designed and fabricated to fit over two bearing bars.
Furnish threaded bolts with nuts and washers for securing grating to supports.
Furnish self -drilling fasteners with washers for securing grating to supports.
D. Fabricate cutouts in grating sections for penetrations indicated. Arrange cutouts to permit
grating removal without disturbing items penetrating gratings.
Edge -band openings in grating that interrupt four or more bearing bars with bars of
same size and material as bearing bars.
E. Do not notch bearing bars at supports to maintain elevation.
2.8 GRATING FRAMES AND SUPPORTS
A. Frames and Supports for Metal Gratings: Fabricate from metal shapes, plates, and bars of
welded construction to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive
gratings. Miter and weld connections for perimeter angle frames. Cut, drill, and tap units to
receive hardware and similar items.
Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate from same basic metal as gratings.
Equip units indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry with integrally
welded anchors. Unless otherwise indicated, space anchors a maximum 16 inches
o.c. and provide minimum anchor units in the form of steel straps 1-1/4 inches wide
by 1/4 inch thick by 8 inches long.
2.9 ALUMINUM FINISHES
A. Finish designations prefixed by AA comply with the system established by the Aluminum
Association for designating aluminum finishes.
B. Class I, Clear Anodic Finish: AA-M12C22A41 (Mechanical Finish: non-specular as
fabricated; Chemical Finish: etched, medium matte; Anodic Coating: Architectural Class I,
clear coating 0.018 mm or thicker) complying with AAMA 611.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 05 53 00 - 5
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Fastening to In -Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where
necessary for securing gratings to in -place construction. Include threaded fasteners for
concrete and masonry inserts, through -bolts, lag bolts, and other connectors.
B. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing
gratings. Set units accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; measured from
established lines and levels and free of rack.
C. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete
or masonry.
D. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints.
Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop
welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade the
surfaces of exterior units that have been hot -dip galvanized after fabrication and are
for bolted or screwed field connections.
E. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements:
Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and
corrosion resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3. Remove welding flux immediately.
F. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that will come into contact with
grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals, with a heavy coat of bituminous paint.
3.2 INSTALLING METAL BAR GRATINGS
A. General: Install gratings to comply with recommendations of referenced metal bar grating
standards that apply to grating types and bar sizes indicated, including installation
clearances and standard anchoring details.
B. Attach removable units to supporting members with type and size of clips and fasteners
indicated or, if not indicated, as recommended by grating manufacturer for type of
installation conditions shown.
C. Attach non -removable units to supporting members by welding where both materials are
same; otherwise, fasten by bolting as indicated above.
END OF SECTION 05 53 00
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 05 53 00 - 6
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

SECTION 09 90 00 — PAINTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, tools, materials, equipment, scaffolding or
other structures and incidentals necessary to complete this Contract in its entirety.
B. The work includes painting and finishing of all new interior and exterior exposed
items above and below grade and surfaces, such as structural steel, miscellaneous
metals, ceilings, walls, floors, doors, frames, transoms, roof fans, construction
signs, guardrails, posts, fittings, valves, tanks, equipment and all other work
obviously required to be painted unless otherwise specified herein or on the
Drawings. The omission of minor items in the Schedule of Work shall not relieve
the Contractor of his obligation to include such items where they come within the
general intent of the Specification as stated herein.
C. The following items shall not be painted:
1. Any code -requiring labels, such as Underwriter's Laboratories and Factory
Mutual, or any equipment identification, performance rating, name or
nomenclature plates.
2. Any moving parts of operating units, mechanical and electrical parts, such
as valve and damper operators, linkages, sinkages, sensing devices, motor
and fan shafts, unless otherwise indicated.
3. Aluminum handrails (except where in contact with concrete) walkways,
windows, louvers and grating unless otherwise specified herein.
4. Signs and nameplates.
5. Finish hardware.
6. Chain link fence.
7. Piping buried in the ground or embedded in concrete.
8. Nonferrous metals, unless specifically noted otherwise.
9. Electrical switchgear and motor control centers.
10. Stainless steel angles, tubes, pipe, etc.
11. HDPE and PE pipe and tubing
12. Products with polished chrome, aluminum, nickel or stainless steel finish.
13. Plastic switch plates and receptacle plates.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 1
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

14. Flexible couplings, lubricated bearing surfaces, insulation and metal and
plastic pipe interior.
15. Sprinkler heads.
16. Lifting chain on cranes and hoists
17. Electrical cable, festooned conductor system, cables, collector pole
brackets, etc.
D. All work shall be done in strict accordance with this Specification, the Design
Drawings and the painting package, including manufacturer's printed instructions.
E. The Contractorwill obtain, at its own expense, all permits, licenses and inspections
and shall comply with all laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations
promulgated by authorities having jurisdiction which may bear on the Work. This
compliance will include Federal Public Law 91-596 more commonly known as the
"Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970".
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Field Painting is the painting of new or rebuilt items at the job site. Field painting
shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
B. Shop Painting is the painting of new or rebuilt items in the shop prior to delivery to
the jobsite.
C. Abbreviations The abbreviations and definitions listed below, when used in this
specification, shall have the following meanings:
1. Owner — The term Owner is used to refer to either the Owner or an
appointed Owner's representative such as an engineer, architect, etc.
2. SSPC - The Society for Protective Coatings
3. Exterior - Outside, exposed to weather
4. Interior Dry - Inside, concealed or protected from weather
5. Interior Wet - Inside, subject to immersion services
6. ASTM - American Society of Test Materials
7. NACE - National Association of Corrosion Engineers
8. NSF - National Sanitation Foundation
9. AWWA - American Water Works Association
10. ICRI - International Concrete Restoration Institute
11. NAPF — National Association of Pipe Fitters
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 2
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

12. Dry Film Thickness shall be in Mils
1.3 RESOLUTION OF CONFLICTS
A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to arrange a meeting prior to the start
of any coatings applications between the Contractor, the Coating Manufacturer,
whose products are to be used, and the Owner. All aspects of surface preparation,
application and coating systems as covered by this Specification will be reviewed
at this meeting.
B. Clarification shall be requested promptly from the Owner when instructions are
lacking, conflicts occur in the Specifications, or the procedure seems improper or
inappropriate for any reason.
C. Copies of all manufacturer's instructions and recommendations shall be furnished
to the Owner by the Painting Contractor.
D. It shall be the responsibility of the Coating Manufacturer to have their
representative meet in person with the Contractor and Owner before and during
the job as a consultant on proper preparation and application of the coating
materials unless a meeting is determined to be unnecessary by the Owner.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Contractor shall submit catalog data and cut sheets for the painting system being
used if not the TNEMEC materials specified.
B. Samples as detailed in 3.01 B shall be submitted regardless of system being used,
showing each color to be used.
C. Hazardous Material Disposal documentation shall be submitted if applicable.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 EQUIPMENT
A. Effective oil and water separators shall be used in all compressed air lines serving
spray painting and sandblasting operations to remove oil or moisture from the air
before it is used. Separators shall be placed as far as practicable from the
compressor.
B. All equipment for application of the paint and the completion of the work shall be
furnished by the Contractor in first-class condition and shall comply with
recommendations of the paint manufacturer.
C. Contractor will make available to the Owner a "Nord son- Mikrotest" or "Positest"
dry film thickness gauge for ferrous metal and an OG232 "Tooke" gauge or equal
for non-ferrous and cementitious surface, to be used to inspect coatings by the
Owner and Contractor.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 3
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

2.2 MATERIALS
A. All materials specified herein are manufactured by the TNEMEC Company, Inc.,
North Kansas City, Missouri. These products are specified to establish standards
of quality and are approved for use on this Project.
B. The specified basis of design is intended to provide the longest service life
possible, lowest life cycle cost and most sustainable solution. All Contractors must
provide pricing based on the basis of design. If submitting alternate products, this
must be shown in the Bid Schedule as an ADD or DEDUCT to the overall Base
Bid, so the Owner can decide which coating system to accept.
C. Equivalent materials of other manufacturers may be substituted on approval of the
Owner. Requests for substitution must include a side -by -side comparison of
equality, including: manufacturer's literature for each product giving the name,
generic type, volume solids, descriptive information, evidence of satisfactory past
performance, and an independent laboratory certification that their product meets
the performance criteria of the specified materials.
D. To allow time for review, all requests for substitution shall be submitted by the
coating manufacturer a minimum of 10 days prior to the project bid date.
E. Substitutions which decrease the total film thickness, change the generic type of
coating, or fail to meet the performance criteria of the specified materials shall not
be approved. Substitutions which otherwise reduce performance shall not be
approved.
F. Prime and finish coats of all surfaces shall be furnished by the same manufacturer.
G. All coatings to be shop applied must meet the requirements for volatile organic
compounds (VOC) of not more than 3.5 Ibs/gallon after thinning.
H. Colors, where not specified, shall be as selected by the Owner or their
Representative.
All coatings in contact with potable water need to be NSF Certified, Tested, and
Listed in accordance with ANSI/NSF Standard 61.
2.3 REFERENCES
A. This section contains references to the governing standards and documents listed
below. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. In case of conflict
between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the
more stringent of the requirements shall prevail.
B. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents
in effect at the time of receipt of Bids. If referenced documents have been
discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall
mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that
organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the
document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 4
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document
version associated with that date, whether or not the document has been
superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued, or replaced.
C. Referenced publications found within this specification shall be the latest revision
unless otherwise specified; and applicable parts of the referenced publications
shall become a part of this specification as if fully included.
D. ASTM International (ASTM):
1. ASTM B117 — Salt Spray (Fog)
2. ASTM C140 — Water Absorption (Applied to Cast Mortar Cubes)
3. ASTM C307 — Tensile Strength, Elongation, Modulus of Elasticity
4. ASTM C531 — Thermal Expansion
5.
ASTM C579
— Compressive Strength
6.
ASTM C580
— Flexural Strength and Modulus of Elasticity
7.
ASTM C67 —
Water Absorption (Applied to Fire Clay Brick)
8.
ASTM C793
— Accelerated Weathering
9.
ASTM C97 —
Water Absorption (Applied to Ohio Sandstone)
10.
ASTM D1014 — Exterior Exposure
11. ASTM D2047 — Coefficient of Friction
12. ASTM D2240 - Hardness
13. ASTM D2247 - Humidity
14. ASTM D2370 — Tensile Strength, Elongation, Modulus of Elasticity
15. ASTM D2794 - Impact
16. ASTM D3273 — Fungal/Mold/Mildew Resistance
17. ASTM D4060 - Abrasion
18. ASTM D4141, Method C (EMMAQUA) — Exterior Exposure
19. ASTM D4541 — Adhesion
20. ASTM D4585 — Humidity
21. ASTM D4587 — QUV Exposure
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 5
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

22. ASTM D522 — Flexibility and Elongation
23. ASTM D5590 — Fungal/Mold/Mildew/Algal Resistance
24. ASTM D5894 — Cyclic Salt Fog/UV Exposure
25. ASTM D624 — Tear Strength
26. ASTM D638 — Tensile Strength, Elongation, Modulus of Elasticity
27.
ASTM D648 —
Deflection Temperature
28.
ASTM D6695
— Xenon Arc Weathering
29.
ASTM D695 —
Compressive Strength
30.
ASTM D7234
- Adhesion
31.
ASTM D790 —
Flexural Strength and Modulus of Elasticity
32.
ASTM D870 —
Immersion
33. ASTM G85 — Prohesion
E. NACE International (NACE):
1. NACE TM-01-74
F. Federal Specification (FED):
1. FED TT-C-555B - Wind Driven Rain
G. Military and Government Specs & Standards:
1. MIL D3134 — Impact
H. British Standard:
1. BS EN 598: 2007+A1: 2009 - Rocking Abrasion
I. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
1. AASHTO T-259 — Chloride Ion Penetration
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION OF SURFACES
A. Before application of the prime coat and each succeeding coat, all surfaces to be
coated shall be subject to inspection by the Owner. Any defects or deficiencies
shall be corrected by the Contractor before application of any subsequent coating.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 6
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

B. Samples of surface preparation and of painting systems shall be furnished by the
Contractor to be used as a standard throughout the job, unless omitted by the
Owner.
C. The Contractor shall follow the Manufacturer's latest printed recommended
minimum and maximum recoat times. If the maximum recoat time has been
exceeded, the Contractor shall follow the Manufacturer's latest printed instructions.
D. Coating thickness shall be determined by the use of a properly calibrated
"Nordson-Mikrotest" or "Positest" Coating Thickness Gauge (or equal) for ferrous
metal. Please note that a "Tooke" gauge may be used on cementitious surfaces,
and that use of the "Tooke" gauge is classified as a destructive test.
E. Before performing any destructive tests on a newly applied coating system, the
Owner and Contractor shall determine which of them is responsible for the cost of
repairing the damaged coatings.
3.2 STANDARDS FOR SURFACE PREPARATION
A. SSPC-SP1: Solvent Cleaning: Remove all grease, oil, salt, acid, alkali, dirt, dust,
wax, fat, foreign matter and contaminates, etc. by one of the following methods:
steam cleaning, alkaline cleaning, or volatile solvent cleaning.
B. SSPC-SP2: Hand Tool Cleaning: Removal of loose rust, loose mill scale and loose
paint to a clean sound substrate by hand chipping, scraping, sanding and wire
brushing.
C. SSPC-SP3: Power Tool Cleaning: Removal of loose rust, loose mill scale and
loose paint to a clean sound substrate by power tool chipping, descaling, sanding,
wire brushing and grinding.
D. SSPC-SP5/NACE No.1: White Metal Blast Cleaning: Complete removal of all mill
scale, rust, rust scale, previous coating, etc., leaving the surface a uniform gray -
white color.
E. SSPC-SP6/NACE No.3: Commercial Blast Cleaning: Complete removal of all dirt,
rust scale, mill scale, foreign matter and previous coating, etc., leaving only
shadows and/or streaks caused by rust stain and mill scale oxides. At least 66%
of each square inch of surface area is to be free of all visible residues, except slight
discoloration.
F. SSPC-SP7/NACE NoA: Brush -Off Blast Cleaning: Removal of rust scale, loose
mill scale, loose rust and loose coatings, leaving tightly -bonded mill scale, rust and
previous coatings. On concrete surfaces, brush-off blast cleaning shall remove all
laitance, form oils and solid contaminates. Blasting should be performed
sufficiently close to the surface so as to open up surface voids, bugholes, air
pockets and other subsurface irregularities, but so as not to expose underlying
aggregate.
G. SSPC-SP10/NACE No.2: Near -White Blast Cleaning: Removal of all rust scale,
mill scale, previous coating, etc., leaving only light stains from rust, mill scale and
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 7
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

small specks of previous coating. At least 95% of each square inch of surface area
is to be free of all visible residues and the remainder shall be limited to slight
discoloration.
H. SSPC-SP11: Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal: Complete removal of rust, rust
scale, mill scale, foreign matter and previous coatings, etc., to a standard as
specified on a Commercial Grade Blast Cleaning (SSPC-SP-6, NACE-3) by means
of power tools that will provide the proper degree of cleaning and surface profile.
SSPC-SP13/NACE No.6: Surface Preparation of Concrete: Provides requirements
for surface preparation of concrete by mechanical, chemical, or thermal methods
prior to the application of bonded protective coating or lining systems.
International Concrete Restoration Institute (ICRI):
a. ICRI 310.1 R - Exposed Reinforcing bar (Rebar) Repair
b. ICRI-CSP 1 - Concrete Surface Profile 1
C. ICRI-CSP 2 - Concrete Surface Profile 2
ICRI-CSP 3 - Concrete Surface Profile 3
e. ICRI-CSP 4 - Concrete Surface Profile 4
ICRI-CSP 5 - Concrete Surface Profile 5
ICRI-CSP 6 - Concrete Surface Profile 6
J. SSPC-SP14/NACE No.8: Industrial Blast Cleaning: An industrial blast cleaned
surface, when viewed without magnification, shall be free of all visible oil, grease,
dust, and dirt. Traces of tightly adherent mill scale, rust, and coating residues are
permitted to remain on 10% of each unit area of the surface if they are evenly
distributed.
K. SSPC-SP15: Commercial Grade Power Tool Cleaning: A commercial grade power
tool cleaned steel surface, when viewed without magnification, shall be free of all
visible oil, grease, dirt, rust, coating, oxides, mill scale, corrosion products, and
other foreign matter, except as noted. Random staining shall be limited to no more
than 33 percent of each unit area of surface as defined.
L. Visual standards "Pictorial Surface Preparation Standards for Painting Steel
Surfaces", and the National Association of Corrosion Engineer, "Blasting Cleaning
Visual Standards" TM-01-70 and TM-01-75 shall be considered as standards for
proper surface preparation.
M. NAPF 500-03-04: External Pipe Surface: When viewed without magnification, the
exterior surfaces shall be free of all visible dirt, dust, loose annealing oxide, rust,
mold, coatings, and other foreign matter.
N. NAPF 500-03-05: Fitting Blast Clean #2: When viewed without magnification, no
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 8
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

more than 5% staining may remain on the surface and the exterior surfaces shall
be free of all visible dirt, dust, annealing oxide, rust, mold, coatings, and other
foreign matter.
3.3 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. The surface shall be cleaned as specified for the paint system being used.
B. All cleaning shall be as outlined in the Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC)
Surface Preparation Specification, National Association of Corrosion Engineers
(NACE), and the International Concrete Repair Institute (ICRI) unless otherwise
noted.
If surfaces are subject to contamination, other than mill scale or normal
atmospheric rusting, the surfaces shall be checked for chloride contamination,
pressure washed, and acid or caustic pH residues neutralized, in addition to the
specified surface preparation.
C. All bare concrete surfaces exposed to wastewater or similar corrosive
atmospheres shall be confirmed to have a minimum pH of 9 prior to the application
of coatings.
D. Oil, grease, soil, dust, etc., deposited on the surface after preparation has been
completed shall be removed prior to painting in accordance with SSPC-SP1
Solvent Cleaning.
E. Weld flux, weld spatter, and rust scale shall be removed by a minimum of SSPC-
SP3 Power Tool Cleaning as per these Specifications.
F. All weld seams, sharp protrusions and edges shall be ground smooth prior to
surface preparation or application of any coatings.
G. All areas requiring field welding shall be masked off prior to shop coating, unless
waived by the Owner.
H. All areas which require field touch-up after erection, such as welds, burnbacks,
and mechanically damaged areas, shall be prepared per the Manufacturer's latest
written recommendations.
In the event that an existing coating's max recoat window has been exceeded, all
surfaces to be overcoated must be thoroughly and uniformly de -glossed and
scarified before the application of additional coatings.
J. All surfaces must be clean and dry prior to the application of any coatings.
3.4 PRETREATMENTS
A. When specified, the surface shall be pretreated in accordance with the specified
pretreatment prior to application of the prime coat of paint.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 9
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

3.5 STORAGE
A. Materials shall be delivered to the job site in the original packages with seals
unbroken and with legible unmutilated labels attached. Packages shall be
available for inspection by the Owner. All coating materials shall be stored in
accordance with the Manufacturer's latest written recommendations. The
Contractor is responsible for following the Manufacturer's suggested storage
temperatures and conditions. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the
protection of the materials stored by himself at the job site. Empty coating cans
shall be neatly stacked in an area designated by the Owner and removed from the
job site on a schedule determined by the Contractor. Owner may request a
notarized statement from Contractor detailing all materials used on the Project.
3.6 PREPARATION OF MATERIALS
A. Mechanical mixers, capable of thoroughly mixing the pigment and vehicle together,
shall mix the paint prior to use where required by manufacturer's instructions;
thorough hand mixing will be allowed for small amounts up to one gallon. Pressure
pots shall be equipped with mechanical mixers to keep the pigment in suspension,
when required by manufacturer's instructions. Otherwise, intermittent hand mixing
shall be done to assure that no separation occurs. All mixing shall be done in
accordance with SSPC Vol. 1, Chapter 4, "Practical Aspects, Use and Application
of Paints" and/or with manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Thinners shall be as recommended by the manufacturer and shall be added or
discarded strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's instruction. Partial kits
may only be used when components are accurately measured and mixed per the
Manufacturer's latest written recommendations.
3.7 APPLICATION
A. Paint shall be applied only on thoroughly dry surfaces and during periods of
favorable weather, unless otherwise allowed by the paint manufacturer. Except as
provided below, painting shall not be permitted when the atmospheric temperature
is outside the limit of the manufacturer's latest written recommendations, or when
freshly painted surfaces may be damaged by rain, fog, dust, or condensation,
and/or when it can be anticipated that these conditions will prevail during the drying
period.
B. No coatings shall be applied unless surface temperature is a minimum of 5°F
above dew point; temperature must be maintained during curing.
C. See coating schedule for actual coating systems to be used on this project.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 10
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

3.8 DEW POINT CALCULATION CHART
DEW POINT CALCULATION CHART
Ambient Air Temperature - Fahrenheit
Relative
Humidity
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
90%
18
28
37
47
57
67
77
87
97
107
117
85%
17
26
36
45
55
65
76
84
95
104
113
80%
16
1 25
34
1 44
54
1 63
73
1 82
93
102
110
75%
15
24
33
42
52
62
71
80
91
100
108
70%
13
22
31
40
50
60
68
78
88
96
105
65%
12
20
29
38
47
57
66
76
85
93
103
60%
11
29
27
36
45
55
64
73
83
92
101
55%
9
17
25
34
43
53
61
70
80
89
98
50%
6
15
23
31
40
50
59
67
77
86
94
45%
4
13
21
29
37
47
56
64
73
82
91
40%
1
11
18
26
35
43
52
61
69
78
87
35%
-2
8
1 16
23
31
1 40
48
1 57
65
74
1 83
SURFACE
TEMPERATURE AT WHICH
CONDENSATION OCCURS
Dew Pnint
Temperature at which moisture will condense on surface. No coatings should be
applied unless surface temperature is a minimum of 5°F above this point.
Temperature must be maintained during curing.
Example
If air temperature is 70°F and relative humidity is 65%, the dew point is 57°F. No
coating should be applied unless surface temperature is 62°F minimum.
A. No coating shall be applied unless the relative humidity is below 85%.
B. Suitable enclosures to permit painting during inclement weather may be used if
provisions are made to control atmospheric conditions artificially inside the
enclosure, within limits suitable for painting throughout the painting operations.
C. Field painting in the immediate vicinity of, or on, energized electrical and rotating
equipment, and equipment and/or pipes in service shall not be performed without
the approval of the Owner.
D. Extreme care shall be exercised in the painting of all operable equipment, such as
valves, electric motors, etc., so that the proper functioning of the equipment will
not be affected.
E. The Contractor's scaffolding shall be erected, maintained and dismantled without
damage to structures, machinery, equipment or pipe. Drop cloths shall be used
where required to protect buildings and equipment. All surfaces required to be
clear for visual observation shall be cleaned immediately after paint application.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 11
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

F. Painting shall not be performed on insulated pipe within three (3) feet of insulation
operations or on insulation whose covering and surface coat have not had time to
set and dry. Painting shall not be performed on uninsulated pipe within one (1)
foot of any type of connection until the connection has been made, except as
directed by the Owner.
G. The prime coat shall be applied immediately following surface preparation and in
no case later than the same working day. All paint shall be applied by brushing,
paint mitt and roller, conventional spraying, or airless spraying, using equipment
approved by the paint manufacturer.
H. Each coat of paint shall be recoated as per manufacturer's instructions. Paint shall
be considered recoatable when an additional coat can be applied without any
detrimental film irregularities such as lifting or loss of adhesion.
Surfaces that will be inaccessible after assembly shall receive either the full
specified paint system or three shop coats of the specified primer before assembly.
J. Unless otherwise specified, each full coat within a coating system shall be of a
different or alternating color.
K. Finish colors shall be in accordance with the COLOR SCHEDULE and shall be
factory mixed (i.e., there shall be no tinting by the Contractor, unless authorized by
the Owner).
L. All edges and weld seams in immersion service shall receive a "stripe coat"
(applied by brush) of the 2nd coat prior to application of the full 2nd coat.
M. All open seams in the roof area of tanks shall be filled after application of the
topcoat with a flexible caulking such as Sika Flex 1A.
3.9 WORKMANSHIP
A. The Contractor must submit, with their bid, a list of a minimum 5 completed projects
of similar size and complexity to this work with the use of Tnemec coatings. Include
for each project:
1. Project name & location
2. Name & contact of Owner
3. Name & contact of Engineer
4. Approximate area of coatings applied
5. Total project amount value
6. Date of completion
B. The Contractor must have a minimum NACE or PCI Level 1 on staff.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 12
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

C. The Contractor must show proof that all employees associated with this Project
shall have been employed by the Contractor for a period not less than six (6)
months.
D. Painting shall be performed by experienced painters in accordance with the
recommendations of the paint manufacturer. All paint shall be uniformly applied
without sags, runs, spots, or other blemishes. Work which shows carelessness,
lack of skill, or is defective in the opinion of the Owner, shall be corrected at the
expense of the Contractor.
3.10 APPLICATION OF PAINT
A. By Brush and/or Rollers
1. Top quality, properly styled brushes and rollers shall be used. Rollers with
a baked phenol core shall be utilized.
2. The brushing or rolling shall be done so that a smooth coat as nearly
uniform in thickness as possible is obtained. Brush or roller strokes shall
be made to smooth the film without leaving deep or detrimental marks.
3. Surfaces not accessible to brushes or rollers may be painted by spray, by
dauber or sheepskins, and paint mitt.
4. It may require two coats to achieve the specified dry film thickness if
application is by brush and roller.
B. Air, Airless or Hot Spray
1. The equipment used shall be suitable for the intended purpose, shall be
capable of properly atomizing the paint to be applied and shall be equipped
with suitable pressure regulators and gauges.
2. Paint shall be applied in a uniform layer, with a 50% overlap pattern. All
runs and sags should be brushed out immediately or the paint shall be
removed and the surface resprayed.
3. High build coatings should be applied by a cross -hatch method of spray
application to ensure proper film thickness of the coating.
4. Areas inaccessible to spray shall be brushed; if also inaccessible to brush,
daubs or sheepskins shall be used, as authorized by the manufacturer.
5. Thinners shall be as recommended by the manufacturer and shall be
added or discarded strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's
instruction.
6. Nozzles, tips, etc., shall be of sizes and designs as recommended by the
manufacturer of the paint being sprayed.
7. The first coat on concrete surfaces in immersion service should be sprayed
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 13
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

and back rolled.
3.11 PROTECTION AND CLEANUP
A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to protect at all times, in areas where
painting is being done, floors, materials of other crafts, equipment, vehicles,
fixtures, and finished surfaces adjacent to paint work. Cover all electric plates,
surface hardware, nameplates, gauge glasses, etc., before start of painting work.
B. At the option of the Owner during the course of this project, the Contractor will
contain all spent abrasives, old paint chips, paint overspray and debris by means
suitable to the Owner, including, but not limited to, full shrouding of the area.
C. If shrouding is required, the Contractor must provide a complete design of the
intended shroud or cover. Care must be taken not to modify or damage the
structure during the use of the shroud. If damage should occur, the Contractor is
held responsible for all repairs.
D. At completion of the work, remove all paint where spilled, splashed, spattered,
sprayed or smeared on all surfaces, including glass, light fixtures, hardware,
equipment, painted and unpainted surfaces.
E. After completion of all painting, the Contractor shall remove from job site all
painting equipment, surplus materials and debris resulting from this work.
F. The Contractor is responsible for the removal and proper disposal of all hazardous
materials from the job site in accordance with Local, State and Federal
requirements as outlined by the Environmental Protection Agency.
G. A notarized statement shall be presented to the Owner that all hazardous materials
have been disposed of properly including, but not limited to: name of disposal
company, disposal site, listing of hazardous materials, weights of all materials, cost
per pound and EPA registration number.
3.12 TOUCH-UP and TOUCH-UP MATERIALS
A. All areas which require field touch-up after erection, such as welds, burnbacks,
and mechanically damaged areas, shall be prepared per the Manufacturer's latest
written recommendations.
B. Strict adherence to manufacturer's complete touch-up recommendations shall be
followed. Any questions relative to compatibility of products shall be brought to the
Owner and Manufacturer's attention. Otherwise, Contractor assumes full
responsibility.
C. The Contractor shall provide, at the end of the Project, at least one (1) gallon of
each generic topcoat in each color as specified by the Owner for future touch-up.
Two gallons may by required for (2) component materials.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 14
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

3.13 ON -SITE INSPECTION
A. During the course of this Project, the Owner will reserve the option of incorporating
the services of a NACE Level III inspection service. The inspection service will be
responsible for assuring the proper execution of this Specification by the
successful Contractor.
3.14 STEEL & FERROUS METALS
A. FERROUS METALS - NON -IMMERSION / EXTERIOR / UV -EXPOSED
The coating systems in the FERROUS METALS - NON -IMMERSION / EXTERIOR
/ UV -EXPOSED section are listed in order of decreasing color & gloss retention
and corrosion resistance. The first system has maximum color & gloss retention
and maximum corrosion resistance.
System No. 700-1: Zinc/Epoxy/Fluoropolymer
This system provides outstanding resistance to ultra -violet light
degradation and the absolute best color and gloss retention available. This
system will have excellent resistance to abrasion and chalking, and is
recommended for coastal environments and on structures where extremely
long-term maintenance cycles are desired (such as elevated tanks and
surfaces with custom artwork). (Note: Series 700 is gloss. If the Owner
desires a semi -gloss finish then Series 700 may be replaced with Series
701.) Note: For single -component application, Series 90G-1 K97 may be
substituted as the primer.
Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP6/NACE No.3 Commercial Blast Cleaning
with a minimum 1.5 mil angular anchor profile.
Primer: Series 90-97 Tneme-Zinc 2.5 - 3.5 mils
2nd Coat: Series 66 Hi -Build Epoxoline 3.0 - 6.0 mils
3rd Coat: Series 700 Hydroflon 2.0 - 3.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness: 7.5 - 12.5 mils
Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 9.5 mils
2. System No. 1095-1: Zinc/Epoxy/Urethane
This system offers excellent color & gloss retention with the added
corrosion protection of a zinc rich primer. Series 90-97 Tneme-Zinc is an
organic zinc -rich primer that can be used for field touch up of a zinc primer
or for touch up of galvanized surfaces that are damaged. For single -
component applications, Series 90G-1 K97 may be substituted for Series
90-97. Series 1095 has a semi -gloss finish. For a different sheen, apply
Series 1094 (gloss) or Series 1096 (eggshell) at the same thickness.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 15
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP6/NACE No.3 Commercial Blast Cleaning
with a minimum 1.5 mil angular anchor profile.
Shop Coat: Series 90-97 Tneme-Zinc 2.5 - 3.5 mils
2nd Coat: Series 66 Hi -Build Epoxoline 3.0 - 6.0 mils
3rd Coat: Series 1095 Endurashield 2.5 - 5.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness: 8.0 - 14.5 mils
Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 10.0 mils
3. System No. 1095-2: Epoxy/Epoxy/Urethane
This system is highly resistant to abrasion, wet conditions, corrosive fumes
and chemical contact. It provides excellent color & gloss retention. This
system should be used for exterior steel surfaces that are neither
submerged, nor buried. Series 161 may be substituted for Series 66 for low
temperature cure or quick recoats. Series 1095 has a semi -gloss finish.
For a different sheen, apply Series 1094 (gloss) or Series 1096 (eggshell)
at the same thickness.
Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP6/NACE No.3 Commercial Blast Cleaning
with a minimum 1.5 mil angular anchor profile.
Shop Coat: Series 66-1211 Hi -Build Epoxoline Primer 3.0 - 6.0 mils
2nd Coat: Series 66 Hi -Build Epoxoline 3.0 - 6.0 mils
3rd Coat: Series 1095 Endura-Shield 2.0 - 5.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness: 8.0 - 17.0 mils
Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 10.0 mils
4. System No. 1095-3: Epoxy Mastic/Urethane (Overcoat)
This system can be used over factory finish paint or over non -sandblasted
steel and offers the high performance of an epoxy/urethane system. Series
1095 has a semi -gloss finish. For a different sheen, apply Series 1094
(gloss) or Series 1096 (eggshell) at the same thickness.
Surface Preparation: High Pressure Water Clean (min. 3500 psi, 3 to 5
gallons per minute, using an oscillating tip and potable water). A cleaning
detergent such as Trisodium Phosphate should be used to facilitate
cleaning. A degreaser may be required for oil soaked areas or heavily
contaminated areas.
Some spot areas may require Hand Tool (SSPC-SP2), Power Tool
Cleaning (SSPC-SP3), or Brush Blast (SSPC-SP7/NACE No. 4) to remove
loose surface rust.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 16
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

Existing coatings must be clean, dry, and tightly adhering prior to
application of coatings.
Spot Prime (Areas of Bare Steel): Series 135 Chembuild 4.0 — 6.0 mils
1st Coat: Series 135 Chembuild 4.0 - 6.0 mils
2nd Coat: Series 1095 Endura-Shield 2.0 - 5.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness: 6.0 - 11.0 mils*
Minimum Dry Film Thickness:
7.0 mils
*Does not include spot prime or previously existing coatings.
B. EXTERIOR BELOW GRADE EXPOSURE
1. System No. N140-1: Epoxy/Epoxy/Epoxy or Urethane
mils
This system provides exceptional corrosion protection in buried
environments. It offers better corrosion protection and a healthier
application process than coal -tar epoxies. The 3rd coat is dependent on
the exposure — for buried areas use an extra coat of high -solids epoxy, for
uv-exposed, non -immersion areas use an aliphatic acrylic urethane. Series
1095 has a semi -gloss finish. For a different sheen, apply Series 1094
(gloss) or Series 1096 (eggshell) at the same thickness.
Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP10/NACE No. 2 Near -White Blast Cleaning
with a minimum angular anchor profile of 1.5 mils.
Shop Coat: Series N140 Pota-Pox Plus 2.0 — 10.0 mils
2nd Coat: Series N140 Pota-Pox Plus 4.0 - 10.0 mils
3rd Coat (Buried Areas Only): Series N140 Pota-Pox Plus 4.0 - 10.0 mils
3rd Coat (UV Exposed, Non -immersion Areas Only): Series 1095
2.5 - 5.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness: 10.0 - 30.0
Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 11.0 mils
2. System No. 46H-413-1: Polyamide Epoxy -Coal Tar
This system provides a high -build coating for underground conditions.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 17
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP10/NACE No. 2 Near -White Blast Cleaning
with a minimum angular anchor profile of 1.5 mils.
1st Coat: Series 46H-413 Hi -Build Tneme-Tar 8.0 - 10.0 mils
2nd Coat: Series 46H-413 Hi -Build Tneme-Tar 8.0 - 10.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness: 16.0 - 20.0 mils
Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 18.0 mils
C. INTERIOR (NON -IMMERSION)
System No.66-1: Polyamide Epoxy
This system will provide chemical and corrosion resistance against
abrasion, moisture, corrosion fumes, and occasional chemical contact.
Primer coat must be touched -up before second coat is applied. Substitute
Series 161 for low temperature cure or quick recoats. Use this system for
interior exposed, non -submerged metals.
Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP6/NACE No.3 Commercial Blast Cleaning
with a minimum 1.5 mil angular anchor profile.
Shop Coat: Series 66 Hi -Build Epoxoline 3.0 - 5.0 mils
2nd Coat: Series 66 Hi -Build Epoxoline 4.0 - 6.0 mils
3rd Coat: Series 66 Hi -Build Epoxoline 4.0 - 6.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness: 7.0 - 11.0 mils
Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 9.0 mils
2. System No. 27WB-1: Inorganic Hybrid Water -Based Epoxy (Overcoat)
This low VOC system can be used over factory finish paint or over non -
sandblasted steel and offers the high performance of an epoxy/urethane
system. Series 1095 has a semi -gloss finish. For a different sheen, apply
Series 1094 (gloss) or Series 1096 (eggshell) at the same thickness.
Surface Preparation: Abrasive blast cleaning in accordance with SSPC-
SP7/NACE No.4 generally produces the best coating performance. If
conditions will not permit this, Series 27WB may be applied to SSPC-SP2
or SP3 Hand or Power Tool Cleaned surfaces (SSPC Rust Grade
Condition C).
Shop Coat: Manufacturer's Standard (or existing coating) varies
Spot Prime (Areas of Bare Steel): Series 27WB Typoxy 3.0 - 8.0 mils
2nd Coat: Series 27WB Typoxy 3.0 - 8.0 mils
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 18
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

3rd Coat: Series 1095 Endura-Shield 2.5 - 5.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness: 5.5 - 13.0 mils*
Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 7.0 mils
*Does not include spot prime or previously existing coatings.
D. IMMERSION
1. System No. 104-1: Cycloaliphatic Amine Epoxy (Non -Potable Water)
This system will provide chemical and corrosion resistance for protection
against moisture, corrosive fumes, chemical contact and immersion in mild
to moderate wastewater, such as clarifiers, chlorine contact basins,
aeration basins, settling basins and other open top (aerobic) structures.
Shop coat must be touched -up before second coat is applied.
Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP10/NACE No.2 Near -White Blast Cleaning
with a minimum 1.5 mil angular anchor profile.
Shop Coat: Series 1 Omnithane 2.5 - 3.5 mils
2nd Coat: Series 104 Hi -Build Epoxoline 6.0 - 8.0 mils
3rd Coat: Series 104 Hi -Build Epoxoline 6.0 - 8.0 mils
4th Coat (Above the waterline, extending down 2' below
the waterline): Series 1095 3.0 — 5.0 mils
5th Coat (Only on Secondary Clarifier launder interior walls and floor):
Series 700 2.0 — 3.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness: 14.5 - 19.5 mils
Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 15.5 mils
Allow all coatings to cure for 7 days at 75°F prior to immersion service.
2. System No. 142-1: Flake / Aluminum Oxide Filled Polyamine Epoxy
(Non -Potable Water)
This system will provide chemical and corrosion resistance for protection
against moisture, corrosive fumes, chemical contact and immersion in mild
to moderate wastewater where increased abrasion resistance is
required.
Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP-10/NACE No.2 Near -White Metal Blast
Cleaning (1.5 Mil Profile)
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 19
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

1st Coat: Series 1 Omnithane 2.5 - 3.5 mils
2nd Coat: Series 142 Epoxoline 14 - 18.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness: 16.5 —
23.5 mils
Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 20.0 mils
3. System No. 446-1: Hydrophobic Aromatic Polyurethane (Non -Potable)
This system will provide exceptional chemical and corrosion resistance for
protection against moisture, corrosive fumes, chemical contact and
immersion in mild to moderate wastewater environments. This system is
designed for situations where an extremely quick return to service is
required.
Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP10/NACE No.2 Near -White Blast Cleaning.
1st Coat: Series 1 Omnithane 2.5 — 3.5 mils
2nd Coat: 446 Perma-Shield MCU 6.0 - 8.0 mils*
3rd Coat: 446 Perma-Shield MCU 6.0 - 8.0 mils*
Total Dry Film Thickness: 14.5 - 19.5 mils
Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 16.0 mils
*Exceeding 10.0 mils per coat of Series 446 may cause blistering.
Notes:
a. Series 446 is not color stable. Its color may change drastically,
which will not affect the performance of the product.
b. Allow Series 446 to cure for 4 hours at 75°F prior to service.
4. System No. 142-2: Flake / Aluminum Oxide Filled Polyamine Epoxy
(Methanol Liner)
This system will provide chemical and corrosion resistant liner suitable for
methanol immersion service.
Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP-10/NACE No.2 Near -White Metal Blast
Cleaning (1.5 Mil Profile)
2nd Coat: Series 142 Epoxoline
15.0 - 18.0 mils
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 20
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

Total Dry Film Thickness: 15.0 — 18.0 mils
Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 15.0 mils
5. System No. 365-1: Novolac Epoxy (Sulfuric Acid Liner)
This system is a spray applied, 100% solids, high build, reinforced epoxy
formulated for general use as an internal lining for tanks and other
aggressive chemical immersion service. This lining is suitable for
immersion service in 98% sulfuric acid, and requires the use of heated
plural component equipment to apply.
Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP5/NACE No. 1 White Metal Blast Cleaning
with a minimum angular anchor profile of 3.0 mils. Refer to the Series 365
Application Guide.
Surfacer/Filler (As needed to fill pits and voids): Series 351 Tank Armor
*Stripe Coat: Brush Series 365 Tank Armor into welds, seams, and edges
*Full Coat: Series 365 Tank Armor 35.0 — 50.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness: 35.0 — 50.0 mils
*Consult the manufacturer's latest written recommendations and
application guide before applying.
Notes:
a. If the humidity is anticipated to exceed 80%, dehumidification
equipment is required.
b. Allow Series 365 to cure for 48 hours at 750F prior to service.
6. System No. 22-1: Modified Polyamine Epoxy (Potable Water)
This is a low VOC system which meets the requirements of approval for
potable water use as established by NSF Std 61. This system may be
applied up to 40.0 mils in a single coat, providing exceptional barrier
protection and a quicker return to service. This system is intended for
use over simple shapes and areas with minimal detail work.
Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP10/NACE No.2 Near -White Blast Cleaning
with a minimum angular anchor profile of 3.0 mils.
Pre -patch (sharp, angular pits and voids): Series 215 as needed
Stripe Coat: Series 22 Weld Seams and Edges
Topcoat: Series 22 22.0 - 27.0 mils*
Total Dry Film Thickness: 22.0 - 27.0 mils
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 21
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

*In order to maintain NSF Std. 61 approval, maximum allowable DFT is
50.0 mils.
Notes:
a. Series 22 is to be spray applied only.
b. Allow Series 22 to cure for a minimum of 5 days at 75°F prior to
service.
7. System No. 20-1: Polyamide Epoxy (Potable Water)
This system meets American Water Works Association AWWA D 102
Inside Paint System Number 1. Series 20 meets the requirements of
approval for potable water use as established by NSF Std 61. Series FC20
may be substituted for Series 20 for low temperature cure or quick recoats.
Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP10/NACE No.2 Near -White Blast Cleaning
with a minimum angular anchor profile of 2.0 mils.
Shop Coat: Series 94H20 Hydro -Zinc
Stripe Coat (Weld Seams and Edges): 20 Pota-Pox
2nd Coat: Series 20-1255 Pota-Pox (Beige)
3rd Coat: Series 20-15BL Pota-Pox (Tank White)
Total Dry Film Thickness*:
Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 11.5 mils
*Total Dry Film Thickness excludes stripe coat
2.5
— 3.5 mils
3.0
- 5.0 mils
4.0
- 6.0 mils
4.0
- 6.0 mils
10.5
- 15.5 mils**
**Note: In order to maintain NSF Std. 61 approval, maximum allowable DFT
is 18 mils.
Allow Series 20 to cure for 7 days at 75°F prior to service.
3.15 OVERHEAD METAL DECKING, JOISTS
A. EXTERIOR EXPOSURE
System No. 1029-1: HDP Acrylic Polymer
This system can be applied over a wide variety of coatings and factory finishes. It
can also be applied direct to galvanized decking, joists, & conduits. Series 1029
is suitable for application in mild to moderate exposures.
Surface Preparation: Pressure clean to remove all dirt, oil, grease, chemicals and
foreign contaminates. Remove loose paint and all rust by hand and power tool
cleaning (SSPC-SP 2 & 3)
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 22
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

1st Coat: Series 115 Uni-Bond 2.5 - 4.0 mils
2nd Coat: Series 1029 Enduratone 2.0 - 3.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness: 4.5 - 7.0 mils
B. INTERIOR EXPOSURE
System No. 115-1: Self-crosslin king Hydrophobic Acrylic
This system should be used on ceilings of non -chemical storage areas where a
one -coat system is desired. Can be applied over steel, galvanized and aluminum
decking, joist, shop primed beams, conduits and concrete. Note: Series 115 has
"dry -fall" characteristics. See manufacturer's latest written Product Data Sheet for
details.
Surface Preparation: Surfaces must be dry, clean and free of oil, grease and other
contaminates.
One Coat: Series 115 Uni-Bond 2.5 — 4.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness: 2.5 - 4.0 mils
3.16 GALVANIZED STEEL & NONFERROUS METALS
A. GALVANIZED STEEL, STAINLESS STEEL, ALUMINUM, OR COPPER
System No. 1095-4: Epoxy/High Build Urethane
Series 66 has excellent adhesion to galvanized steel & nonferrous metals. This
system is highly resistant to abrasion, wet conditions, corrosive fumes and
chemical contact. It provides excellent color & gloss retention. Series 1095 has a
semi -gloss finish. For a different sheen, apply Series 1094 (gloss) or Series 1096
(eggshell) at the same thickness.
Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP1 Solvent Cleaning, followed by mechanically
abrading (SSPC-SP7/NACE No.4, minimum angular anchor profile of 1.5 mils)
1st Coat: Series 66 Hi -Build Epoxoline 2.0 - 4.0 mils
2nd Coat: Series 1095 Endura-Shield 2.5 - 5.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness: 4.5 - 9.0 mils
Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 5.0 mils
B. ALUMINUM IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE
System No. 46H-413-2: Polyamide Epoxy
Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP1 Solvent Cleaning, followed by thoroughly
scarifying to de -gloss and provide a minimum uniform angular anchor profile of 1.0
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 23
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

mil.
1st Coat: Series 461-1-413 Hi -Build Tneme-Tar
2nd Coat: Series 461-1-413 Hi -Build Tneme-Tar
Total Dry Film Thickness:
20.0 mils
Minimum Dry Film Thickness:
3.17 CONCRETE & MASONRY
8.0 - 10.0 mils
8.0 - 10.0 mils
16.0 -
18.0 mils
A. EXTERIOR - ABOVE GRADE (NON -IMMERSION, VERTICAL SURFACES)
1. System No. 156-1: Modified Waterborne Acrylate (Elastomeric)
This system provides exceptional elongation for spanning hairline cracks
in concrete structures. It also provides mold & mildew resistance, as well
as wind -driven rain resistance. Note: If a textured finish is preferred, use
157 Enviro-Crete TX (medium texture) @ 6.0 — 9.0 mils dry film thickness
per coat.
Surface Preparation: Allow concrete to cure for 28 days. Surface must be
clean and dry. Surfaces shall have a stucco finish, or similar. If surfaces
do not have a bughole-free finish already then they will require additional
sandblasting and application of Series 218.
Block Filler (CMU only): 1254 Epoxoblock 100 — 150
ft2/Gallon
1st Coat: Series 156 Enviro-Crete 4.0 - 8.0 mils
2nd Coat: Series 156 Enviro-Crete 4.0 - 8.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness: 8.0 - 16.0 mils
Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 10.0 mils
System No. 1026-1: Acrylic Emulsion (Non-Elastomeric)
This system provides a durable, easy -to -use, water -based coating that
offers long -wearing protection. It is low odor, low VOC, and has "dry -fall"
properties. See manufacturer's latest written Product Data Sheet for
details. This system will provide a high vapor transmission rate.
Surface Preparation: Allow concrete to cure for 28 days. Surface shall be
clean and dry.
Block Filler (CMU only): 1254 Epoxoblock 100 — 150 W/Gallon
1st Coat: Series 1026 Enduratone 2.0 - 3.0 mils
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 24
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

2nd Coat: Series 1026 Enduratone 2.0 - 3.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness: 4.0 - 6.0 mils*
Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 5.0 mils
*Does not include Block Filler
2. System No. 662-1: Silane /Siloxane Sealer (Min. 42% Solids)
This provides a clear, filmless, penetrating water repellent for virtually all
above -grade, vertical and horizontal concrete, stucco, block, and brick
masonry. This will allow the substrate to resist water and chloride ion
intrusion, stain damage, freeze/thaw spalling, efflorescence, and rust
damage. This system will not alter the color or texture of the surface, nor
significantly affect the vapor transmission qualities of the substrate. This
barrier is also resistant to ultraviolet and weather deterioration.
Surface Preparation: Allow new concrete to cure 28 days. All surfaces
must be clean, dry, and free of oils, curing compounds, form release oils,
and other contaminants that might interfere with the penetration of the
sealer.
For Coating Brick & Concrete:
Tnemec Series 662 .........................Two Coats @ 75-200 ft2/gallon
For Coating Split -faced or Porous Masonry:
Tnemec Series 662 .........................Two Coats @ 35-100 ft2/gallon
3. System No. 626-1: Water Repellent and Graffiti Protectant
This provides superior protection against, and easy removal of, unwanted
graffiti. Series 626 is intended for use in conjunction with Series 680
Mark A Way (Cleaner) to provide a complete graffiti protection
system. This is a clear, silicone rubber -based formulation which protects
vertical concrete block, brick, cast concrete, stone, and other masonry
substrates with little or no change to the appearance of the untreated
substrate. It has excellent stability against ultraviolet rays and salt spray.
Surface Preparation: Allow new concrete to cure 28 days. All surfaces
must be clean, dry, and free of oils, curing compounds, form release oils,
and other contaminants that might interfere with the penetration of the
sealer.
For Coating Brick & Concrete:
Tnemec Series 626 ....................Two Coats @ 125-200 ft2/gallon
For Coating Split -faced or Porous Masonry:
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 25
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

0
A
Tnemec Series 626 .........................Two Coats @ 65-150 ft2/gallon
EXTERIOR - BELOW GRADE
1. System No. 46H-413-3: Polyamide Epoxy -Coal Tar
This system provides a high -build coating for underground conditions.
Surface Preparation: Allow new concrete to cure for 28 days. Surface shall
be clean and dry.
One or Two Coats:
Total Dry Film Thickness
INTERIOR (NON -IMMERSION)
46H-413 Hi -Build Tneme-Tar
16.0 - 20.0 mils*
The coating systems in the INTERIOR (NON -IMMERSION) section are listed in
order of decreasing performance with regards to chemical & corrosion resistance.
This generally has an inverse correlation with color & gloss retention. The first
system has extremely good chemical resistance with the highest potential for
yellowing, while the last system has extremely poor chemical resistance with the
lowest potential for yellowing.
1. System No. 104-2: Cycloaliphatic Amine Epoxy
This system will produce a tile -like finish for easy cleaning and superior
stain resistance. It will also provide protection against chemical attack,
corrosive fumes, high humidity and wash down. Backroll first coat to fill
porosity.
Surface Preparation: Allow new concrete and masonry to cure for 28 days.
Surface must be clean and dry.
For New Concrete or Porous Masonry: Apply Tnemec Series 1254
Epoxoblock WB @ 100 — 150 ft2/Gallon.
1st Coat: Series 104 H.S. Epoxy (backrolled) 8.0 - 10.0 mils
2nd Coat: Series 104 H.S. Epoxy 8.0 - 10.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness: 16.0 - 20.0 mils
Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 18.0 mils
2. System No. 66-2: Polyamide Epoxy
This system provides excellent protection from abrasion, moisture,
corrosive fumes and chemical contact.
Surface Preparation: Allow new concrete and masonry to cure for 28 days.
Surface must be clean and dry.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 26
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

For New Concrete or Porous Masonry: Apply Tnemec Series 1254
Epoxoblock WB @ 100 — 150 ft2/Gallon.
1st Coat: Series 66 Hi -Build Epoxoline 4.0 - 6.0 mils
2nd Coat: Series 66 Hi -Build Epoxoline 4.0 - 6.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness: 8.0 -12.0 mils
Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 10.0 mils
3. System No. 113-1: Acrylic -Epoxy
This system will provide high performance and can be applied directly over
existing coatings without lifting. Can be used when low odor is required
during application. Note: Series 113 has a Satin finish. For a gloss finish,
specify Series 114 Tneme-Tufcoat.
Surface Preparation: Allow new concrete and masonry to cure for 28 days.
Surface must be clean and dry.
For New Concrete or Porous Masonry: Apply Tnemec Series 1254
Epoxoblock WB @ 100 — 150 ft2/Gallon.
1 st Coat:113 Tneme-Tufcoat 4.0 — 6.0 mils
2nd Coat:113 Tneme-Tufcoat 4.0 — 6.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness: 8.0 - 12.0 mils
Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 9.0 mils
4. System No. 1026-2: Acrylic Emulsion
This system provides a durable, easy -to -use, water -based coating that
offers long -wearing protection. It is low odor, low VOC, and has "dry -fall"
properties. See manufacturer's latest written Product Data Sheet for
details. This system will provide a high vapor transmission rate. Note:
Series 1026 has a Matte finish. For a Semi -Gloss finish, specify Series
1029 Enduratone.
Surface Preparation: Surface shall be clean and dry. Allow concrete to
cure for 28 days.
Block Filler (CMU only): 54 Masonry Filler 80 — 100 ft2/Gallon
1st Coat: Series 1026 Enduratone 2.0 - 3.0 mils
2nd Coat: Series 1026 Enduratone 2.0 - 3.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness: 4.0 - 6.0 mils*
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 27
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 5.0 mils
*Does not include Block Filler
D. IMMERSION
1. Svstem No. 104-3: Cycloaliphatic Amine Epoxy (Non -Potable Water)
This system will provide chemical and corrosion resistance for protection
against abrasion, moisture, corrosive fumes, chemical contact and
immersion in mild to moderate Wastewater, such as clarifiers, chlorine
contact basins, aeration basins, settling basins and other open top
(aerobic) structures.
Surface Preparation: Allow new concrete to cure for 28 days. Mechanically
abrade per SSPC-SP13/NACE No.6 to remove all laitance, fines, curing
compounds, form release oils, and other contaminants, and to establish a
surface profile equal to ICRI CSP 5 or greater.
Apply Tnemec Series 218 to all surfaces at a minimum of 1/16" and as
needed to re -surface concrete, fill voids and bugholes, mitigate concrete
outgassing, and to create a monolithic, paintable surface.
1st Coat: 104-1255 H.S. Epoxy Primer (backrolled) 6.0 - 8.0 mils
2nd Coat: 104 H.S. Epoxy 6.0 - 8.0 mils
V Coat: 104 H.S. Epoxy 6.0 - 8.0 mils
4th Coat (Above the waterline, extending down 2' below
the waterline): Series 1095 3.0 — 5.0 mils
5th Coat (Only on Secondary Clarifier launder interior walls and floor):
Series 700 2.0 — 3.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness: 18.0 -
24.0 mils
Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 20.0 mils
Allow coatings to cure for 7 days at 75°F prior to immersion service.
2. System No. 142-3: Flake/Aluminum Oxide Filled Polyamine Epoxy
(Non -Potable Water)
This system will provide chemical and corrosion resistance for protection
against moisture, corrosive fumes, chemical contact and immersion in mild
to moderate wastewater where increased abrasion resistance is
required.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 28
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

Surface Preparation: Allow new concrete to cure for 28 days. Mechanically
abrade per SSPC-SP13/NACE No.6 to remove all laitance, fines, curing
compounds, form release oils, and other contaminants, and to establish a
surface profile equal to ICRI CSP 5 or greater.
Apply Tnemec Series 218 to all surfaces at a minimum of 1/16" to re-
surface concrete, fill voids and bugholes, mitigate concrete outgassing, and
to create a monolithic, paintable surface.
1st Coat: Series 142 Epoxoline 8.0 - 10.0 mils
2nd Coat: Series 142 Epoxoline 8.0 - 10.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness: 16.0 — 20.0 mils
Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 18.0 mils
3. System No. 22-2: Modified Polyamine Epoxy (Potable Water)
This is a low VOC system which meets the requirements of approval for
potable water use as established by NSF Std 61. This system may be
applied up to 40.0 mils in a single coat, providing exceptional barrier
protection and a quicker return to service. This system is intended for
use over simple shapes and areas with minimal detail work.
Surface Preparation: Allow new concrete to cure for 28 days. Mechanically
abrade per SSPC-SP13/NACE No.6 to remove all laitance, fines, curing
compounds, form release oils, and other contaminants, and to establish a
surface profile equal to ICRI CSP 5 or greater.
Apply Tnemec Series 218 to all surfaces at a minimum of 1/16" to re-
surface concrete, fill voids and bugholes, and to create a monolithic,
paintable surface.
Single Coat: Series 22 22.0 - 27.0 mils*
Total Dry Film Thickness: 22.0 - 27.0 mils
*In order to maintain NSF Std. 61 approval, maximum allowable DFT is
50.0 mils.
Notes:
1. Series 22 is to be spray applied only.
2. Allow Series 22 to cure for a minimum of 5 days at 75°F prior to
service.
4. System No. 20-2: Polyamide Epoxy (Potable Water)
This system meets American Water Works Association AWWA D 102
Inside System No. 1. Series 20 meets the requirements of approval for
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 29
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

potable water use as established by NSF Std 61. Series FC20 may be
substituted for Series 20 for low temperature cure or quick recoats.
Surface Preparation: Allow new concrete to cure for 28 days. Mechanically
abrade per SSPC-SP13/NACE No.6 to remove all laitance, fines, curing
compounds, form release oils, and other contaminants, and to establish a
surface profile equal to ICRI CSP 5 or greater.
Apply Tnemec Series 218 to all surfaces at a minimum of 1/16" to re-
surface concrete, fill voids and bugholes, and to create a monolithic,
paintable surface.
1st Coat: Series 20-15BL Pota-Pox 4.0 - 6.0 mils
2nd Coat: Series 20-1255 Pota-Pox 4.0 - 6.0 mils
3rd Coat: Series 20-15BL Pota-Pox 4.0 - 6.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness: 12.0 - 17.0 mils*
Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 13.0 mils
*In order to maintain NSF Std. 61 approval, maximum allowable DFT is 18
mils.
Allow Series 20 to cure for 7 days at 75°F prior to service.
5. System No. 262-1: Modified Polyurethane (Non -Potable Water)
This system is a flexible liner which provides a seamless monolithic
membrane for repairing minor leaking in water basins and reservoirs. This
system may also be used to span hairline cracks on substrates where
movement may occur.
Surface Preparation: Prepare concrete surfaces in accordance with SSPC-
SP13/NACE No.6 Joint Surface Preparation Standards and ICRI Technical
Guidelines. Mechanically abrade in accordance with SSPC-SP13/NACE
No.6 to remove all existing coatings, laitance, fines, curing compounds,
form release oils, and other contaminants, and to establish a surface profile
equal to ICRI-CSP 5 or greater.
Apply Tnemec Series 218 Mortarclad Modified Cementitious Mortar to fill
all voids and bugholes, and to resurface the entire concrete substrate to a
minimum of 1/16".
1st Coat: Series 66 Hi -Build Epoxoline 4.0 - 6.0 mils
2nd Coat: Series 66 Hi -Build Epoxoline 4.0 - 6.0 mils
3rd Coat: Series 262 Elasto-Shield* 65.0 - 75.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness: 73.0 - 87.0 mils
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 30
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 77.0 mils
* Consult the manufacturer's latest written recommendations and
application guide before applying.
Notes:
1. In order to mitigate outgassing, Series 262 should be applied during
periods of declining temperatures.
2. Series 262 Elasto-Shield must be allowed to cure for 2 days before
returning to immersion service.
6. System No. 264-1: Modified Polyurethane (Potable Water)
This system is a flexible liner which provides a seamless monolithic
membrane for fixing minor leaking in potable water basins and
reservoirs. This system meets the requirements of approval for potable
water use as established by NSF Std 61.
Surface Preparation: Prepare concrete surfaces in accordance with SSPC-
SP13/NACE No.6 Joint Surface Preparation Standards and ICRI Technical
Guidelines. Mechanically abrade per SSPC-SP13/NACE No.6 to remove
all existing coatings, Iaitance, fines, curing compounds, form release oils,
and other contaminants, and to establish a surface profile equal to ICRI-
CSP 5 or greater.
Apply Tnemec Series 218 Mortarclad Modified Cementitious Mortar to fill
all voids and bugholes, and to resurface the entire concrete substrate to a
minimum of 1/16".
1 st Coat: Series 20 Pota-Pox 4.0 - 6.0 mils
2nd Coat: Series 20 Pota-Pox 4.0 - 6.0 mils
3rd Coat: Series 264 Elasto-Shield* 60.0 - 70.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness: 68.0 - 82.0 mils
Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 72.0 mils
*Consult the manufacturer's latest written recommendations and
application guide before applying.
Notes:
a. In order to mitigate outgassing, Series 264 should be applied during
periods of declining temperatures.
b. Allow Series 264 to cure for 14 days at 75°F prior to service in a
potable water tank (For non -potable service, allow to cure for 48
hours at 75°F).
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 31
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

3.18 CONCRETE FLOORS (RESINOUS FLOORING SYSTEMS)
A. EPDXY FLOOR COATINGS
System No. 290-1: Aliphatic Moisture Cured Urethane (Thin Film with
Increased Chemical Resistance, UV Stability, and Durability)
This system will provide a durable, long -wearing coating that bonds tightly
to concrete and stands up under heavy foot traffic, frequent cleaning,
spillage of water, oil, grease, or chemical, and UV Exposure. It is
recommended that the 2nd and 3rd coat are the same color.
Moisture vapor transmission should not exceed three Ibs per 1,000 ft2 in a
24 hour period. (Reference ASTM F 1869 "Standard Test Method for
Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using
Anhydrous Calcium Chloride.") Relative humidity should not exceed 80%.
(Reference ASTM F 2170 "Standard Test Method for Determining Relative
Humidity in Concrete using in situ Probes.")
Note: For moisture content up to 15 Ibs per 1,000 ft2 or relative
humidity up to 90%, Series 208 should be substituted for Series 201
as the primer. See manufacturer's latest written recommendations
for Series 208 coverage rates.
Surface Preparation: Allow new concrete to cure for 28 days.
Mechanically abrade in accordance with NACE No.6/SSPC-SP13 to
provide a minimum ICRI-CSP3 or greater surface profile.
1 st Coat: Series 201 Epoxoprime 6.0-12.0 mils
On Horizontal surfaces where a nonskid finish is desired, broadcast 30-50
mesh clean, dry silica sand into the wet 1 st coat at a rate of 5 Ibs per 150
square feet.
2nd Coat: Series 237 Tneme-Glaze 8.0-16.0 mils
3rd Coat: Series 290, with 44-600 UV Blocker added 2.0-3.0 mils*
Total Dry Film Thickness: 16.0- 31.0 mils
Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 18.0 mils
2. System No. 222-1: Decorative Quartz Flooring (Non -Slip)
This system provides a decorative, chemical, abrasion, impact resistant,
non -slip, seamless flooring system with a moisture mitigating base coat that
resists up to 20 Ibs of moisture vapor pressure, 99% relative humidity,
and can be applied on 10-day old concrete. This floor utilizes clear
resins, allowing for visibility of the quartz or other aggregate. For a solid -
color floor, tint the 2nd and 3rd coats with Series 820 field tint.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 32
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

Surface Preparation: Allow new concrete to cure for 10 days. Mechanically
abrade in accordance with NACE No.6/SSPC-SP13 to provide a minimum
surface profile equal to ICRI-CSP4-5.
1st Coat: 241 Ultra -Tread MVT 70 ft2 per small kit
(Broadcast with Quartz or aggregate of choice)
2nd Coat: 222 Deco -Tread 1/16"
(Broadcast with Quartz or aggregate of choice)
3rd Coat: 284 Tneme-Glaze (clear) 8.0 - 12.0 mils*
Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 1/8"
*The degree of slip -resistance is affected by the thickness of the 3rd coat.
3. System No. 287-1: Waterborne Epoxy -Amine Adduct (Thin-film)
This thin-film system provides a low odor, rapid cure, wear -resistant coating
for floors, walls, and other substrates. It is capable of withstanding mild to
moderate chemical and solvent exposures and repeated cleanings. This
system may also be used as an overcoat system over well -adhered,
unidentified existing coatings.
Surface Preparation: Allow new concrete to cure for 28 days.
Mechanically abrade concrete surfaces in accordance with NACE
No.6/SSPC-SP13 to provide an ICRI-CSP 1-3 surface profile.
1st Coat: Series 287 Enviro-Pox 2.0-4.0 mils
2nd Coat: Series 287 Enviro-Pox 2.0-4.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness: 4.0-8.0 mils
Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 5.0 mils
4. System No. 245-1: Polyurethane Modified Concrete
This high -build (3/16" — 1/4" thick) system provides superior chemical
resistance, nonslip properties, and resistance to impact and thermal shock.
Surface Preparation: Allow new concrete to cure for 28 days.
Mechanically abrade concrete surfaces in accordance with NACE
No.6/SSPC-SP13 to provide a minimum ICRI-CSP 5 surface profile.
Series 245 Application Guide MUST be reviewed prior to installation of the
coating system. Contractor must follow all guidelines and procedures in
the Application Guide.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 33
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

Patching: Series 215, Series 237, or Series 201 mixed with aggregate may
be used for small patches or crack repairs.
Broadcast Coat: Series 245 Ultra -Tread (broadcasted) 27 ft2 per small
kit
Grout Coat: Series 246 Ultra -Tread Glaze 136 — 170 ft2 per small
kit
Total Dry Film Thickness: 3/16" — 1/4"
Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 3/16"
3.19 GYPSUM WALLBOARD & WOOD
A. GYPSUM WALLBOARD
The coating systems in the GYPSUM WALLBOARD Section are listed in order of
decreasing performance with regards to chemical resistance. This generally has
an inverse correlation with color & gloss retention. The first system has very good
chemical resistance with the highest potential for yellowing, while the last system
has extremely poor chemical resistance with the lowest potential for yellowing.
1. System No. N69-1: Polyamidoamine Epoxy (Interior Only)
This system provides a high -solids, low VOC epoxy coating which offers
exceptional protection. It offers superior cleanup and stain-, abrasion-,
chemical-, and moisture -resistance.
Surface Preparation: Surface must be clean and dry.
1st Coat: Series 151 Elasto-Grip FC 0.7 - 1.5 mils
2nd Coat: Series N69 Hi -Build Epoxoline II 4.0 - 6.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness: 4.7 — 7.5 mils
Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 5.0 mils
*If brushing or rolling, two coats may be required to achieve the specified
film thickness.
2. System No. 113-2: Acrylic -Epoxy (Interior Only)
This system is designed for mild environments where frequent cleaning is
expected. It provides a higher build, low odor, and fade resistant colors. It
offers easy cleanup and stain-, abrasion-, chemical-, and moisture -
resistance. Note: Series 113 has a satin finish. If a gloss finish is desired,
specify Series 114 Tneme-Tufcoat instead.
Surface Preparation: Surface must be clean and dry.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 34
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

1 st Coat: 51 PVA Sealer 1.0 - 2.0 mils
2nd Coat: 113 H.B. Tneme-Tufcoat* 4.0 - 6.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness: 5.0 - 8.0 mils
Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 6.0 mils
*If brushing or rolling, two coats may be required to achieve the specified
film thickness.
3. System No. 1026--3: Acrylic Emulsion (Interior/Exterior Exposure)
This system is designed for mild use areas like office walls, laboratory
ceilings, stairwells, etc. Note: Series 1026 has a Matte finish. For a Semi -
Gloss finish, specify Series 1029 Enduratone.
Surface Preparation: Surface must be clean and dry.
1 st Coat: Series 51 PVA Sealer 1.0 - 2.0 mils
1st Coat: Series 1026 Enduratone 2.0 - 3.0 mils
2nd Coat: Series 1026 Enduratone 2.0 - 3.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness: 4.0 - 6.0 mils
Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 5.0 mils
B. WOOD — EXTERIOR or INTERIOR EXPOSURE
1. System No. 1029-2: HDP Acrylic Polymer
Series 1029 has a low semi -gloss finish. If a gloss finish is desired, specify
Series 1028 Enduratone.
Surface Preparation: Surface shall be clean and dry.
1st Coat: 10-99W Undercoater* 2.0 - 3.0 mils
2nd Coat: 1029 Enduratone 2.0 - 3.0 mils
3rd Coat: 1029 Enduratone 2.0 - 3.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness: 6.0 - 9.0 mils
Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 7.0 mils
*Allow Series 10 to cure for 3 days before topcoating with Series 1029.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 35
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

3.20 HIGH TEMPERATURE COATINGS
A. System No. 1552-1: Acrylic Silicone Copolymer (500°F Maximum)
This system provides heat and corrosion resistance for steel in service
environments up to 500°F (315°C). This system has excellent resistance to
weathering and UV -light degradation.
Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP6/NACE No.3 Commercial Blast Cleaning with a
minimum angular profile of 1.5 mils and a maximum angular anchor profile of 2.0
mils.
1st Coat: Series 1501 Endura-Heat Primer 2.0 - 3.0 mils
2nd Coat: Series 1552 Endura-Heat 2.0 - 3.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness: 4.0 - 6.0 mils
Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 4.5 mils
B. System No. 1556-1: Modified Silicone Copolymer (1000°F Maximum)
This system provides galvanic protection for steel in service environments up to
1000°F (538°C). The topcoat outperforms conventional high -temperature topcoats
with exceptional color stability, resistance to thermal cycling, and cure
requirements.
Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP6/NACE No.3 Commercial Blast Cleaning with a
minimum angular profile of 1.0 mil and a maximum angular anchor profile of 2.0
mils.
1st Coat: Series 1505 Endura-Heat ZR 2.0 - 3.0 mils
2nd Coat: Series 1556 Endura-Heat 2.0 - 3.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness: 4.0 - 6.0 mils
Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 4.5 mils
Note: Contractor must follow the manufacturer's most recent written
recommendations regarding curing procedures.
C. System No. 1528-1: Inert Multipolymeric Matrix (1200°F Maximum)
This system provides high-performance coating protection to steel and stainless
steel substrates in elevated temperatures up to 1200°F (648°C). Excellent
adhesion properties allow this system to withstand severe thermal cycling
(-300°F to 1200°F), and its tolerance to marginally prepared substrates makes it a
viable alternative when abrasive blasting is not permitted. Its dry -fall spray
characteristic provides a fast, labor-saving coating application when used with the
appropriate thinner.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 36
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

Surface Preparation for Exterior Exposure: SSPC-SP6/NACE 3 Commercial Blast
Cleaning or ISO Sa 2 Thorough Blast Cleaning with a minimum angular anchor
profile of 1.5 mils and a maximum angular anchor profile of 3.0 mils. Note: Abrasive
blast cleaning generally produces the best coating performance. If conditions will
not permit this, Series 1528 may be applied to SSPCSP2 or SSPC-SP3 Hand or
Power Tool Cleaned surfaces in maintenance situations where mill scale has
previously been removed.
Surface Preparation for Under Insulation: SSPC-SP10/NACE 2 Near -White Blast
Cleaning or ISO Sa 2 1/2 Very Thorough Blast Cleaning is required.
1st Coat: Series 1528 Endura-Heat DTM 6.0 - 8.0 mils
*2nd Coat: Series 1528 Endura-Heat DTM 6.0 - 8.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness:
12.0 - 16.0 mils
*For mild environments, the 2nd Coat may be omitted.
Note: Contractor must follow the manufacturer's most recent written
recommendations regarding curing procedures.
3.21 SURFACES EXPOSED TO H2S/H2SO4 (SEVERE EXPOSURE/IMMERSION)
A. The systems listed in this section are designed for severe wastewater exposure.
Substrates are exposed to submergence and/or intermittent submergence in
severe wastewater conditions. Substrates may also be exposed to HZS Gas and
the biogenic sulfide corrosion process associated with severe wastewater
conditions.
B. CEMENTITIOUS SURFACES
System No. 434-1: Modified Aliphatic Amine Epoxy Mortar
This system is a 100% solids, hybrid epoxy mortar system designed for
severe waste water immersion and fume environments. It is specifically
formulated to withstand high levels of hydrogen sulfide gas (HZS), sulfuric
acid (H2SO4), as well as other gases common to sewer exposures.
Aggregate reinforcement provides additional resistance to abrasions and
impacts.
Surface Preparation: Allow new concrete to cure for 28 days. Mechanically
abrade per SSPC-SP13/NACE No.6 to remove all laitance, fines, curing
compounds, form release oils, and other contaminants, and to establish a
surface profile equal to ICRI CSP 5 or greater.
Apply Tnemec Series 218 MortarClad to all surfaces at a minimum of 1/16"
to re -surface concrete, fill voids and bugholes, mitigate concrete
outgassing, and to create a monolithic, paintable surface.
1st Coat: 434 Perma-Shield 1/8" or 125.0 mils minimum
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 37
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

2nd Coat: 435 Perma-Glaze
Minimum Dry Film Thickness:
18.0 - 20.0 mils
144.0 mils
Allow coatings to cure for a minimum of 2 days at 75°F prior to service.
2. System No. 436-1: Fiber -Reinforced Modified Polyamine Epoxy
This system provides a thick film, 100% solids, spray -applied, high build,
abrasion -resistant coating specifically designed for wastewater immersion
and fume environments. Provides excellent resistance to HZS gas
permeation, protects against MIC, and provides chemical resistance to
severe wastewater environments. Fiber -reinforcement provides superior
physical strength and higher film build.
Surface Preparation: Allow new concrete to cure for 28 days. Mechanically
abrade per SSPC-SP13/NACE No.6 to remove all laitance, fines, curing
compounds, form release oils, and other contaminants, and to establish a
surface profile equal to ICRI CSP 5 or greater.
Apply Tnemec Series 218 MortarClad to all surfaces at a minimum of 1/16"
to re -surface concrete, fill voids and bugholes, mitigate concrete
outgassing, and to create a monolithic, paintable surface.
One Coat: 436 Perma-Shield FR 80.0 - 125.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness: 80.0 - 125.0 mils
Allow coatings to cure for a minimum of 2 days at 75°F prior to service.
C. FERROUS METAL SURFACES
System No. 435-1: Modified Polyamine Epoxy
2. This system provides a versatile, thick film, 100% solids lining specifically
designed for wastewater immersion and fume environments. It provides
low permeation to HZS gas, protects against MIC, and provides chemical
resistance to severe wastewater environments.
Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP5/NACE No.1 White Metal Blast Cleaning
with a minimum 3.0 mil angular anchor profile.
1 st Coat: 435 Perma-Glaze 15.0 — 20.0 mils
2nd Coat: 435 Perma-Glaze 15.0 - 20.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness:
Minimum Dry Film Thickness:
30.0 - 40.0 mils
33.0 mils
Allow coatings to cure for a minimum of 2 days at 75°F prior to service.
System No. 431-1: Modified Polyamine Ceramic Epoxy
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 38
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

This system is to be used in severe wastewater exposures where
increased abrasion resistance is desired. It is specifically designed for
immersion and fume environments and exposure to corrosive soils. It
provides low permeation to HZS gas, protects against MIC, and provides
chemical resistance to steel and ductile iron pipe for severe wastewater or
buried exposure. It is a coal -tar free, resin -rich formulation with low
pigment volume concentration (PVC) for maximum performance.
Surface Preparation: Steel - SSPC-SP5/NACE No.1 White Metal Blast
Cleaning with a minimum 3.0 mil angular anchor profile. Ductile Iron Pipe
Interiors - Uniformly abrasive blast using angular abrasive to a NAPF 500-
03-04: Internal Pipe Surface condition with a minimum 3.0 mil angular
anchor profile. Ductile Iron Pipe Exteriors - Uniformly abrasive blast
using angular abrasive to a NAPF 500-03-04: External Pipe Surface
condition with a minimum 3.0 mil angular anchor profile. Cast Ductile
Fittings - Uniformly abrasive blast using angular abrasive to a NAPF 500-
03-05: Fitting Blast Clean #1 condition with a minimum 3.0 mil angular
anchor profile.
One Coat*: 431 Perma-Shield PL 35.0 — 50.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness: 35.0 - 50.0 mils
Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 35.0 mils
*Series 431 may be applied in two coats to reach the above specified total
dry film thickness. Consult the manufacturer's latest written
recommendations and application guide before applying this product.
Allow Series 431 to cure for 48 hours at 75°F prior to service.
3.22 EXTERIOR OF PRESTRESSED CONCRETE TANKS
A. System No. 156-2: New Tanks
This system provides exceptional elongation, allowing it fill and bridge minor
hairline cracks. It also provides mold & mildew resistance, as well as wind -driven
rain resistance.
Surface Preparation: Allow new concrete to cure for at least (3) days. Surface to
be clean and dry.
1st Coat: Series 156 Envirocrete 4.0 - 6.0 mils
2nd Coat: Series 156 Envirocrete 4.0 - 6.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness: 8.0 - 12.0 mils
Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 10.0 mils
B. System No. 156-3: Existing Tanks (Previously Painted)
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 39
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

This system provides exceptional elongation for spanning hairline cracks in
concrete structures. It also provides mold & mildew resistance, as well as wind -
driven rain resistance. Note: If a textured finish is preferred, replace Series 156
with Series 157 Enviro-Crete TX (medium texture) @ 6.0 — 9.0 mils dry film
thickness per coat.
Surface Preparation: Remove all dirt, oil, grease, chalk, and loose paint per high
pressure water blast (min. 3500 psi).
1 st Coat: 151 Elasto-Grip
0.7 - 1.5 mils
Stripe Coat: Use a brush to fill all hairline cracks with Series 156 Envirocrete*
Topcoat: 156 Envirocrete 6.0 - 8.0 mils**
Total Dry Film Thickness: 6.7
9.5 mils***
Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 7.0 mils
*Deeper hairline cracks may require multiple brushed coats.
**Roller or brush application may require multiple coats to obtain recommended
film thickness.
***Total Dry Film thickness does not include stripe coat.
3.23 SECONDARY CONTAINMENT AREAS
A. System No. 239SC-1: Modified Novolac Epoxy
This system offers superior chemical resistance to a wide range of aggressive
chemicals, including Sulfuric Acid, Hydrofluosilicic Acid, Sodium Hydroxide,
Sodium Hypochlorite, Polymer Emulsion, and hydrocarbons. The fiber -reinforced
mat within this system provides it with an exceptional ability to bridge the hairline
cracks in concrete substrates.
Surface Preparation: Allow new concrete to cure for 28 days. Mechanically abrade
per SSPC-SP13/NACE No.6 to remove all laitance, fines, curing compounds, form
release oils, and other contaminants, and to establish a surface profile equal to
ICRI CSP 5 or greater.
Moisture vapor transmission should not exceed three Ibs per 1,000 ft2 in a 24 hour
period. (Reference ASTM F 1869 "Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture
Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride.")
Relative humidity should not exceed 80%. (Reference ASTM F 2170 "Standard
Test Method for Determining Relative Humidity in Concrete using in situ Probes.")
Note: For moisture content up to 20 Ibs per 1,000 ft2 or relative humidity up to 99%,
Series 241 may be substituted for the primer. Refer to the Series 241 product data
sheet for more information.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 40
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

Apply Tnemec Series 218 MortarClad to all vertical surfaces at a minimum of 1/16"
to re -surface concrete, fill voids and bugholes, and to create a monolithic, paintable
surface.
ApplyTnemec Series 215 Surfacing Epoxy or Series 218 as needed to fill voids in
horizontal surfaces.
Primer: Tnemec Series 239SC RCK 6.0 - 8.0 mils
Basecoat: Tnemec Series 239SC MCK 60.0 - 80.0 mils
Fiberglass Mat: Tnemec Series 211-0215SC Embedded
Saturant Coat: Tnemec Series 239SC RCK 10.0 - 12.0 mils
Top Coat: Tnemec Series 282* 8.0 - 10.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness: 84.0 - 110.0 mils
*Series 282 is not color stable. For extended color and gloss retention, apply an
extra finish coat of Tnemec Series 290 CRU @ 2.0-3.0 mils DFT.
Note: See Tnemec's Fiberglass Mat Reinforced Mortar Application Guide for
System details.
B. System No. 61-1: Cycloaliphatic Amine Epoxy
This system offers excellent resistance to hydrocarbons and chemicals, such as
gasoline, diesel fuel, sodium hydroxide, ferric chloride, and sodium hypochloride.
Use Tnemec Series 215 Surfacing Epoxy between coats as a filler and surfacer if
required.
Surface Preparation: Allow new concrete to cure for 28 days. Mechanically
abrade per SSPC-SP13/NACE No.6 to remove all laitance, fines, curing
compounds, form release oils, and other contaminants, and to establish a surface
profile equal to ICRI CSP 5 or greater.
Moisture vapor transmission should not exceed three Ibs per 1,000 ft2 in a 24 hour
period. (Reference ASTM F 1869 "Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture
Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride.")
Relative humidity should not exceed 80%. (Reference ASTM F 2170 "Standard
Test Method for Determining Relative Humidity in Concrete using in situ Probes.")
Note: For moisture content up to 20 Ibs per 1,000 ft2 or relative humidity up to 99%,
Series 241 may be applied prior to the "Primer" coat. Refer to the Series 241
product data sheet for more information.
Apply Tnemec Series 218 MortarClad to all vertical surfaces at a minimum of 1/16"
to re -surface concrete, fill voids and bugholes, mitigate concrete outgassing, and
to create a monolithic, paintable surface.
Apply Tnemec Series 215 Surfacing Epoxy or Series 218 MortarClad as needed
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 41
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

to fill voids in horizontal surfaces.
Primer: 61-5002 Tneme-Liner (Beige) 8.0 - 12.0 mils
Topcoat: 61-5001 Tneme-Liner (Gray) 8.0 - 12.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness: 16.0 - 24.0 mils
Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 18 mils
3.24 PIPE EXTERIOR COATING SYSTEMS
The coating systems in the PIPE EXTERIOR COATING SYSTEMS section are not
intended for use over bitumastic coatings. Do not apply bitumastic prior to the application
of any of these systems.
A. System No. 700-2: Zinc/Epoxy/Fluoropolymer (Pipes at Aerial Crossings or
Similarly Difficult to Maintain Areas)
This system provides outstanding resistance to ultra -violet light degradation and
extremely good color and gloss retention. This system will have excellent
resistance to abrasion and chalking, and is recommended for coastal
environments and on structures where extremely long-term maintenance cycles
are desired. This system is to be applied to new steel pipes or existing steel pipes
which require removal of existing coatings. (Note: Series 700 is gloss. If the Owner
desires a semi -gloss finish then Series 700 may be replaced with Series 701.)
Note: For single -component application, Series 90G-1 K97 may be substituted as
the primer.
Surface Preparation: Steel - SSPC-SP6/NACE No.3 Commercial Blast Cleaning
with a minimum 1.5 mil angular anchor profile. Ductile Iron Pipe - Uniformly
abrasive blast using angular abrasive to a NAPF 500-03-04: External Pipe Surface
condition. Cast Ductile Fittings - Uniformly abrasive blast using angular abrasive
to a NAPF 500-03-05: Fitting Blast Clean #3 condition.
Primer: Series 90-97 Tneme-Zinc 2.5 - 3.5 mils
2nd Coat: Series 66 Hi -Build Epoxoline 2.0 - 6.0 mils
3rd Coat: Series 700 Hydroflon 2.0 - 3.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness: 6.5 - 12.5 mils
Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 8.0 mils
B. System No. N140-2: Epoxy/Epoxy/Epoxy or Urethane (Standard DIP System)
This system provides exceptional corrosion protection in atmospheric, immersion,
and buried environments. This system is to be applied to new pipes. The 3rd coat
is dependent on the exposure — for buried areas use an extra coat of high -solids
epoxy, for uv-exposed, non -immersion areas use an aliphatic acrylic urethane.
Series 1095 has a semi -gloss finish. For a different sheen, apply Series 1094
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 42
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

(gloss) or Series 1096 (eggshell) at the same thickness.
Surface Preparation: Steel - SSPC-SP6/NACE No.3 Commercial Blast Cleaning
with a minimum 1.5 mil angular anchor profile. Ductile Iron Pipe - Uniformly
abrasive blast using angular abrasive to a NAPF 500-03-04: External Pipe Surface
condition. Cast Ductile Fittings - Uniformly abrasive blast using angular abrasive
to a NAPF 500-03-05: Fitting Blast Clean #3 condition.
NOTE: If NSF Std. 61 compliance is required, Series N69 may NOT be used.
Instead, use Series N140.
Shop Primer: Series N140 Pota-Pox Plus
2nd Coat: Series N140 or Series N69
3rd Coat (Buried or Immersion Areas Only):
Series N140 or Series N69
3rd Coat (UV Exposed, Non -immersion Areas Only):
Series 1095
Total Dry Film Thickness:
Minimum Dry Film Thickness:
2.0 — 10.0 mils
4.0 - 10.0 mils
4.0 - 10.0 mils
2.5 - 5.0 mils
10.0 — 30.0 mils
11.0 mils
C. System No. 46H-413-4: Polyamide Epoxy -Coal Tar (Buried Pipes Only)
This system provides a high -build coating for underground conditions.
Surface Preparation: Steel - SSPC-SP6/NACE No.3 Commercial Blast Cleaning
with a minimum 1.5 mil angular anchor profile. Ductile Iron Pipe - Uniformly
abrasive blast using angular abrasive to a NAPF 500-03-04: External Pipe Surface
condition. Cast Ductile Fittings - Uniformly abrasive blast using angular abrasive
to a NAPF 500-03-05: Fitting Blast Clean #3 condition.
1st Coat: Series 46H-413 Hi -Build Tneme-Tar 8.0 - 10.0 mils
2nd Coat: Series 461-1-413 Hi -Build Tneme-Tar 8.0 - 10.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness: 16.0 - 20.0 mils
Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 18.0 mils
D. System No. 1095-5: Acrylic Polyurethane (PVC or HDPE Pipe)
This system provides a user friendly, low VOC, aliphatic acrylic polyurethane
coating which offers excellent color and gloss retention. Series 1095 has a semi-
gloss finish. For a different sheen, apply Series 1094 (gloss) or Series 1096
(eggshell) at the same thickness.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 43
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP1 followed by hand or power sanding to thoroughly
and uniformly scarify and de -gloss the surface.
1st Coat: Series 66 Hi -Build Epoxoline 2.0 — 3.0 mils
2nd Coat: Series 1095 EnduraShield 2.5 — 5.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness: 4.5 — 8.0 mils
Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 5.0 mils
E. System No. 1026-4: Acrylic Emulsion (Interior Exposed, Insulated Pipe)
Surface Preparation: Surface shall be clean and dry.
1st Coat: Series 1026 Enduratone 2.0 - 3.0 mils
2nd Coat: Series 1026 Enduratone 2.0 - 3.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness: 4.0 - 6.0 mils
Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 5.0 mils
F. System No. 700-3: Epoxy Mastic/Fluoropolymer (Overcoat) (Existing, Previously
Coated Aerial Pipes or Similarly Difficult to Maintain Areas)
This system provides outstanding resistance to ultra -violet light degradation and
extremely good color and gloss retention. This system will have excellent
resistance to abrasion and chalking, and is recommended for coastal
environments and on structures where extremely long-term maintenance cycles
are desired. This system is to be used for overcoating existing steel pipes whose
surfaces have some rust present. (Note: Series 700 is gloss. If the Owner desires
a semi -gloss finish then Series 700 may be replaced with Series 701.)
Surface Preparation: High Pressure Water Clean (min. 3500 psi, 3 to 5 gallons
per minute, using an oscillating tip and potable water). A cleaning detergent such
as Trisodium Phosphate should be used to facilitate cleaning. A degreaser may
be required for oil soaked areas or heavily contaminated areas.
Some spot areas may require Hand Tool (SSPC-SP2), Power Tool Cleaning
(SSPC-SP3), or Brush Blast (SSPC-SP7/NACE No. 4) to remove loose surface
rust.
Existing coatings must be clean, dry and tightly adhering prior to application of
coatings.
Spot Prime (Areas of Bare Steel): Series 135 Chembuild 4.0 - 6.0 mils
1 st Coat: Series 135 Chembuild 4.0 - 6.0 mils
2nd Coat: Series 700 Hydroflon 2.0 - 3.0 mils
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 44
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

Total Dry Film Thickness: 6.0 — 9.0 mils*
Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 7.0 mils
*Does not include Spot Prime or previously existing coatings
G. System No. 1095-6: Epoxy Mastic/Urethane (Overcoat) (Existing Pipes Previously
Coated with High Performance Coatings)
This system can be used over factory finish paint or over non -sandblasted steel
and offer the high performance of a urethane coating. Series 1095 has a semi-
gloss finish. For a different sheen, apply Series 1094 (gloss) or Series 1096
(eggshell) at the same thickness.
Surface Preparation: High Pressure Water Clean (min. 3500 psi, 3 to 5 gallons
per minute, using an oscillating tip and potable water). A cleaning detergent such
as Trisodium Phosphate should be used to facilitate cleaning. A degreaser may
be required for oil soaked areas or heavily contaminated areas.
Some spot areas may require Hand Tool (SSPC-SP2), Power Tool Cleaning
(SSPC-SP3), or Brush Blast (SSPC-SP7/NACE No. 4) to remove loose surface
rust.
Existing coatings must be clean, dry, and tightly adhering prior to application of
coatings.
Spot Prime (Areas of Bare Steel): Series 135 Chembuild
1st Coat: Series 135 Chembuild
2nd Coat: Series 1095 Endura-Shield
Total Dry Film Thickness:
Minimum Dry Film Thickness:
*Does not include spot prime or previously existing coatings.
3.25 INSULATIVE COATINGS —THERMAL RESISTANCE
A. SUBSTRATES UP TO 3250F
1. System No. 971-1: Personnel Protection
4.0 — 6.0 mils
4.0 - 6.0 mils
2.5 - 5.0 mils
6.5 - 11.0 mils*
7.0 mils
This system utilizes fluid -applied aerogel particles to provide "safe
touch," allowing a minimum 5 seconds of skin contact with the
substrate (up to 325°F). This ideal for hot pipes, valves, tanks, etc.
This coating system eliminates the corrosion under insulation (CUI) issues
associated with traditional insulations. This system negates the need for
a mineral wool + aluminum jacket system.
Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP6/NACE No. 3 Commercial Blast Cleaning
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 45
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

with a minimum angular anchor profile of 1.5 mils.*
1st Coat: Series 1224 Epoxoline WB
2nd Coat: Series 971 Aerolon Acrylic
3rd Coat: Series 971 Aerolon Acrylic
41h Coat: Series 72T EnduraShield
Total Dry Film Thickness:
mils
Minimum Dry Film Thickness:
5.0 — 8.0 mils
50.0 mils
50.0 mils
2.0 — 5.0 mils
107.0 — 113.0
109.0 mils
*Abrasive blast cleaning generally produces the best coating performance.
If conditions will not permit this, Series 1224 may be applied to SSPC-SP2
or SSPC-SP3 Hand or Power Tool Cleaned surfaces.
B. SUBSTRATES BELOW AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
1. Svstem No. 971-2: Condensation Control (Sweating Substrates)
This system utilizes Series 971's fluid -applied aerogel particles and
hydrophobic properties to mitigate condensation on otherwise wet,
"sweating" surfaces. This is ideal for pipes, valves, and other substrates
which have temperatures that create condensation (but do not freeze).
This system negates the need for a mineral wool + aluminum jacket
system.
Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP6/NACE No. 3 Commercial Blast Cleaning
with a minimum angular anchor profile of 1.5 mils.*
1st Coat: Series 1224 Epoxoline WB 5.0 — 8.0 mils
2nd Coat: Series 971 Aerolon Acrylic 50.0 mils
3rd Coat: Series 971 Aerolon Acrylic 50.0 mils
41h Coat: Series 72T EnduraShield 2.0 — 5.0 mils
Total Dry Film Thickness: 107.0 — 113.0 mils
Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 109.0 mils
*Abrasive blast cleaning generally produces the best coating performance.
If conditions will not permit this, Series 1224 may be applied to SSPC-SP2
or SSPC-SP3 Hand or Power Tool Cleaned surfaces.
2. System No. 971-3: Condensation Control (Freezing Substrates)
This system utilizes Series 971's fluid -applied aerogel particles and
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 46
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

hydrophobic properties to mitigate condensation on surfaces that
would otherwise ice & freeze over. This is ideal for pipes, valves, and
other substrates which have temperatures & condensation that are creating
ice on the substrate. This coating system will significantly reduce/eliminate
ice formations. This system negates the need for a mineral wool +
aluminum jacket system.
Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP6/NACE No. 3 Commercial Blast Cleaning
with a minimum angular anchor profile of 1.5 mils.*
1st Coat: Series 1224 Epoxoline WB
2nd Coat: Series 971 Aerolon Acrylic
3rd Coat: Series 971 Aerolon Acrylic
411 Coat: Series 971 Aerolon Acrylic
511 Coat: Series 72T EnduraShield
Total Dry Film Thickness:
Minimum Dry Film Thickness:
5.0 — 8.0 mils
50.0 mils
50.0 mils
50.0 mils
2.0 — 5.0 mils
157.0 — 163.0 mils
159.0 mils
*Abrasive blast cleaning generally produces the best coating performance.
If conditions will not permit this, Series 1224 may be applied to SSPC-SP2
or SSPC-SP3 Hand or Power Tool Cleaned surfaces.
3.26 PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
The following shall serve as a basis of comparison for material substitution requests. Any
substitutions which decrease the total film thickness, change the generic type of coating,
or fail to meet the performance criteria of the specified materials shall not be approved.
A. Series 1 Omnithane - Zinc/Micaceous Iron Oxide Urethane:
Adhesion: ASTM D4541 (Method B, Type II) - No less than 1,433 psi (9.88
MPa) adhesion, average of three tests.
2. Salt Spray (Fog): ASTM 13117 - No blistering, cracking or delamination of
film. No more than .03% rusting on plane and no more than 3/16" rust
creepage at scribe after 10,000 hours exposure.
B. Series 20 Pota-Pox — Polyamide Epoxy:
Special Qualification: Certified by NSF International in accordance with
NSF/ANSI Std. 61.
2. Abrasion: ASTM D4060 (CS-17 Wheel, 1,000 gram load) - No more than
115 mg loss after 1,000 cycles with 1,000 gram load, average of three tests
3. Adhesion: ASTM D4541 - No less than 1,930 psi (13.31 MPa) pull, average
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 47
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

of three tests.
4. Salt Spray: ASTM B117 (2 Coats Series 20) - No blistering, cracking,
checking or delamination of film. No more than 1/8" rust creepage at scribe
after 8,000 hours exposure.
C. Series 22 Epoxoline — Modified Polyamine Epoxy:
1. Special Qualification: Certified by NSF International in accordance with
NSF/ANSI Std. 61.
2. Product must be able to be applied in one single -coat application from 16.0
to 40.0 mils dry film thickness.
3. VOC Content: 0.10 Ibs/gallon (12 grams/litre)
4. Immersion: ASTM 870 — No blistering, cracking, rusting or delamination of
film after 2,000 hours continuous immersion in deionized water at 140°F
(60°C), average of three tests.
D. Series 27WB Typoxy - Inorganic Hybrid Water -Based Epoxy:
1. VOC Content: 0.01 Ibs/gallon (0.9 grams/litre)
2. Adhesion: ASTM D4541 (Type V Tester) - No less than 1,440 psi (9.93
MPa) pull, average of three tests.
3. Cyclic Salt Fog/UV Exposure: ASTM D5894 - No blistering, cracking,
rusting or delamination of film after 3,000 hours continuous exposure,
average of three tests.
4. Salt Spray: ASTM 13117 - No blistering, cracking, rusting or delamination of
film. No more than 3/16 inch rust creepage at scribe after 6,200 hours
exposure.
E. Series 46H-413 Hi -Build Tneme-Tar — Polyamide Epoxy -Coal Tar:
1. Adhesion: ASTM D4541 - Exceeds the cohesive strength of the concrete
substrate (400 psi), average of three tests.
2. Abrasion: ASTM D4060 (CS-17 wheel, 1,000 gram load) - No more than
142 mg loss after 1,000 cycles.
3. Salt Spray (Fog): ASTM 13117 - No blistering, cracking, checking, rusting
or delamination of film. No rust creepage at scribe after 9,000 hours
continuous exposure.
F. Series 61 Tneme-Liner — Cycloaliphatic Amine Epoxy:
1. Chemical Immersion: NACE TM-01-74, Procedure B — No blistering,
cracking, rusting or delamination of film after six months continuous
immersion.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 48
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

2. Immersion: ASTM D870 - No blistering, cracking or delamination of film
after 12 months continuous immersion in deionized water at 200°F (93°C).
G. Series 66 Hi -Build Epoxoline — Polyamide Epoxy:
1. Adhesion: ASTM D4541 — No less than 1,930 psi (13.31 MPa) pull, average
of three tests.
2. Salt Spray: ASTM B117 (2 Coats Series 66) - No blistering, cracking,
checking or delamination of film. No more than 1/8" rust creepage at scribe
after 8,000 hours exposure.
H. Series N69 Hi -Build Epoxoline II — Polyamidoamine Epoxy:
1. Adhesion: ASTM D4541 — No less than 1,943 psi (13.40 MPa) pull, average
of three tests.
2. Exterior Exposure: ASTM D1014 - No blistering, cracking, checking, rusting
or delamination of film. No rust creepage at scribe after 5 years exposure.
3. Humidity: ASTM D4585 - No blistering, cracking, checking, rusting or
delamination of film after 10,000 hours exposure.
4. Immersion: ASTM D870 - No blistering, cracking, rusting or delamination
of film after 2,000 hours continuous immersion in deionized water at 140°F,
average of three tests.
5. Salt Spray: ASTM B117 (2 Coats Series N69) - No blistering, cracking or
delamination of film. No more than 1 % rusting on plane. No more than 1/16"
rust creepage at scribe after 6,700 hours exposure.
6. Salt Spray: ASTM B117 (Series 90-97 with 2 Coats Series N69) - No
blistering, cracking, rusting or delamination of film. No more than 1 %
rusting on plane. No more than 3/16" rust creepage at scribe after 20,000
hours exposure.
Series 90-97 Tneme-Zinc — Aromatic Zinc -Rich Urethane:
1. Zinc Pigment: 83% by weight in dried film
2. Adhesion: ASTM D4541 (Type II) - No less than 1,442 psi (9.94 MPa)
adhesion, average of three tests.
3. Salt Spray: ASTM B117 - No blistering, cracking or delamination of film. No
more than 1/8" creepage at scribe and no more than 1% rusting on plane
after 50,000 hours exposure.
J. Series 94H20 Hydro -Zinc — Zinc -Rich Aromatic Urethane
1. Special Qualification: Certified in accordance with ANSI/NSF Std. 61 for
use on interior potable water tanks of 500 gallons or greater.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 49
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

2. Zinc Pigment: 83% by weight in dried film.
3. Adhesion: ASTM D4541 (Type V Self -Aligning Adhesion Tester): No less
than 1,713 psi adhesion, average of three tests.
4. Salt Spray: ASTM 13117 - No blistering, cracking or delamination of film. No
rusting on plane and no more than 1/16" rust creepage at scribe after
10,000 hours.
K. Series 104 HS Epoxy — Cycloaliphatic Amine Epoxy:
1. Adhesion: ASTM D4541 — No less than 900 psi (6.21 MPa) pull, average
of three tests.
2. Chemical Immersion: NACE TM-01-74, Procedure B — No blistering,
cracking or delamination of film after seven days.
3. Salt Spray (Fog): ASTM B117 - No blistering, cracking, rusting or
delamination of film. No more than 1/32" (.8 mm) rust creepage at scribe
after 1,500 hours exposure.
L. Series 113 Tneme-Tufcoat — Waterborne Acrylic Epoxy:
1. Adhesion: ASTM D4541 - No less than 380 psi (2.6 MPa) pull, average of
three tests (applied directly to concrete block).
2. Humidity: ASTM D2247 - No blistering, cracking or delamination after 1,000
hours exposure.
M. Series 115 Uni-Bond DF — Self-Crosslinking Hydrophobic Acrylic:
1. Adhesion: ASTM D4541 (Method C — Type V Tester) - No less than 1,472
psi pull (10.15 MPa), average of three tests
2. Salt Spray: ASTM 13117 - No more than 1/64" rust creepage at scribe, no
more than 3% rusting on plane and no less than a blister rating of 8 after
500 hours exposure.
3. Humidity: ASTM D4585 - No blistering, cracking, rusting or delamination of
film after 2,000 hours exposure.
N. Series 135 Chembuild — Modified Polyamidoamine Epoxy:
1. Adhesion: ASTM D4541 (Type II, Method B) - No less than 883 psi (5.86
MPa) pull, average of three tests.
2. Salt Spray: ASTM B117 (Two coats, applied to SSPC-SP10/NACE No.2
Near -White Metal Blast Cleaned steel which was exterior exposed for four
months until uniformly rusted, then SSPC-SP2 Hand Tool Cleaned) — No
blistering, cracking, rusting or delamination of the film and no creepage at
the scribe after 4000 hours.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 50
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

0. Series N140 Pota-Pox Plus — Polyamidoamine Epoxy:
1. Adhesion: ASTM D4541 - No less than 1,943 psi (13.40 MPa) pull, average
of three tests.
2. Exterior Exposure: ASTM D1014 - No blistering, cracking, checking, rusting
or delamination of film. No rust creepage at scribe after 5 years exposure.
3. Humidity: ASTM D4585 - No blistering, cracking or delamination of film
after 10,000 hours exposure.
4. Immersion: ASTM D870 - No blistering, cracking, rusting or delamination
of film after 2,000 hours continuous immersion in deionized water at 140°F,
average of three tests.
5. Salt Spray (Fog): ASTM B117 (2 Coats Series N140) - No blistering,
cracking or delamination of film. No more than 1 % rusting on plane. No
more than 1/16" rust creepage at scribe after 6,700 hours exposure.
6. Salt Spray (Fog): ASTM B117 (Series 91H20 and 2 Coats Series N140) -
No blistering, cracking, checking or delamination of film. No more than 1 %
rusting on plane and no more than 3/16" rust creepage at scribe after
20,000 hours exposure.
P. Series 142 Epoxoline — Modified Polyamine Epoxy:
1. Adhesion: ASTM D4541 - No less than 2,042 psi (14.08 MPa) pull, average
of three tests.
2. Salt Spray (Fog): ASTM B117 - No blistering, cracking, rusting or
delamination of film and less than 1/32 inch creepage at the scribe after
5,000 hours exposure.
3. Abrasion: ASTM D4060 - No more than 59.3 mg loss after 1,000 cycles,
average of two tests.
Q. Series 156 Enviro-Crete — Modified Waterborne Acrylate:
1. Adhesion: ASTM D7234 — Exceeds the cohesive strength of concrete
substrate (400 psi), average of three tests.
2. Salt Spray: ASTM B117 - No blistering, cracking or delamination of film. No
visible damage to coating or substrate after 5,000 hours.
3. QUV Exposure: ASTM D4587 (UVA-340 bulbs, 8 hours UV, 4 hours
condensation) - No blistering, cracking, chalking or delamination of the film.
No less than 69% gloss retention, no more than 1.1 units gloss loss, and
no more than 3.59 DE (FMC-2) color change (white) after 5,000 hours QUV
exposure.
4. Fungal/Mold/Mildew Resistance: ASTM D3273 — No More than slight mold
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 51
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

growth after five weeks exposure.
5. Tensile Strength, Elongation, Modulus of Elasticity: ASTM D2370 -
Elongation no less than 200 percent, average of five tests. Tensile strength
no less than 250 psi (1.7 MPa), average of three tests.
6. Wind Driven Rain Resistance: FED TT-C-555B, Section 4.4.7.3 - No
damage to coating or substrate. No visible moisture on the back of
lightweight block after 48 hours exposure.
R. Series 201 Epoxoprime — Modified Polyamine Epoxy:
1. Adhesion: ASTM D4541 - 400 psi (2.8 MPa) pull, average of three tests.
100% Concrete Failure.
2. Compressive Strength: ASTM D695 - 6,866 psi (47.34 MPa) compressive
strength unfilled
3. Flexural Strength and Modulus of Elasticity: ASTM D790 - 12,873 psi
(88.76 MPa) flexural strength average of five tests. 553,832 psi (3,818.54
MPa) flexural modulus, average of five tests.
4. Tensile Strength: ASTM D638 - 4,871 psi (33.59 MPa) tensile strength,
average of five tests.
S. Series 215 Surfacing Epoxy — Modified Polyamine Epoxy
1. Special Qualification: Certified in accordance with ANSI/NSF Std. 61 for
use on interior potable water tanks of 200 gallons or greater at 80 mils DFT
2. VOC Content: 0.08 Ibs/gallon
3. Adhesion: ASTM D7234 (Method B): Exceeds the cohesive strength of the
concrete substrate (400 psi).
4. Adhesion: ASTM D4541 — Not less than 2,226 psi (15.35 MPa) pull,
average of three tests.
5. Compressive Strength: ASTM C579 — No less than 9,183 psi (63.3 MPa)
compressive strength, average of five tests.
6. Flexural Strength and Modulus of Elasticity: C580 — No less than 4,330 psi
(29.9 MPa) flexural strength and 324,877 psi (2,240 MPa) flexural modulus
of elasticity, average of six tests.
7. Flexural Strength and Modulus of Elasticity: ASTM D790 — No less than
10,630 psi (73.29 MPa) flexural strength and 87,440 psi (602.88 MPa)
flexural modulus of elasticity, average of three tests.
8. Tensile Strength, Elongation, Modulus of Elasticity: ASTM C307 — No less
than 2,280 psi (15.72 MPa) tensile strength, average of six tests.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 52
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

9. Tensile Strength, Elongation, Modulus of Elasticity: ASTM D2370 — No less
than 2,011 psi (13.86 MPa) tensile strength, 304,213 psi (2,102 MPa)
tensile modulus of elasticity and 1.04% elongation, average of ten tests.
10. Water Absorption: ASTM C413 — No weight gained after 2 hours
continuous boiling water immersion, average of three tests.
T. Series 217 Mortarcrete — Cementitious Repair Mortar:
1. VOC Content: 0.0 Ibs/gallon
2. Compressive Strength: ASTM C579 — No less than 10,650 psi (73.43 MPa)
compressive strength, average of three tests.
3. Density: ASTM C188 — 2.13 g/cm3 (133 pcf) density.
4. Drying Shrinkage: ASTM C596 — No more than 0% drying shrinkage,
average of four specimens.
5. Set Times: ASTM C266 — Fresh Mortar Properties: Initial Setting Time - 65
minutes; Final Setting Time - 80 minutes.
6. Splitting Tensile Strength: ASTM C496 — No less than 850 psi (5.86 MPa)
splitting tensile strength, average of three tests.
7. Thermal Expansion: ASTM C531 — No more than 7.46 X 10-6 linear
coefficient of thermal expansion in/in/°F, average of three tests.
U. Series 222 Deco -Tread — Colored Quartz -Filled Modified Polyamine Epoxy:
1. Compressive Strength: ASTM C579 - 15,567 psi (107.33 MPa)
compressive strength.
2. Flexural Strength and Modulus of Elasticity: ASTM D790 - No less than
2,867 psi (19.77 MPa) flexural strength and 127,876 psi (881.67 MPa)
flexural modulus of elasticity, average of five tests.
3. Tensile Strength: ASTM C307 - 2,100 psi (14.5 MPa) tensile strength,
average of three tests.
4. Thermal Expansion: ASTM C531 - No more than 1.85 x 10-5 linear
coefficient of thermal expansion per °F, average of two rounds of six tests.
V. Series 237 Power -Tread — Modified Polyamine Epoxy:
1. Flexural Strength and Modulus of Elasticity: ASTM D790 - 5,274 psi (36.4
MPa) flexural strength and 222,933 psi (1,537 MPa) flexural modulus of
elasticity, average of five tests.
2. Impact: Mil D3134 - No more than 1/16" permanent indentation. No
cracking, checking or delamination of film after 240 in -lb (27 J) direct
impact.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 53
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

W. Series 239SC Chembloc — Modified Novolac Polyamine Epoxy:
Chemical Immersion: NACE TM-01-74, Procedure B — No blistering,
cracking, rusting or delamination of film after 72 hours continuous contact
with chemical.
2. Compressive Strength: ASTM C579 - Not less than 11,195 psi (77.19 MPa)
compressive strength, average of six tests.
3. Flexural Strength and Modulus of Elasticity: ASTM D790 - Not less than
6,270 psi (43.23 MPa) flexural strength and 323,900 psi (2,233 MPa)
flexural modulus of elasticity, average of five tests.
4. Impact: MIL D3134 (modified using 2.5 lb steel ball) - No more than 1/16"
permanent indention. No cracking, checking or delamination of film after
240 in -lb (27 J) direct impact, average of three tests.
5. Tensile Strength, Elongation, Modulus of Elasticity: ASTM D638 - No less
than 7,913 psi (54.56 MPa) tensile strength, 222,975 psi (1,537 MPa)
tensile modulus of elasticity and 6.14% elongation at break.
X. Series 241 Ultra -Tread MVT — Polyurethane Modified Concrete:
1. Can be applied to 10 day old concrete
2. Withstands moisture vapor transmission up to 20 Ibs per ASTM F1869
3. Withstands relative humidity up to 99% per ASTM F2170
4. Adhesion: ASTM D7234 - Exceeds the cohesive strength of the concrete
substrate ("400 psi), average of three tests.
5. Compressive Strength: ASTM C579 - No less than 4,922 psi (33.94 MPa)
compressive strength, average of six tests.
6. Flexural Strength and Modulus of Elasticity: ASTM C580 - No less than
2,438 psi (16.81 MPa) flexural strength and 313,614 psi (2,162 MPa)
modulus of elasticity (tangent), average of five tests.
7. Tensile Strength: ASTM C307 - No less than 1,015 psi (7.00 MPa) tensile
strength, average of six tests.
Y. Series 248 Everthane — Aliphatic Moisture Cured Urethane:
Chemical Resistance: TTM-59 (Covered Spot Test) - No blistering,
cracking, checking or delamination of film. No more than slight softening or
very slight swelling and loss of gloss after 24 hours exposure to the
following reagents: 30% Sulfuric Acid, 10% Hydrochloric Acid, 50%
Phosphoric Acid, 10% Acetic Acid, 50% Sodium Hydroxide, 10%
Ammonium Hydroxide, Methyl Ethyl Ketone, Ethyl Alcohol, Hexane,
Xylene, Gasoline, Ethylene Glycol, Skydrol, Brake Fluid, Transmission
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 54
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

Fluid, Aviation Gas, Jet Fuel (JP4)
2. Abrasion: ASTM D4060 (CS-17 Wheel, 1,000 gram load) — No more than
18 mg loss after 1,000 cycles, average of three tests.
Z. Series 262 Elasto-Shield — Modified Polyurethane:
1. Abrasion: ASTM D4060 (CS-17 Wheel, 1,000 grams load) — No more than
1.2 mg loss after 1,000 cycles.
2. Deflection Temperature: ASTM D648 — (Minimum use temp) Below -60°F
(-15°C).
3. Flexibility and Elongation: ASTM D522 — Must pass 1/8" bend with no
cracking or delamination.
4. Tear Strength: ASTM D624 — 150 Ibs/inch.
5. Tensile Strength, Elongation, Modulus of Elasticity: ASTM D412 —
Requirement: (extension to break) 400%. 900 psi.
AA. Series 264 Elasto-Shield — Modified Polyurethane:
1. Special Qualification: Certified by NSF International in accordance with
NSF/ANSI Std. 61. Maximum contact area is 20 cm2 per litre of water, with
minimum allowable size of tanks 5,000 gallons; cold water applications.
2. Abrasion: ASTM D4060 (CS-17 Wheel, 1,000 grams load) — No more than
1.2 mg loss after 1,000 cycles.
3. Deflection Temperature: ASTM D648 — (Minimum use temp) Below -60°F
(-15°C).
4. Flexibility and Elongation: ASTM D522 — Must pass 1/8" bend with no
cracking or delamination.
5. Tear Strength: ASTM D624 — 180 Ibs/inch.
6. Tensile Strength, Elongation, Modulus of Elasticity: ASTM D412 —
Requirement: (extension to break) 300%. 1,000 psi.
BB. Series 282 Tneme-Glaze — Polyamine Novolac Epoxy:
1. Chemical Immersion: NACE TM-01-74, Procedure B — No blistering,
cracking, rusting or delamination of film after 72 hours continuous contact
with chemical.
2. Compressive Strength: ASTM C579 - Not less than 11,195 psi (77.19 MPa)
compressive strength, average of six tests.
3. Immersion: 140°F Deionized Water Immersion - No blistering, cracking,
rusting or delamination of film after 2,000 hours continuous immersion.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 55
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

4. Impact: ASTM D2794 - No visible cracking or delamination of film after 59
in/lbs direct impact, average of three tests.
5. Salt Spray (Fog) — ASTM B117 - No blistering, cracking, rusting or
delamination of film. No more than 1/16 inch rust creepage at scribe after
3,500 hours exposure.
CC. Series 284 Deco -Clear — Modified Polyamine Epoxy:
1. Coefficient of Friction: ASTM D2047 - 1.2 static coefficient of friction,
average of 12 tests.
2. Flexural Strength and Modulus of Elasticity: ASTM D790 - 2,867.1 psi
(19.768 MPa) flexural strength average of five tests. 127,876 psi (881.67
MPa) flexural modulus, average of five tests.
3. Impact: ASTM D2794 - 160 inch pounds (18.08 J) average, direct impact.
4. Tensile Strength: ASTM D638 - 2,182.9 psi (15.1 MPa) tensile strength,
average of five tests.
DD. Series 287 Enviro-Pox — Waterborne Epoxy -Amine Adduct:
1. Adhesion: ASTM D4541 - Exceeds the cohesive strength of the concrete
substrate (400 psi), average of three tests.
2. Impact: ASTM D2794 - No visible cracking or delamination of film after 60
in -lb (6.8 J) direct impact, average of three tests.
3. Abrasion: ASTM D4060 (CS-17 Wheel, 1,000 grams load) - No more than
113.3 mg loss after 1,000 cycles, average of three tests.
EE. Series 365 Tank Armor — Novolac Epoxy:
1. Adhesion: ASTM D4541, Type II — No less than 1,650 psi (11.38 MPa)
adhesion, average of three tests.
2. Hardness: ASTM D2240 (Shore D Durometer) — Not less than 90 Shore
Type D hardness, average of five tests.
FF. Series 431 Perma-Shield PL — Modified Polyamine Ceramic Epoxy:
1. Severe Wastewater Analysis Test: ASTM G210 - Initial impedance of 11.18
log-Z at 0.001 Hz (ohms cm2). No blistering, cracking, checking or
delamination. No less than 88.7% EIS retention or not more than 1.26 ohms
cm2 reduction in log-Z electrochemical impedance at 0.001 Hz after 28
days exposure. No less than 2,363 psi (16.30 MPa) adhesion or no loss of
adhesion after 28 days in S.W.A.T., average of three tests.
2. Abrasion Resistance: ASTM D4060-14 (CS-17 Wheel, 1,000 cycles, 1,000
gram load) — No more than 41 mg loss, average of three tests.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 56
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

3. Abrasion Resistance: BS EN 598: 2007+A1: 2009 (Rocking Abrasion) - No
more than 0.14 mm (5.5 mils) thickness of coating loss after 1,000,000
cycles.
GG. Series 434 Perma-Shield HZS - Modified Aliphatic Amine Epoxy Mortar:
Severe Wastewater Analysis Test: ASTM G210 - Initial impedance of 10.6
log-Z at 0.01 Hz (ohms cm2). No blistering, cracking or checking. No less
than 86.7% retention or not more than 1.4 ohms cm2 reduction in log-Z
electrochemical impedance at 0.01 Hz after 28 days exposure.
2. Abrasion Resistance: ASTM D4060 (CS-17 Wheel, 1,000 gram load) - No
more than 88 mg loss after 1,000 cycles, average of three tests.
3. Impact: ASTM D2794 - No visible cracking or delamination after 160 inch -
pounds (18.1 J) direct impact.
4. Compressive Strength: ASTM D695 - Not less than 12,331 psi (85.0 MPa)
compressive strength, average of five tests.
HH. Series 435 Perma-Glaze - Modified Polyamine Epoxy:
Severe Wastewater Analysis Test: ASTM G210 - nitial impedance of 12.46
log-Z at 0.01 Hz (ohms cm2). No blistering, cracking, checking or
delamination. No less than 84.3% retention and no more than 1.95 ohms
cm2 reduction in electrochemical impedance after 28 days exposure. No
less than 93% loss of tensile adhesion after 28 days in S.W.A.T. average
of three tests.
2. Abrasion Resistance: ASTM D4060 (CS-17 Wheel, 1,000 gram load) - No
more than 72 mg loss after 1,000 cycles, average of three tests.
Series 436 Perma-Shield FR - Fiber -Reinforced Modified Polyamine Epoxy:
Severe Wastewater Analysis Test: ASTM G210 - Initial impedance of 10.2
log-Z at 0.01 Hz (ohms cm2). No blistering, cracking or checking. No less
than 83.7% retention or not more than 1.6 ohms cm2 reduction in log-Z
electrochemical impedance at 0.01 Hz after 28 days exposure.
2. Abrasion: ASTM D4060 (CS-17 Wheel, 1,000 gram load) - No more than
74.6 mg loss after 1,000 cycles, average of three tests.
3. Impact: ASTM D2794 - No visible cracking or delamination of film after 88
inch -pounds direct impact.
4. Compressive Strength: ASTM D695 - No less than 8,866 psi (6.13 MPa)
compressive strength, average of five tests.
JJ. Series 446 Perma-Shield MCU - Hydrophobic Aromatic Polyurethane:
Minimum Time to Return to Immersion Service: 4 Hours
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 57
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

2. Severe Wastewater Analysis Test: ASTM G210 - Initial impedance of 10.2
(log-Z). No blistering, cracking, checking or loss of adhesion. No more than
0.1 (log-Z) reduction in electrical impedance after 28 days exposure.
KK. Series 626 Dur A Pell GS — RTV Silicone Rubber Water & Graffiti Protectant:
Accelerated Weathering: ASTM C793 - No signs of deterioration except for
dirt accumulation after 4,000 hours exposure.
2. Chloride Ion Penetration: AASHTO T-259 - No less than a 1500% reduction
in the chloride ion content when compared to untreated concrete, average
of two tests.
ILL. Series 662 Prime -A -Pell Plus — Modified Siloxane/Silane with Diffused Quartz
Carbide:
QUV Exposure: ASTM D4587 (UVA-340 bulbs, Cycle 4: 8 hours UV/4
hours condensation) — No reduction in water repellent performance after
5,000 hours exposure.
2. Water Absorption: ASTM C67 (Applied to Ohio Sandstone) - No less than
a 96% reduction in water absorption as compared to untreated samples
following 24 hours of immersion.
3. Water Absorption: ASTM C97 (Applied to Fire Clay Brick) - No less than a
93% reduction in water absorption as compared to untreated samples
following 24 hours of immersion.
4. Water Absorption: ASTM C140 (Applied to Cast Mortar Cubes) - No less
than a 96% reduction in water absorption as compared to untreated
samples following 24 hours of immersion.
MM. Series 700 Hydroflon — Advanced Thermoset Solution Fluoropolymer:
Exterior Exposure: ASTM D1014 (AAMA 2604-98) (South Florida Marine
Exposure) - exceeds the exterior weathering requirements of the American
Architectural Manufacturers Association (AAMA) 2604-98 standard.
2. Exterior Exposure: ASTM D4141, Method C (EMMAQUA) - No blistering,
cracking or chalking. No less than 100% gloss retention, no more than 1 unit
gloss loss and no more than 0.23 DEHunter color change (white) after 1,500
MJ/m2 (69,109MJ/m2 total) EMMAQUA exposure.
3. QUV Exposure: ASTM D4587 - No blistering, cracking or chalking. No less
than 61 % gloss retention (31.4 units gloss change) and 1.89 DEFMC2
(MacAdam units) color change (white) after 25,000 hours exposure.
4. Xenon Arc Weathering: ASTM D6695 - No blistering, cracking or chalking.
No less than 87% gloss retention (11.9 units gloss change) and no greater
than 0.37 DE00 color change (white) after 8,000 hours Xenon Arc exposure.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 58
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

NN. Series 971 Aerolon — Fluid -Applied Acrylic Insulation Coating:
1. Thermal Conductivity: ASTM C518 - Thermal Conductivity shall not be
greater than 0.0356 W/m-°K or 0.2468 BTU-in/ft2-hr-°F (R value at one inch
equals 4.1).
00. Series 1026 Enduratone —Acrylic Emulsion:
1. VOC Content: 0.38 Ibs/gallon (1.4 grams/litre)
2. QUV Exposure: ASTM D4587 (UVA-340 bulbs, 8 hours UV, 4 hours
condensation) - No blistering, cracking, chalking or delamination of film. No
less than 49% gloss retention (2.3 units gloss change) and 0.39 DE00 color
change after 10,000 hours exposure.
PP. Series 1029 Enduratone — HDP Acrylic Polymer:
1. Algal Resistance: ASTM D5590 - No more than traces of fungal growth
(less than 10%) after three weeks continuous exposure.
2. Fungal/Mold/Mildew Resistance: ASTM D5590 - No more than traces of
fungal growth (less than 10%) after four weeks continuous exposure.
3. QUV Exposure: ASTM D4587 (UVA-340 bulbs, 8 hours UV, 4 hours
condensation) - No blistering, cracking or delamination of film. No less than
100% gloss retention, no more than 0.45 DE00 color change and no units
gloss loss after 3,000 hours.
QQ. Series 1095 Endura-Shield —Aliphatic Acrylic Polyurethane:
1. Volatile Organic Compounds (Thinned 15%): 0.80 Ibs/gallon (96
grams/litre)
2. QUV Exposure: ASTM D4587 (UVA-340 bulbs, 8 hours UV, 4 hours
condensation) - No blistering, cracking or delamination. No less than 58%
gloss retention or 15.2 units gloss change and 1.40 DECIE2000 color
change (white) after 4,000 hours exposure.
3.27 SYSTEMS REFERENCE GUIDE
A. STEEL & FERROUS METALS
FERROUS METALS - NON -IMMERSION / EXTERIOR / UV -EXPOSED
3.14.A.1 System No. 700-1: Zinc/Epoxy/Fluoropolymer
3.14.A.2 System No. 1095-1: Zinc/Epoxy/Urethane
3.14.A.3 System No. 1095-2: Epoxy/Epoxy/Urethane
3.14.A.4 System No. 1095-3: Epoxy Mastic/Urethane (Overcoat)
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 59
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

EXTERIOR — BELOW GRADE
3.14.13.1 System No. N140-1: Epoxy/Epoxy/Epoxy or Urethane
3.14.B.2 System No. 46H-413-1: Polyamide Epoxy -Coal Tar
INTERIOR (NON -IMMERSION)
3.14.C.1 System No. 66-1: Polyamide Epoxy
3.14.C.2 System No. 27WB-1: Inorganic Hybrid WB Epoxy (Overcoat)
IMMERSION
3.14.D.1 System No. 104-1: Cycloaliphatic Amine Epoxy (Non -Potable)
3.14.D.2 System No. 142-1: Flake / Aluminum Oxide Epoxy (Non -Potable)
3.14.D.3 System No. 446-1: Aromatic Polyurethane (Non -Potable)
3.14.D.4 System No. 142-2: Methanol
3.14.D.5 System No. 365-1: Sulfuric Acid
3.14.D.6 System No. 22-1: Modified Polyamine Epoxy (Potable)
3.14.D.7 System No. 20-1: Polyamide Epoxy (Potable)
B. OVERHEAD METAL DECKING, JOIST
3.15.A System No. 115-1: Self-crosslin king Hydrophobic Acrylic (Interior)
3.15.B System No. 1029-1 HDP Acrylic Polymer (Exterior)
C. GALVANIZED STEEL & NONFERROUS METALS
GALVANIZED STEEL, STAINLESS STEEL, ALUMINUM, OR COPPER
3.16.A System No. 1095-4: Epoxy/High Build Urethane
ALUMINUM IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE
3.16.B System No. 46H-413-2: Polyamide Epoxy -Coal Tar
D. CONCRETE & MASONRY
EXTERIOR -ABOVE GRADE (VERTICAL SURFACES)
3.17.A.1 System No. 156-1: Modified Waterborne Acrylate (Elastomeric)
3.17.A.2 System No. 1026-1: Acrylic Emulsion (Non-Elastomeric)
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 60
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

3.17.A.3 System No. 662-1: Clear Silane/Siloxane Sealer (Min. 42% Solids)
3.17.A.4 System No. 626-1: Clear Water Repellent and Graffiti Protectant
EXTERIOR -BELOW GRADE
3.17.B.1 System No. 46H-413-3: Polyamide Epoxy -Coal Tar
INTERIOR (NON -IMMERSION)
3.17.C.1 System No. 104-2: Cycloaliphatic Amine Epoxy
3.17.C.2 System No. 66-2: Polyamide Epoxy
3.17.C.3 System No. 113-1: Acrylic Epoxy
3.17.C.4 System No. 1026-2: Acrylic Emulsion
IMMERSION
3.17.D.1 System No. 104-3: Cycloaliphatic Amine Epoxy (Non -Potable)
3.17.D.2 System No. 142-3: Flake / Aluminum Oxide Epoxy (Non -Potable)
3.17.D.3 System No. 22-2: Modified Polyamine Epoxy (Potable Water)
3.17.D.4 System No. 20-2: Polyamide Epoxy (Potable)
3.17.D.5 System No. 262-1: Modified Polyurethane (Non -Potable Repairs)
3.17.D.6 System No. 264-1: Modified Polyurethane (Potable Repairs)
E. CONCRETE FLOORS (RESINOUS FLOORING SYSTEMS)
3.18.A.1 System No. 290-1: Moisture Cured Urethane (Thin film with
increased chemical resistance, UV stability, and durability)
3.18.A.2 System No. 222-1: Decorative / Functional Flooring (Non -Slip)
3.18.A.3 System No. 287-1: Waterborne Epoxy -Amine Adduct (Thin-film)
3.18.A4 System No. 245-1: Polyurethane Modified Concrete
F. GYPSUM WALLBOARD & WOOD
GYPSUM WALLBOARD
3.19.A.1 System No. N69-1: Polyamidoamine Epoxy
3.19.A.2 System No. 113-2: Acrylic Epoxy
3.19.A.3 System No. 1026-3: Acrylic Emulsion
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 61
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

WOOD — EXTERIOR or INTERIOR EXPOSURE
3.19.13.1 System No. 1029-2: HDP Acrylic Polymer
G. HIGH TEMPERATURE COATINGS
3.20.A System No. 1552-1: Acrylic Silicone Copolymer (500°F Max)
3.20.B System No. 1556-1: Modified Silicone Copolymer (1000°F Max)
3.20.0 System No. 1528-1: Silicone Aluminum (1200°F Max)
H. SURFACES EXPOSED TO H2S/H2SO4 (SEVERE EXPOSURE/IMMERSION)
CEMENTITIOUS SURFACES
3.21.A.1 System No. 434-1: Modified Aliphatic Amine Epoxy Mortar
3.21.A.2 System No. 436-1: Fiber -Reinforced Modified Polyamine Epoxy
I. FERROUS METAL SURFACES
3.21.B.1 System No. 435-1: Modified Polyamine Epoxy
3.21.B.2 System No. 431-1: Modified Polyamine Ceramic Epoxy
J. EXTERIOR OF PRESTRESSED CONCRETE TANKS
3.22.A System 156-2: New Tanks
3.22.B System 156-3: Existing Tanks (Previously Painted)
K. SECONDARY CONTAINMENT AREAS
3.23.A System No. 239SC-1: Modified Novolac Epoxy
3.23.B System No. 61-1: Cycloaliphatic Amine Epoxy
L. PIPE EXTERIOR COATING SYSTEMS
3.24.A
System No.
700-2: Zinc/Epoxy/Fluoropolymer (New Aerials)
3.24.B
System No.
N140-2: Epoxy/Epoxy/Topcoat (Buried or Exposed)
3.24.0
System No.
46H-413-4: Polyamide Epoxy -Coal Tar (Buried Only)
3.24.D
System No.
1095-5: Acrylic Polyurethane (PVC or HDPE Pipe)
3.24.E
System No.
1026-4: Acrylic Emulsion (Interior Insulated Pipe)
3.24.F
System No.
700-3: Epoxy Mastic/Fluoropolymer (Overcoat)
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 62
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

3.24.G System No. 1095-6: Epoxy Mastic/Urethane (Overcoat)
M. INSULATIVE COATINGS — THERMAL RESISTANCE
SUBSTRATES UP TO 3250F
3.25.A.1 System No. 971-1: Personnel Protection (up to 325°F)
SUBSTRATES BELOW AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
3.25.B.1 System No. 971-2: Condensation Control (Sweating)
3.25.B.2 System No. 971-3: Condensation Control (Freezing/Icing)
END OF SECTION 09 90 00
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 09 90 00 - 63
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

SECTION 40 05 07 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PROCESS PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This section includes providing all the necessary hangers and supports for the
plant piping.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of pipe hanger, channel support system component,
pipe support and thermal shield insert indicated.
B. Shop Drawings: Contractor shall engineer/design pipe (single and multiple)
supports and trapeze hangers for this project. Support designs shall be submitted
for approval and shall be signed and sealed by qualified Professional Engineer
registered in the State of North Carolina. Indicate size and characteristics of
components and fabrication details and all loads imposed on the base building
structure.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Engineering Responsibility: Design and preparation of Shop Drawings and
calculations for each pipe support and trapeze, and selection of appropriate
hangers and anchors to base building structure by qualified Professional Engineer.
Professional Engineer Qualifications: Professional Engineer legally qualified
to practice in North Carolina and experienced in providing engineering
services kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those
performed for installation of hangers and supports that are similar to those
indicated for this project in material, design, and extent.
2. Certification Letter: A letter, signed, and sealed by a qualified professional
engineer licensed to practice engineering in North Carolina, certifying
conformity to the applicable governing codes and criteria specified in the
Contract Documents.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. All piping shall be properly supported and restrained by means of adequate
hangers, concrete piers, pipe supports, brackets or otherwise as may be required
by the location. Support and anchor system shall prevent undue deflection,
vibration, and stresses on piping, equipment, and structures.
B. Generally, concrete supports shall be used where pipe centerline is less than 3 feet
above floor, and hangers above 6 feet unless specified or shown otherwise.
Supports shall be not more than 10 feet on center for steel and DI piping, 5 feet on
center for plastic, and at changes in direction, unless otherwise shown on the
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 05 07 - 1
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

drawings or required by the specific manufacturer. All necessary inserts or
appurtenances shall be furnished and installed in the concrete or structures for
adequately securing hangers and supports to the structure.
C. Hangers and supports shall conform to the following requirements:
All hangers and supports shall be capable of adjustment after installation.
Types of hangers and supports shall be kept to a minimum.
2. Hanger rods shall be straight and vertical. Chain, wire, strap or perforated
bar hangers shall not be used. Hangers shall not be suspended from other
piping.
3. Vertical piping shall be supported at each floor and between floors by stays
or braces to prevent rattling and vibration.
4. Supports and hangers for plastic piping shall include wire saddles or bands
as recommended by the manufacturer and approved by the Engineer to
distribute load and thus avoid localized deformation of the pipe.
5. Hanger and supports shall prevent contact between dissimilar metals by
use of copper plated, rubber, vinyl coated or stainless -steel hangers.
6. Ferrous pipes to be painted shall be painted in accordance with Section 09
90 00 — PROTECTIVE COATINGS. Galvanized hangers and supports shall
support ferrous pipes that do not require painting.
7. Plastic coated or copper plated steel hangers and supports shall support
copper piping.
8. Plastic coated steel hangers and supports shall support plastic piping.
9. Hangers and supports shall provide for thermal expansion throughout the
full operating temperature range.
10. Expansion type anchors used for pipe hangers and supports shall be Type
316 stainless steel.
11. Hangers and rods shall be stainless steel Type 316 and pipe supports shall
be cradle type.
D. All metallic hangers and supports shall be standard make "Anvil" by Anvil
International, "Witch" by Carpenter & Patterson, Inc., B-Line Systems, Inc., or
equal; and data on the types and sizes to be used shall be furnished to the
Engineer for approval. Metallic support welded system brackets, rods, support
clips, clevis hangers, hardware, etc. shall be stainless steel construction.
E. Non-metallic support system shall be a heavy-duty channel framing system.
Channel frames shall be manufactured by the pultrusion process using corrosion
grade polyester or exposure and shall have a flame spread rating of 25 or less per
ASTM E84. Piping accessories, pipe clamps, clevis hangers, support posts,
support
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 05 07 - 2
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

racks, fasteners, etc., shall be constructed of vinylester or polyurethane resin. Non-
metallic support systems shall be standard make Aickinstrut by Aickinstrut, Inc.,
Uninstrut Fiberglass by Unistrut, Inc., Enduro Fiberglass Systems, or equal. The
Contractor shall submit data on the types and sizes of approval. Unless otherwise
shown or specified the Contractor shall provide support spacing in conformance
with the pipe and support system manufacturer's requirements.
2.2 PROCESS AIR PIPE SUPPORTS
A. Process air piping shall be supported by slide bearings as manufactured by
Fluorocarbon Company, Anaheim, California, ITT Grinnell Corp., Providence,
Rhode Island, or equal.
B. The slide bearing material shall be 3/32 inch thick, twenty-five percent (25%) glass -
fiber reinforced structural grade Teflon. The bearing material shall withstand at
least 1000 psi (compression) at 210 °F with a coefficient of friction between 0.05
and 0.08. The performance of bearing and bonding materials shall be unaffected
by continual immersion in wastewater containing domestic and industrial waste at a
temperature of 210 'F.
C. Non -submerged slide bearing type supports shall be provided with a bearing
material covering a 120 degree arc centered at the bottom of the pipe. The Teflon
shall be at least 4 inches wide at the underside of the pipe and 8 inches wide at the
top of the support. The Teflon material shall be hot press bonded to 10 gauge
stainless steel plates for welding to the bottom of the pipe and securing to the top
of the support.
D. Submerged slide -bearing type supports shall be provided with Teflon bonded to the
underside of the hold down strap and the top of the pipe such that the sliding
surface is formed between two (2) sheets of Teflon. Each surface shall cover a 120
degree arc centered at the top of the pipe. On the underside of the strap, the Teflon
bearing shall be hot press bonded directly to the stainless -steel strap or to a 10
gauge stainless steel plate for welding to the strap. At the top of the pipe, the
Teflon shall be bonded to a 10 gauge stainless steel plate for welding to the pipe.
E. Pipe straps shall not tightly bind the pipe but shall provide 3/32 inch clearance over
the top 180 degrees of the pipe surface.
F. Wall bracket supports shall be used where shown for pipe to be installed adjacent
to a wall. Where it is not feasible to install hanger supports, adjustable pipe saddle
supports may be used with the permission of the Engineer. Concrete pier supports
shall be spaced at a maximum distance of 10 feet and shall be at least 1 foot
square unless otherwise shown on the drawings.
G. Small diameter piping (6 inches in diameter or less) shall not be strapped or
otherwise secured directly to walls. Suitable wall offset brackets of an approved
type shall be used. Anchors shall not be attached using percussion fasteners.
H. Sliding surfaces shall be protected from accumulation of dirt, grit or other foreign
matter.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 05 07 - 3
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

Slide bearings shall be capable of adequately supporting the design loads and
shall be attached to pipe and supports as specified and recommended by the
manufacturer.
J. The slide bearings shall be installed in the locations shown or indicated on the
drawings, at required elevations, true to orientation and level, assuring that the
correct half of each bearing is in its proper position. The Contractor shall store the
bearings to protect them from mechanical damage prior to installation and shall
protect the same during and after installation from contamination and damage due
to placing of concrete and other materials. The Contractor shall clean the operating
surfaces of bearings thoroughly before final assembly.
K. The Contractor shall note that all pipe support locations are not shown on the
drawings and shall follow the specifications herein in locating supports. Where
deviations and modifications are required, they shall be made only with the
permission of the Engineer. A detailed layout of pipe supports, and hangers shall
be submitted for approval.
2.3 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. General
Hangers shall be capable of supporting piping in all conditions of intended
operation. Hanger shall allow for free expansion and contraction of the
piping system. Hangers shall prevent excess stress on equipment.
2. Provide hangers with 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment.
3. Hangers shall be designed so that they cannot become disengaged by
movement of the supported piping.
4. Hangers subject to shock or thrust imposed by the action of safety valves,
shall include hydraulic shock suppressers.
5. Hanger rods shall be subject to tensile loading only.
6. At hanger locations where lateral or axial movement is anticipated, provide
linkage that permits lateral and axial movement. Where horizontal pipe
movement is greater than 1/2", or where hanger rod deflection from the
vertical is greater than 4 degrees from cold to the hot position of the pipe,
offset hanger rod and structural attachment so that the rod is vertical in the
hot position.
7. Provide spring -type hangers for piping subject to vibration or vertical
expansion and contraction, such as engine exhausts and similar piping.
Spring -type hangers shall be sized to the manufacturers written
recommendations and the loading conditions encountered. Provide
variable spring supports with means to limit misalignment, buckling, and
eccentric loading. Provide variable spring supports with means to prevent
overstressing of the spring. Provide variable spring supports with means to
indicate spring compression. Spring -type hangers shall be designed for a
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 05 07 - 4
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

maximum variation in supporting effort of 25% of total travel resulting from
thermal movement.
8. Wherever expansion and contraction of piping is expected, provide a
sufficient number of expansion loops or joints, together with necessary
rolling or sliding supports, anchors, guides, pivots, and restraints, that allow
expansion and contraction without damaging piping, equipment, or
structures. Provisions for expansion and contraction shall permit piping to
expand and contract freely in directions away from anchored points for total
travel resulting from thermal movement.
9. Supports, hangers, anchors, and guides shall be designed and insulated so
that excess heat will not be transmitted to the structure or other equipment.
B. Materials for Hangers, Fasteners, Supports, and Rods
1. Unless otherwise noted, Hangers, Fasteners, Supports, and Hanger Rods
for SS and DI Piping: AISI Type 316 stainless steel.
2. For chemical piping systems: Hangers, Fasteners, Supports, and Hanger
Rods: FRP.
3. Anchor Bolts and Assembly Bolts, Nuts, and Washers for All Hangers and
Supports: AISI Type 316 stainless steel.
C. Stainless Steel Bracket Support Systems
1. Stainless steel channel and bracket supports shall be fabricated from AISI
Type 316 stainless steel.
2. Stainless steel supports shall be appropriately designed and manufactured
for the specific pipe support application.
3. Systems shall be welded or assembled with 316 SS nuts, bolts, and
washers.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
A. Install all hangers and support devices and systems per the manufacturer's
recommendations and instructions.
B. Whenever possible, support pipes from structural members. Provide piping
support framing between structural members as required to support piping as
specified in this Section and as required to meet requirements of applicable
building code and the American Institute of Steel Construction.
C. Arrange piping supports systems so that piping is neat and orderly. Adjust height of
hangers and supports to align pipes to the proper grade for drainage and venting.
D. Support piping independent of connected equipment. Space supports for piping to
prevent sag, bending, and shear stresses in the piping. Reduce support spacing
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 05 07 - 5
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

where components, such as flanges and valves, impose concentrated loads.
Provide supports on both sides of meters, valves, strainers, and other items that
impose heavy point loads on piping system.
E. Install supports to eliminate locating flanged or mechanical joints to be located
within the middle 1/3 of any span to minimize undue stress on pipe joints.
END OF SECTION 40 05 07
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 05 07 - 6
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

SECTION 40 05 59 - SLIDE GATES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Work includes furnishing all labor, materials and equipment required to supply,
install and test sluice gates as specified in this Section and as shown on the
Drawings.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM Standards
1. ASTM A276 - Specification for Stainless and Heat -Resisting Steel Bars
and Shapes
2. ASTM A536 — Ductile Cast Iron, Class B
3. ASTM B584 CA873 — Bronze Stem and Thrust Nut
4. ASTM D200 - 50-60 Durometer Neoprene
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit the following prior to equipment manufacture:
1. Shop drawings as specified.
2. Details, calculations and drawings showing method of fabrication and
verifying that gate plates will withstand design pressures at the conditions
indicated on the Drawings.
3. Supplier's outline of services.
B. Submit the following prior to equipment installation:
1. Manufacturer's installation instructions.
2. Manufacturer's Operation and Maintenance Data.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. General: A single manufacturer shall furnish sluice gates.
B. Manufacturer:
1. Waterman
2. Rodney Hunt Company
3. Troy Valve
4. Or Engineer Approved Equal
2.2 SLUICE GATES
A. Sluice gates shall be cast and ductile iron, fully bronze mounted with side
wedges and flush -bottom seal. Flush -bottom seal shall be a neoprene seal
across the invert.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 05 59 - 1
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

B. Disc shall be cast iron, one-piece construction with integrally cast vertical and
horizontal ribs. The disc shall have machine dovetailed grooves on the seating
face into which bronze facings shall be driven and machined to a 63 micro -inch
finish. A tongue on each side extending the full length of the disc shall be
machined on all sides with a 1/16 inch clearance machined between the disc
tongue and the gate guide groove. A heavily reinforced nut pocket shall be cast
integrally on the vertical centerline and above the horizontal center.
C. Gate frame and guides shall be cast in one piece. The back of the frame shall be
machined to a plane. Guides shall be cast as an integral part of the frame and
pined to the frame and shall be sufficiently long to retain at least one-half of the
vertical height of the disc when fully opened. Guide grooves shall be accurately
machined to provide free movement of the disc tongues and to insure proper
engagement of the wedging devices.
D. Wedges shall be solid cast bronze and keyed to the cast iron pads to maintain
adjustment by preventing undesirable rotation or lateral motion. They shall be
attached to the disc with 316 stainless steel studs, nuts, washers, and adjusting
screws with locking nuts.
E. Seat facings shall be malleable extruded bronze which will resist dezincification.
The extruded seat facings will be a designed to fill and permanently lock in the
machined dovetail grooves.
F. The flush bottom closure creates a smooth invert which does not impede flow. A
heavy resilient neoprene strip flush across the invert width is epoxyed in a
stainless steel retainer. Top surface of the seal shall be flush with the invert of
the gate opening. The seal shall be removable without removal of the gate disc.
G. Ductile iron wall thimbles shall be provided as one-piece construction of
adequate section to withstand all operational and installation stresses. A center
ring or water stop shall be cast around the periphery of the thimble. The front
flange shall be machined and have tapped holes for the gate attaching studs.
H. The operating stem shall be 316 SS with a minimum diameter of 1-1/4 inch
diameter and attached to the disc by a bronze thrust nut. Stem shall be designed
to transmit in compression at least 2-1/2 times the rated output of the operating
mechanism. Stem guides shall be bronze or UHMW bushed ductile 316 SS.
A hand wheel operator shall be provided. An acme threaded manganese bronze
lift nut shall be provided to engage the operating stem. Anti -friction bearings shall
be provided to support both opening and closing thrust. All components shall be
totally enclosed in a cast iron weather proof housing. Hand wheel operator shall
be bench stand mounted or floor stand mounted with or without a fabricated A36
steel wall bracket.
J. A hand wheel operated gear box shall be provided with a gear ratio as needed to
ensure 40 pounds or less rim pull at the hand wheel.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 05 59 - 2
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Inspect mounting surfaces and openings prior to installing gates. Correct
irregularities prior to gate installation.
B. Inspect gate parts, bolts, nuts and fasteners prior to assembly and installation.
Do not install items that have been damaged.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install slide gates in locations shown on the Drawings in accordance with gate
manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Mount gates plumb in both vertical planes and level in horizontal plane.
3.3 TESTING
A. Following installation: inspect, operate, and test gates and gate operators.
1. Replace gates, gate parts or gates and gate parts that do not meet the
requirement of the Specifications.
B. Perform field leakage test after installation of slide gates and weir gates and gate
operators.
1. After adjustments have been made and the mechanisms properly
lubricated, run gate through one (1) complete cycle as a final check on
proper operation before starting leakage test.
2. Measure seating head from surface of water to center of gate.
C. Under the design seating head, leakage shall not exceed 0.1 gpm per foot of
seating perimeter.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Clean grease, oil, concrete or any foreign material from exterior surfaces of gate
discs, from exterior surfaces of gate operators and from exposed surfaces of
gate frames.
END OF SECTION 40 05 59
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 05 59 - 3
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

SECTION 40 05 62 — ECCENTRIC PLUG VALVES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Eccentric plug valves and appurtenances specified in this Section and as shown
on the drawings
1.2 REFERENCES
A. General: As specified in Section 01 42 00 — REFERENCES.
B. ANSI/AWWA Standards
1. ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11 - Rubber -Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron and
Gray -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings
C. ASTM Standards
1. ASTM A126 - Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and
Pipe Fittings
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. References to valve sizes on the Drawings and in the Specifications are intended
to be nominal size and shall be interpreted as nominal size.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. General: As specified in:
1. General Conditions
2. Section 01 33 00 — SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing: Test valves as specified in this Section.
1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. As specified in Section 40 23 00 00 — PLANT PIPING MATERIALS AND
METHODS
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. DeZurik.
B. GA Industries
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 05 62 - 1
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

C. Milliken
D. Val-Matic
2.2 ECCENTRIC PLUG VALVES (GENERAL APPLICATION)
A. All materials, including gaskets, in contact with liquid shall be resistant to pH values
up to 12.5.
B. All valves shall be of the non -lubricated eccentric type with resilient faced plugs
and shall be furnished with flanged joint connections on lines above grade.
C. Port Areas
1. 20" and Smaller Valves: Eighty percent (80%) of full pipe area, minimum.
2. 24" and Larger Valves: One hundred percent (100%) of full pipe area.
D. Minimum Pressure Rating: 175 PSI through 12" and 150 PSI through 72".
1. Valves with greater pressure ratings shall be provided on lines with
operating pressures more than the minimum pressure rating indicated in
this Section. Valves shall be rated to the same pressure as the adjoining
piping material or greater.
E. Shutoff: Drip tight at full valve rating with pressure in either direction.
F. Plugs
1. Type: One-piece
2. Construction
a. Plugs shall be self-supporting
b. Plugs requiring strengthening member, or members, opposite plug
face will not be accepted.
3. Resilient Facing: Neoprene or hypalon as recommended by the
manufacturer for the intended service.
4. Valve Stem: Integral with plug.
5. Valve Stem Bearings
a. Valves shall be sleeve type metal bearings conforming to AWWA
C504-80, Section 3.6 and AWWA C507.73, Section 8.
b. Bearings shall be of sintered, oil impregnated and permanently
lubricated type 316 ASTM A743 Grade CF-8M or AISI Type 317L
stainless steel in '/2" - 24" sizes.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 05 62 - 2
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

C. Non-metallic bearings shall not be acceptable.
d. Location: At each end of plug.
G. Valve Seat Overlay
1. Welded in overlay of ninety percent (90%) nickel content or stainless steel
on surfaces contacting the plug face.
2. Seat area shall be raised, with raised surface completely covered with weld
to ensure that the plug face contacts only nickel.
3. Valves utilizing resilient seats attached to the body shall not be acceptable.
As per AWWA C-504-80 Section 325.3 and AWWA C507-73 Section 7.2,
sprayed or plated seats are not acceptable, nor shall screwed -in seats be
acceptable.
4. Coated non-metallic materials shall not be acceptable.
H. Valve Shaft Seals
1. Type: Multiple ring; V shaped packing.
2. Seal Adjustment and Replacement: Adjustable and replaceable while valve
is in service.
I. Materials
1. All materials, including gaskets, in contact with liquid shall be resistant to
pH values up to 12.5.
2. Valve Body and Plug Material Type: Cast iron.
3. Casting Standard: ASTM A126, Class B.
4. Exposed Parts, such as nuts, bolts, washers and springs: Stainless steel.
5. Valve Stem Bearings: Stainless steel, or corrosive resistant phenolic
backed or fiberglass backed woven Teflon fiber.
6. Valve Shaft Seals: Buna
J. Joints
1. Joint Type for Buried Valves: Integrally cast mechanical joint.
2. Buried Valve Joint Standard: ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11.
3. Joint Type for Exposed Valves: Integrally cast flange.
4. Exposed Valve Dimension Standard: ANSI 1316.1.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 05 62 - 3
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

K. Interior and Exterior Coating
1. Coating: Two-part thermosetting epoxy.
2. Dry Mil Thickness: 10 mils, minimum.
L. Operators and Accessories
1. Type
a. If Operator Type Shown on Drawings: As shown on the Drawings.
b. If Operator Type Not Shown on Drawings
1) 6" and Larger Valves: Gear actuators.
2) 4" and Smaller Valves: Lever operators.
2. All gearing shall be enclosed in a semi -steel housing and be suitable for
running in a lubricant with seals provided on all shafts to prevent entry of
dirt and water into the actuator. The actuator shaft and the quadrant shall
be supported on permanently lubricated bronze bearings. Actuators shall
clearly indicate valve position and an adjustable stop shall be provided to
set closing torque. All exposed nuts, bolts and washers shall be type 316
stainless steel or better.
3. Valves and gear actuators for buried or submerged service shall have seals
on all shafts and gasket on the valve and actuator covers to prevent the
entry of water. Actuator mounting brackets for buried or submerged service
shall be totally enclosed and shall have gasket seals. All exposed nuts,
bolts, springs and washers shall be stainless steel. Valves 6" and smaller
shall be quarter -turn. All vaulted valves shall have flanged joint connections
with 4" hand wheel and non -rising stem.
4. Stops
a. Requirement: Provide adjustable, open position memory stops.
b. Stop Adjustment: External without disassembling actuator.
2.3 ECCENTRIC PLUG VALVES (THROTTLING APPLICATION)
A. Design
1. Plug valves shall be in complete accordance with AWWA C517 (latest
revision) for Resilient Seated Eccentric Plug Valves. Valves shall be
bubble -tight at rated pressure and be capable of operation after long
periods of inactivity.
2. Plug valves shall have a round port for improved flow characteristics and
low head loss with the following minimum flow coefficients (Cv):
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 05 62 - 4
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

Size
Cv
Size
Cv
Size
Cv
Size
Cv
3"
569
8"
3,371
14"
8,220
20"
17,500
4"
982
10"
4,870
16"
11,300
24"
19,500
6"
1,997
12"
7,634
18"
12,400
3. Valves 3" to 12" shall have a minimum 175 PSI pressure rating, 14" to 24"
shall have a minimum 150 PSI pressure rating.
4. Flanged valves shall meet the AWWA C517 Table 1 face-to-face
dimensions. Flanges shall be faced, drilled and of the minimum thickness
per ANSI B16.1 Class 125. Mechanical joint end valves shall conform to
ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11.
5. The nominal size, pressure rating, date of manufacture and manufacturer's
name shall be cast onto the body or be on a permanently attached
nameplate. In addition, the valve's "SEAT END" shall be clearly identified.
B. Construction
Valve body and bonnet (cover) shall be made from ASTM A536 Grade 65-
45-12 ductile iron. The body shall have a minimum 95% pure nickel weld
overlaid seat eccentrically aligned from the centerline of the plug shaft.
2. The plug shall be made from ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 ductile iron with
vulcanized Buna-N rubber coating and integral spherical seating surface.
3. Valves shall have permanently lubricated 316 stainless steel upper and
lower shaft and thrust bearings designed for horizontal or vertical
orientation. Upper and lower thrust bearings shall incorporate grit
excluders.
4. Shaft seal shall be made from Buna-N rubber and shall be adjustable or
replaceable without valve disassembly or removal of the actuator.
5. Cover fasteners and packing gland studs and nuts shall be 316 stainless
steel.
C. Coatings
Valves shall be coated on internal and external ferrous surfaces with NSF-
61 certified 2-part epoxy.
D. Actuators
When specified, valve sizes 3" to 8" shall be supplied with a 2" nut for
quarter -turn wrench operation.
2. Unless otherwise specified, sizes 3" to 24" shall be supplied with a manual
gear actuator directly mounted on a pre -drilled ISO 5211/MSS SP-101 pad
without the need for brackets and couplings.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 05 62 - 5
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

a. Manual gear operated valves for exposed service shall be actuated
by a worm gear actuator with a handwheel and visual position
indicator.
b. Manually operated valves for buried service shall be actuated by a
sealed and grease -packed worm gear actuator with a 2" square nut.
3. When shown on the plans or listed in the valve schedule, the valve shall be
operated by an electric motor actuator as specified in Section 40 05 57 —
VALVE OPERATORS AND ELECTRIC ACTUATORS.
2.4 LIMIT SWITCHES
A. Provide limit switches on valves where limit switches are indicated on the
Instrumentation and Controls Drawings or as specified.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. As specified in Section 40 23 00 — PLANT PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS.
3.2 HYDROSTATIC TEST
A. Test valves with piping in which valves are installed. Each valve shall be given a
hydrostatic and seat test with test results being certified by the specifications.
Certified copies of proof -of -design test reports shall be furnished as outlined in
AWWA C504-80, Section 5.5.
3.3 MANUFACTURERS' REPRESENTATIVE
A. Provide services of valve manufacturer's representative as required to obtain
correct installation of valves and accessories, and to provide training to the Owner.
B. Provide assistance of valve manufacturer's representatives at no additional cost to
the Owner.
END OF SECTION 40 05 62
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 05 62 - 6
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

SECTION 40 23 00 — PLANT PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Plant piping systems shown on the Mechanical Drawings and specified in this
Section.
B. Manufacturers are mentioned in this specification only to establish an acceptable
basis of design or quality standard. Other approved manufacturers of products
listed in this specification will be considered for this project.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. General: As specified in Section 01 42 00.
B. ANSI Standards
1. ANSI 132.1 Pipe Threads (Except Dryseal)
2. ANSI 1316.1 Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 125
C. ANSI/AWWA Standards
1. ANSI/AWWA C105/A21.5 - Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile -Iron
Piping
2. ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10 Ductile -Iron and Gray -Iron Fittings 3-in.
Through 48-in. for Water and Other Liquids
3. ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11 Rubber -Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron and
Gray -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings
4. ANSI/AWWA C115/A21.15 - Flanged Ductile -Iron Pipe With Threaded
Flanges
5. ANSI/AWWA C150/A21.50 - Thickness Design of Ductile -Iron Pipe
6. ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51 - Ductile -Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for
Water and Other Liquids
7. ANSI/AWWA C600 Installation of Ductile -Iron Water Mains and Their
Appurtenances
8. ANSI/AWWA C900 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe 4 In. and
(PVC) Fittings Through 12 In. for Wastewater Piping
9. ANSI/AWWA C905 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Water Transmission Pipe,
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00-1
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

and (PVC) Fittings Nominal Diameters 14 In through 48 In
D. ASTM Standards
1. ASTM A193 Specification for Alloy -Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting
Materials for High -Temperature Service
2. ASTM A194 - Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for
High -Pressure and High -Temperature Service
3. ASTM A746 - Ductile Iron Gravity Sewer Pipe
4. ASTM D792 - Test Methods for Specific Gravity and Density of Plastics
by Displacement
5. ASTM D1598 - Test Method for Time -to -Failure of Plastic Pipe Under
Constant Internal Pressure
6. ASTM D1599 - Test Method for Short -Time Hydraulic Failure Pressure of
Plastic Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings
7. ASTM D1784 - Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC)
Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds
8. ASTM D1785 - Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80,
and 120.
9. ASTM D2241 - Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure -rated pipe
(SDRSERIES).
10. ASTM D2152 - Test Method for Degree of Fusion of Extruded Poly Vinyl
Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Molded Fittings by Acetone Immersion.
11. ASTM D2321 - Underground Installation of Flexible Thermoplastic Sewer
Pipe.
12. ASTM D2412 - External Loading Properties of Plastic Pipe by Parallel -
Plate Loading.
13. ASTM D2444 - Impact Resistance of Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings by
Means of a Tup (Falling Weight)
14. ASTM D2672 - Bell -End Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe.
15. ASTM D2855 Standard Practice for Making Solvent -Cemented Joints with
Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe and Fittings
16. ASTM D3034 - Type PSM Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Sewer Pipe and
Fittings.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 2
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

17. ASTM D3139 - Specification for Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using
Flexible Elastomeric Seals
18. ASTM D3212 - Elastomeric push -on joints for plastic pipe.
19. ASTM D4024 - Specification for Reinforced Thermosetting Resin (RTR)
Flanges
20. ASTM F402 Standard Practice for Safe Handling of Solvent Cements,
Primers, and Cleaners Used for Joining Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings
21. ASTM F477 - Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining
Plastic Pipe
22. ASTM F679 - Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Large -Diameter Plastic Gravity
Sewer Pipe and Fittings
23. ASTM F794 - Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Ribbed Gravity Sewer Pipe and
Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter.
E. AWWA Standards
1. AWWA C205 Cement -Mortar Protective Lining and Coating for Steel
Water Pipe - 4 in. and Larger - Shop Applied
2. AWWA C206 Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe
3. AWWA C207 Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service - Sizes 4 In.
Through 144 - in.
4. AWWA C600 - Installation of Ductile Iron water mains and
appurtenances.
5. AWWA C602 Cement Mortar Lining of Water Pipelines - 4 In. (100 mm)
and Larger - In Place
6. AWWA C900 - PVC Pressure Pipe 4 inch through 12 inch.
7. AWWA C905 - PVC Pressure Pipe 14 inch through 36 inch.
8. AWWA Manual M23 - PVC Pipe - Design and Installation
F. MSS Standards
1. MSS SP-60 Connecting Flange Joint Between Tapping Sleeves and
Tapping Valves
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Piping systems required for a complete and functioning wastewater treatment
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 3
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

facility including the following:
Wastewater Piping Systems
2. Reclaimed Water Piping Systems
3. Sludge Piping Systems
4. Chemical Piping Systems
5. Drain Piping Systems
B. Pipe, fittings, valves, expansion joints, flexible connectors, joint accessories,
piping appurtenances, lining and coating, hangers, supports, anchors, testing,
disinfection, excavation and backfill, to provide a functional installation.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. General: As specified in:
General Conditions
2. Section 01 33 00 — Submittals Procedures
3. Section 01 33 01 — Submittals
B. Submittal package shall include a complete copy of this Specification section.
Contractor shall review submittal and indicate all items within the submittal as
compliant with the specifications by indicating a check mark by each paragraph
of this Specification. For any items which do not meet the requirements of this
Specification, the Contractor shall indicate by marking the corresponding
paragraph with an 'X". For each item which is not in compliance with this
Specification, a written clarification shall be provided by the Contractor detailing
how the submitted equipment differs from the requirements outlined in this
Specification section and detail why it is not possible to meet the requirements of
this Specification. All exceptions shall be listed on a separate document which is
included at the front of the submittal provided for review. Any submittal package
received without a marked up Specification section, description of exceptions or
a Contractor's review stamp shall be rejected and returned by the Engineer
without further review.
C. Shop Drawings
Shop Drawings for Pipe, Fittings, Valves, and Piping Appurtenances,
such as Valve Operators, Valve Boxes, Valve Stands, Valve Accessories,
Couplings, Adapters, Sleeves, Saddles, Modular Casing Seals, Floor
Drains, Strainers, Hose, Nozzles and Piping Tools: Include the following
in each submittal:
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 4
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

a. Specification Section number;
b. Catalog data including the following:
1) Specifications
2) Intended Service
3) Maximum working pressure
4) Illustrations in sufficient detail to serve as a guide for
assembly and disassembly
5) Parts schedule identifying materials to be used for various
piping components and accessories
6) Materials of construction
7) Dimensions
8) Coatings
9) Additional information required to evaluate the proposed
piping appurtenance product's compliance with the
Contract Documents.
2. Shop Drawings for Piping Systems Layout and Installation: Include the
following in each piping system layout and installation submittal:
a. Dimensions and elevations
b. Piece numbers coordinated with the tabulated pipe layout
schedule
C. Pipe supports and anchors including the following:
1)
Location
2)
Support type
3)
Anchor type
4)
Support and anchor dimensions
5)
Hanger rod size
6)
Loads on supports and anchors
7)
Weight of all component parts
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 5
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

8) Design calculations
3. Tabulated piping layout schedule including the following:
a. Piece number
b. Service
C. Pipe, fitting, adapter and valves sizes
d. Valve types, operators and accessories
e. Piping system working pressure
f. Pipe and fitting wall thickness.
D. Certifications
1. Prior to delivery at project site, furnish an Affidavit of Compliance certified
by the piping product manufacturer that the pipe, fittings, valves, joint
accessories and other piping appurtenances furnished under this
Contract comply with all applicable provisions of applicable referenced
standards and these Specifications.
2. Do not deliver pipe product to job site until Affidavit of Compliance has
been submitted and accepted by the Engineer.
E. Valve Labeling: Include the following in the valve labeling submittal:
1. Valve service
2. Valve type
3. Valve location
4. Valve number
5. Proposed wording for valve label.
F. Pressure Recording Charts for Hydrostatic Test: Submit pressure -recording
charts to Engineer not more than three (3) days following pressure test.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Marking
1. Mark pipe, fittings and valves.
2. Markings shall meet the requirements of applicable Standards.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 6
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

B. Factory Tests
1. Test materials used in the manufacture of the pipe, fittings, sleeves,
couplings, valves, valve operators, sleeves, couplings.
2. Tests shall meet the requirements of applicable Specifications and
Standards.
C. Welder Qualifications
1. Piping systems welding shall be by welders qualified under provisions of
AWS D10.9.
2. Welders shall be qualified by an independent local, acceptable testing
agency not more than twelve (12) months prior to commencing work.
3. Perform qualification tests with machines and electrodes similar to those
to be used in the Work.
4. Qualify welders at no additional cost to the Owner.
D. Hydrostatic Tests: Field test installed piping as specified in this Section.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Contractor shall be responsible for the delivery, storage and handling of
products. Load and unload plant piping materials, and appurtenances by hoists
or skidding. Do not drop products. Do not skid or roll products on or against
other products. Pad slings and hooks in a manner that prevents damage to
products.
B. Store pipe, fittings, valves and accessories in a clean and undamaged condition.
Pipe, fittings, valves, and accessories shall be stored in appropriate containers
off the ground.
C. Keep stored products safe from damage or deterioration. Keep the interior of
pipe, fittings, valves and appurtenances free from dirt or foreign matter. Drain
and store valves in a manner that will protect valves from damage. Store
gaskets, plastic pipe and fittings, and other products that will be deteriorated by
sunlight in a cool location out of direct sunlight. Gaskets shall not come in
contact with petroleum products.
D. Store valves and appurtenances in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations.
E. Do not stack ductile iron pipe higher than the limits shown in ANSI/AWWA C600.
Stacking of pipe shall meet the requirements of the pipe manufacturer. Do not
stack fittings, valves, valve boxes or valve stands.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 7
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

F. Promptly remove damaged products from the job site. Replace damaged
products with undamaged products.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Pipe, fittings, valves and appurtenances furnished and installed as part of Work
shall be new and unused.
B. For materials/types of pipe required for plant piping systems, see Piping
Schedule shown on the Contract Drawings.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Buried Piping
1. 14" through 48" Piping: Ductile Iron or PVC C905, as indicated on
Drawings
2. 4" through 12" Piping: Ductile Iron or PVC C900, as indicated on
Drawings
B. Exposed Piping
1. 4" and Larger Piping: Ductile Iron
2.3 MANUFACTURERS
A. Ductile Iron
1. Pipe
a. American Cast Iron Pipe Company
b. McWane Cast Iron Pipe Company
C. United States Pipe & Foundry Company
d. Or equal US manufacture of ductile iron pipe
2. Fittings
a. American Cast Iron Pipe Company
b. Union Foundry Company
C. United States Pipe & Foundry Company; or equal US
manufacturer of cast iron and ductile iron fittings
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 8
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

d. Griffin Pipe Company
3. PVC (C900 and C905) Pipe and Fittings
a. J-M Manufacturing Co., Inc.
b. Specified Fittings, Inc.
C. Or equal US manufacturer of C900, C905, or C900 and C905
PVC pipe and fittings.
d. PVC Wastewater piping to be green in color
2.4 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Ductile Iron Pipe
1. Material Standard for Ductile Iron Pipe: ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51.
2. Ductile Iron Pipe Standard: ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51.
3. Push -on Joint Ductile Iron Pipe and Mechanical Joint Ductile Iron Pipe
a. Thickness Standard: ANSI/AWWA C150/A21.50
b. Minimum Pressure Class:
1)
4" through 12" Pipe
a) Depth of Cover <5': Class 350 psi
b) Depth of Cover 5' to 15': Class 350 psi
c) Depth of Cover >15': Class 350 psi
2)
14" through 20" Pipe:
a) Depth of Cover <5': Class 250 psi
b) Depth of Cover 5' to 10': Class 250 psi
c) Depth of Cover 10' to 15': Class 300
d) Depth of Cover >15': Class 350 psi
3)
24" through 64" Pipe
a) Depth of Cover <5': Class 200 psi
b) Depth of Cover 5' to 10': Class 200 psi
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 9
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041
OCTOBER 2023

c) Depth of Cover 10' to 15': Class 300
d) Depth of Cover >15': Class 350 psi
4) Flange Joint Ductile Iron Pipe
a) Thickness Standard: ANSI/AWWA C115/A21.15,
Table 15.1.
b) Working Pressure Rating: 250 psi.
B. Fittings for Ductile Iron Pipe
1. Material: Ductile iron or cast iron.
2. Material Standard: ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10 or C153/A21.53.
3. Fitting Standard
a. 3" through 48" Fittings: ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10 or
C 153/A21.53.
b. 48" and Larger: Design and performance to meet the
requirements of ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10 or C153/A21.53..
C. Pressure Rating: 150 psi.
C. Ductile Iron Pipe and Fitting Joints
1. Joint Type
a. Joints for Buried Ductile Iron Pipe
1) Restrained Joints: Restrained push -on joints or mechanical
joints with retainer glands.
2) Non -restrained Joints: Push -on joints or mechanical joints.
b. Joints for Buried Ductile Iron Fittings
1) Restrained Joints: Mechanical joints with retainer glands.
2) Non -restrained Joints: Push -on joints or mechanical joints.
C. Joints for Exposed Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings: Flange joints.
1) Unrestrained Push -on Joints and Mechanical Joints for
Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings
2) Joint Standard: ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 10
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

d. Restrained Push -on Joints for Ductile Iron Pipe (not including
fittings)
1) American Cast Iron Pipe Company Fast -Grip gasket (4" -
12"), Flex -Ring, Field Flex -Ring, Lok-Ring, and Lok-Fast;
2) McWane Cast Iron Pipe Company Super Lock;
3) United States Pipe & Foundry Company Field Lok gasket
(4" - 12") and TR-Flex;
4) Or equal restrained push -on joint by US manufacturer.
e. Restraining Mechanical Joints
1) EBAA Iron Sales, Inc., Megalug Series 1100;
2) Or equal retainer gland by US manufacturer.
2. Flanges for Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings
a. Material for Ductile Iron Pipe and Fitting Flanges
1) Pipe Flanges: Ductile iron.
2) Fitting Flanges: Ductile iron or cast iron.
b. Flange Standard for Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings
1) Ductile Iron Pipe Flanges: ANSI/AWWA C115/A21.15
2) Ductile Iron Fitting Flanges: ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10
3) Dimension Standard for Ductile Iron Flanges: ANSI B16.1,
Class 125
4) Face Type for Ductile Iron Flanges: Flat
5) Coating for Machine Faces: Rust -inhibitive primer
D. Lifting Eyes for Ductile Iron Blind Flanges
1. Pipe Size: 12" and larger.
2. Lifting Eyes: Welded or threaded eye bolts.
3. Lifting Eye Material: AISI 316L stainless steel.
E. Linings and Coatings for Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 11
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

1. Linings
a. Protective Lining Material: Protecto 401, Ceramic, Polyethylene
(see Piping Schedule on Contract Drawings for locations requiring
protective lining)
b. Material Standard: ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4 (provide unless
otherwise noted)
C. Lining Thickness: Double thickness
2. Coating
a. Buried Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings
1) Material: Asphaltic coating
2) Coating Standard: ANSI/AWVVA C151/A21.51
b. Exposed Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings
1) Material: Rust inhibitive primer
2) Specification: As specified in Section 09 90 00, Protective
Coatings
2.5 PVC PIPE, FITTINGS AND APPURTENANCES, 4" THROUGH 48"
A. All pressure pipe fittings 4" and greater used on PVC pipe shall be ductile iron
with ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4 lining, restrained utilizing Grip Ring restraint
systems by Romac Industries, or approved equal. Contractor shall field adjust
pipe layout as required for installation utilizing such fittings. All pressure pipe to
pipe fittings shall be Eagle Loc 900 or approved equal.
B. PVC Pipe, 4" through 48"
1. Material and Pipe Standard for PVC Pipe, 14" through 48": ANSI/AWWA
C905
2. Material and Pipe Standard for PVC Pipe, 4" through 12": ANSI/AWWA
C900
3. Pressure Rating for PVC Pipe, 4" through 48": AWWA C-900/C-905
4. Outside Diameter for PVC Pipe, 4" through 48": ductile iron equivalent
C. Fittings for PVC Pipe, 14" through 48" AWWA C-905 or Ductile iron fittings as
specified in this Section for ductile iron pipe with ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4
cement lining.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 12
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

D. Fittings for PVC Pipe, 4" through 12"
1. Fitting Material for PVC Pipe, 4" through 12": ductile iron
2. Cast Iron or Ductile Iron Fittings for PVC Pipe, 4" through 12": As
specified in this Section for ductile iron pipe with ANSI/AVVWA
C104/A21.4 cement lining
3. Material Standard for PVC Fittings: AVVWA C-900
4. Test Standards for PVC Fittings: AVVWA C-900
E. Pipe and Fitting Joints for Buried PVC Piping, 4" through 48"
1. Joint Type
2. Joints for Buried PVC Pipe and Fittings, 14" through 48"
a. Restrained Joints for Buried PVC Pipe and Fittings, 14" through
48"
1) Pipe -to -Pipe Joints: Restrained push -on joint, or push -on
joint with restraining device.
2) Pipe to Fitting Joints: Push -on with restraining device or
mechanical joint with restraining device.
3) Fitting -to -Fitting Joints: Push -on with restraining device or
mechanical joint with restraining device.
4) Pipe to Valve Joints: Push -on with restraining device or
mechanical joint with restraining device.
5) Fitting to Valve Joints: Mechanical joint with restraining
device.
6) PVC Piping to Other Piping Materials: Push -on restraining
device, or mechanical joint with restraining device.
b. Non -restrained Joints for Buried PVC Pipe and Fittings, 14"
through 48"
1) Pipe -to -Pipe Joints: Push -on joint
2) Pipe to Fitting Joints: Mechanical joint or Push -on
3) Fitting -to -Fitting Joints: Mechanical joint or Push -on
4) Pipe to Valve Joints: Mechanical joint or Push -on
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 13
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

5) Fitting to Valve Joints: Mechanical joint
6) PVC Piping to Other Piping Materials: Mechanical joint or
Push -on joint.
C. Joints for Buried PVC Pipe and Fittings, 4" through 12"
1) Restrained Joints for Buried PVC Pipe and Fittings, 4"
through 12"
a) Pipe -to -Pipe Joints: Restrained push -on joint, or
push -on joint with restraining device.
b) Pipe to Fitting Joints: Mechanical joint with
restraining device, or push -on joint with restraining
device.
c) Fitting -to -Fitting Joints: Mechanical joint with
restraining device, or push -on joint with restraining
device.
d) Pipe to Valve Joints: Push -on joint with restraining
device, or mechanical joint with restraining device.
e) Fitting to Valve Joints: Mechanical joint with
restraining device.
f) PVC Piping to Other Piping Materials: Push -on joint
with restraining device mechanical joint with
restraining device.
2) Non -restrained Joints for Buried PVC Pipe and Fittings, 4"
through 12"
a) Pipe -to -Pipe Joints: Push -on joint
b) Pipe to Fitting Joints: Mechanical joint or push -on
joint
c) Fitting -to -Fitting Joints: Mechanical joint or push -on
joint
d) Pipe to Valve Joints: Mechanical joint or Push -on
joint
e) Fitting to Valve Joints: Mechanical joint
f) PVC Piping to Other Piping Materials: Mechanical
joint or Push -on joint
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 14
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

3) Push -on Joint for PVC Pipe, 4" through 48"
a) Push -on Joint Standard for PVC Pipe, 14" through
48": ANSI/AWWA C905.
b) Push -on Joint Standard for PVC Pipe, 4" through
12": ANSI/AWWA C900.
c) Push -on Joint Standard for PVC Fittings, 4" through
12": ANSI/AWWA C-900.
4) Restraining Joints for PVC Pipe, 4" through 12"
a) CertainTeed Corporation, Certa-Lok C-900/RJ or
Yelomine
b) Or equal restrained PVC joint by US manufacturer.
5) Restraining Devices for PVC Pipe, 4" through 48"
a) JCM Industries, Series 600 Restrainer;
b) Or equal restraining device with fusion epoxy coating
by US manufacturer.
6) Restraining Mechanical Joints
a) JCM Industries, Series 600 Restrainer;
b) Or equal restraining device with fusion epoxy
coating by US manufacturer.
2.6 JOINT ACCESSORIES
A. Gaskets
1. Flange Joint Gaskets
2. Gasket Type
a. Gaskets for Ductile Iron and PVC Piping: Full face
3. Gasket Material
a. Joints Outside of Enclosed Buildings: 1/8" neoprene.
b. Joints Inside of Enclosed Buildings: 1/8" neoprene or red rubber.
C. Standard for Ductile Iron and Cast Iron Mechanical Joint, Push -on
Joint and Restrained Joint Gaskets: ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 15
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

d. Provide and install petroleum resistant gaskets for buried ductile
iron piping where required by the contract drawings.
4. Standard for PVC Push -on Joint Fitting Joints, 4" through 12":
ANSI/AWWA C-900.
5. Union and Strainer Gaskets: EPDM, Viton.
B. Bolts, Studs and Nuts
1. Bolts, Studs and Nuts for Flange Joints
a. Bolts for Flange Joints
1) Type: semi -finished regular hexagon head cap screws.
2) Material: AISI 316 stainless steel.
3) Standard: ASTM A193, Grade BBM.
4) Threads: UNC threads.
b. Studs for Flange Joints
1) Material: AISI 316 stainless steel.
2) Standard: ASTM A193, Grade BBM.
3) Threads: UNC threads.
C. Length: Extend through nuts a minimum of 1/4".
d. Nuts for Flange Joints
1) Type: Semi -finished regular hexagon nuts.
2) Material: AISI 316 stainless steel.
3) Standard: ASTM A194, Grade 8M.
4) Threads: UNC threads.
2. Bolts and Nuts for Mechanical Joints
a. Bolts for Mechanical Joints
1) Type: Tee -head.
2) Material: Cast iron.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 16
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

3) Standard: ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11.
b. Nuts for Mechanical Joints
1)
2)
3)
2.7 SLEEVE -TYPE COUPLINGS
A. Manufacturers
Type: Hexagon
Material: Cast iron.
Standard: ANSI/AWWA C111.A21.11
1. Straight Couplings:
a. Rockwell (Smith -Blair), Style 411;
b. Dresser, Style 38;
C. Ford Meter Box Co., Inc., Style FC1 or FC3;
d. Or equal straight sleeve type couplings by US
manufacturer.
2. Reducing Couplings:
a. Rockwell (Smith -Blair), Style 415;
b. Dresser, Style 62;
C. Ford Meter Box Co., Inc., Style FC1 or FC3;
d. Or equal sleeve type reducing couplings by US manufacturer.
3. Transition Couplings:
a. Rockwell (Smith -Blair), Style 413;
b. Dresser, Style 162;
C. Ford Meter Box Co., Inc., Style FC1 or FC3;
d. Or equal sleeve type transition couplings by US manufacturer.
B. Coupling Description: One (1) steel middle ring, two (2) steel follower flanges,
two (2) molded rubber gaskets, and sufficient bolts and nuts to properly
compress the gaskets.
C. Coupling Size: Fit outside diameter of pipe and fittings to be coupled.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 17
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

D. Middle Rings
1. Interior of Rings: Smooth without pipe stop.
2. Minimum Thickness: 1/4"
3. Length
a. Standard Couplings: 5" or 7"
b. Long Sleeve Couplings: 16"
4. Tests: Cold -expansion, a minimum of one percent (1%) beyond the yield
point and air test for porosity.
E. Followers
1. Type: Single -piece contoured mill section welded and cold expanded as
required for the middle rings.
2. Strength: As required to accommodate the number of bolts necessary to
obtain adequate gasket pressures without excessive rolling.
3. Shape: As required to provide positive confinement of the gasket.
F. Gaskets
1. Gaskets for Water Service: Buna-N.
2. Gaskets for Air Service: EPDM
G. Bolts and Nuts
1. Bolts for Sleeve -type Couplings:
a. Type: Track headed.
b. Material: AISI 316 stainless steel.
c. Standard: ASTM A193, Grade 138M
d. Threads: Rolled thread.
2. Nuts for Sleeve -type Couplings:
a. Type: Hexagon head
b. Material: AISI 316 stainless steel
C. Standard: ASTM A194, Grade 8M.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 18
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

d. Threads: To match bolts.
H. Restrained Joint Sleeve -Type Couplings
1. Restraint Type: Harness.
2. Standard: Meet the requirements of the appropriate reference standard,
or as shown.
I. Insulating Sleeve -Type Couplings
1. Requirement: Insulate coupling metal parts from the pipe.
2. Configuration, Both Ends of Coupling: Wedge-shaped gasket that
assembles over a rubber sleeve of an insulating compound.
3. Pipe Preparation for Sleeve -Type Couplings
4. Pipe End Configuration: Plane ends.
5. Pipe End Surfaces: Smooth
6. Length of End Preparation: 12" from the ends of the pipe.
7. Pipe OD Tolerance: Not more than 1/64" smaller than the standard
outside diameter of the pipe.
2.8 REINFORCED FLEXIBLE PIPE COUPLING
A. Manufacturers
1. General Rubber Co.;
2. Mercer Rubber Company;
3. Metraflex;
4. Or equal reinforced flexible pipe couplings by US manufacturer.
B. Rated Working Pressure: 150 psig.
C. Reinforced Flexible Couplings for Water and Wastewater Service
1. Material: Buna-N elastomer with 1/8" hypalon cover.
2. Maximum Temperature Rating: 180 OF.
D. Reinforced Flexible Couplings for Air Service
1. Material: Butyl elastomer with 1/8" hypalon cover.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 19
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

2. Maximum Temperature Rating: 250 OF.
E. Coupling Flanges
1. Type: Integrally molded.
F. Retaining Rings
1. Type: Split and beveled
2. Material: AISI 316 stainless steel.
3. Accessories: AISI 316 stainless steel washers at point where retaining
rings are split.
4. Flange Bolt Holes and Bolt Circle: Conform to mating flange patterns of
connecting piping.
G. Control Units
1. Manufacturer: Same as coupling manufacturer.
2. Requirement: Provide with all flexible pipe couplings.
3. Material: AISI 316 stainless steel.
2.9 FLANGE -MECHANICAL JOINT ADAPTERS
A. Manufacturers and Type
1. Dresser Style 127;
2. Smith -Blair Type 912;
3. Or equal flange -mechanical joint adapters by US manufacturer.
2.10 FLANGE -PLAIN END ADAPTERS
A. Product
1. Uni-Flange
2. Or equal product by US manufacturer.
2.11 TAPPING SLEEVES
A. Type: Split sleeve.
B. Material: Cast iron or ductile iron.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 20
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

C. Branch Connection
1. End Type: Flange.
2. Inside Diameter: Oversized to permit entry and exit of tapping machine
cutters.
3. Flange Recess Standard: MSS SP-60.
4. Flange Dimension Standard: ANSI B16.1.
D. Flange Accessories
1. Gaskets for Flange Joint
a. Type: Flat face
b. Material: 1/8" neoprene or red rubber.
2. Bolts for Flange Joint
a. Type: Semi -finished regular hexagon head cap screws.
b. Material: AISI 316 stainless steel.
C. Standard: ASTM A 193, Grade B8.
d. Threads: NC threads.
3. Nuts for Flange Joint
a. Type: Semi -finished regular hexagon nuts.
b. Material: AISI 316 stainless steel.
C. Standard: ASTM A 194, Grade 3F.
d. Threads: NC threads.
E. Sleeve Dimensions: Sleeve shall not leak when installed on cast iron, ductile
iron, or polyvinyl chloride pipe with outside diameters shown in AWWA
standards.
F. Sleeve to Pipe Joints
1. Type: Mechanical.
2. Joint Standard: ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10
G. Working Pressure: 200 psi.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 21
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

2.12 TAPPING SADDLES
A. Body Material: Ductile iron.
B. Strap Material: Steel alloy.
C. Saddle Gasket:
1. Type: Positively confined 0-ring gasket.
2. Cross Section: Circular.
3. Material: Natural or synthetic rubber with a Durometer Hardness of 65 to
75.
D. Branch Connection
1. End Type
a. Branch End Type for Wet Connections: Flange or threaded.
b. Branch End Type for Dry Connections: Flange, threaded or
mechanical joint.
2. Inside Diameter: Oversized to permit entry and exit of tapping machine
cutters.
3. Branch Joints
4. Flange
a. Flange Recess Standard: MSS SP-60.
b. Flange Dimension Standard: ANSI B16.1.
C. Flange Accessories
1) Gaskets for Flange Joint
a) Type: Flat face
b) Material: 1/8" neoprene or red rubber.
2) Bolts for Flange Joint
a) Type: Semi -finished regular hexagon head cap
screws.
b) Material: AISI 316 stainless steel.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 22
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

c) Standard: ASTM A193, Grade 138.
d) Threads: NC threads.
3) Nuts for Flange Joint
a) Type: Semi -finished regular hexagon nuts.
b) Material: AISI 316 stainless steel.
c) Standard: ASTM A 194, Grade 3F.
d) Threads: NC threads.
5. Mechanical Joints
a. Joint Standard: ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11
E. Sleeve Dimensions: Sleeve shall not leak when installed on cast iron, ductile
iron or polyvinyl chloride pipe with outside diameters shown in AWWA standards.
F. Working Pressure: 250 psi.
2.13 WALL PIPE
A. Material: Cast iron or ductile iron.
B. Type: Cast or fabricated.
C. Joints: As shown on the Drawings.
D. Water Stop
1. Water Stops for Cast Wall Pipe: Cast integral with wall pipe.
2. Water Stops for Fabricated Wall Pipe: Ductile iron, welded to wall pipe.
E. Linings:
1. Lining shall match that of the connecting pipe.
2.14 WALL SLEEVES
A. Mechanical Joint Wall Sleeves
1. Material: Cast iron or ductile iron.
2. Type: Cast or fabricated.
3. Joint Standard: ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 23
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

4. Water Stop
a. Water Stops for Cast Wall Sleeves: Cast integral with wall sleeve.
b. Water Stops for Fabricated Wall Sleeves: Ductile iron. Welded to
wall sleeve.
B. Wall Sleeves for Modular Casing Seals
1. Material: AISI 304 stainless steel, or fiberglass.
2. Type: Plain end with water stop.
2.15 MODULAR CASING SEALS
A. Manufacturer
1. Thunderline Corporation Link -Seal;
2. Or equal modular casing seals by US manufacturer.
B. Type: Modular mechanical.
C. Seal Description: Continuous belt of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to
fill annular space between pipe and wall sleeve, or cored opening, and bolted
together with pressure plate under each bolt and nut.
D. Link Assembly
1. Assemble seal with bolts loose.
2. Position seal between pipe and wall sleeve, or between pipe and cored
opening.
3. Tighten bolts. When bolts are tightened rubber sealing elements shall
expand and provide watertight seal between pipe and wall sleeve, or
cored opening.
E. Seal Element Material: Ethylene -propylene diene terpolymer (EPDM) rubber.
F. Pressure Plate Material: Glass reinforced nylon plastic.
G. Bolts and Nuts: AISI 304 stainless steel.
2.16 PIPE INSULATION
A. Provide insulation on hot liquid (120 OF and greater) pipe, fittings and valves,
flues, and engine exhaust piping as shown on Drawings.
B. No unprotected hot piping shall be within reach of persons standing on floors or
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 24
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

walkways.
C. Above ground piping 6 inches or less shall be heat traced and insulated to
prevent freezing.
2.17 PIPING TOOLS
A. Special Tools: As required to operate and maintain valves.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Install pipe, fittings, valves and piping appurtenances in accordance with the
Contract Drawings and as specified in Division 33.
B. Install piping to lines, grades, and/or elevations shown on the Drawings. Install
piping with continuous grade between elevations shown on Drawings. Provide
additional grade changes as required to avoid interferences and as required to
provide separation distances specified in this Section. Make changes in
directions or elevations with fittings, by deflecting pipe joints, or with fittings and
deflecting pipe joints. Do not exceed deflections per manufacturer
recommendations.
C. Clean pipe, fittings, valves and piping appurtenances before installation. Keep
pipe, fittings, valves and piping appurtenances clean during installation.
D. Before setting wall sleeves, pipes, castings and pipes to be cast in place, check
the Drawings and equipment manufacturer's drawings, which may have a direct
bearing on pipe locations. Properly locate pipe, fittings, valves and
appurtenances during construction.
E. Attach piping to pumps and other equipment in accordance with respective
manufacturers' recommendations. Use flexible connectors where required to
prevent excess load, and/or vibrations on pumps and other equipment.
F. Provide and locate unions for piping assembled with threaded, solvent -cement,
welded or solder joints, so that piping can be disassembled and disconnected
from pumps and equipment without cutting pipe.
G. Support pipe, fittings, valves and piping appurtenances in accordance with
requirements of pipe and in -line equipment manufacturer and as shown on
drawings.
H. Do not damage pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and piping appurtenances,
including linings, coatings and encasement, during installation. Remove and
replace damaged pipe, fitting, valves, hydrants or piping appurtenances.
Remove damaged products from job site. Remove and replace damaged
products at no additional cost to Owner.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 25
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

3.2 INSPECTION
A. Quality of materials, process of manufacture and finished products shall be
subject to inspection and approval by Engineer. Such inspection may be made
at place of manufacture or at project site after delivery, or at both places.
Products shall be subject to rejection at any time on account of failure to meet
any of the specified requirements even though sample products have been
accepted as satisfactory at place of manufacture.
B. Inspect pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and piping appurtenances prior to
installation. Reject and promptly remove pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and
piping appurtenances that do not meet the Specifications. Remove rejected
products from the job site.
3.3 CUTTING PIPE
A. Do not cut pipe by burning.
B. Cut pipe with a saw, cutter or abrasion. Use the proper tool and/or machine for
each pipe material.
C. Examine cut ends for damage caused by cutting.
D. Finish cut ends of pipe.
1. Plain End Pipe: Bevel cut ends of pipe.
2. Threaded Pipe: Square pipe ends and remove burrs.
3. Butt Welded Pipe: Bevel cut ends of pipe.
4. Solvent Socket Weld Pipe: square and smooth pipe ends.
3.4 INSTALLATION OF BURIED PIPE
A. Laying Piping
1. Provide proper implements, tools and facilities for safe and expeditious
prosecution of Work.
2. Clean pipe, fittings and valves of debris, dirt and other foreign material
before installation. Keep pipe, fittings and valves clean until accepted in
completed Work.
3. Lay and maintain pipe to lines shown on the Drawings, except as
specified in this Section. Lay and maintain pipe to grade shown on
Drawings or to minimum depth specified in this Section. Install fittings
and valves in locations shown on the Drawings.
4. Where piping is to be constructed parallel to and close to existing buried
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 26
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

utilities, the exact location of which is unknown, adjust alignment of piping
to minimize interference with existing buried utilities, unless otherwise
shown or specified.
5. Install potable water piping at least 10 feet horizontally and 18 inches
above any sanitary sewer, storm sewer or sewage force main. Measure
distance from edge of pipe to edge of pipe. Install potable water piping
crossing sanitary sewers, storm sewers, or sewage force mains to
provide minimum vertical distance of 18 inches between outside of
potable water piping and outside of sewer or force main. Lay potable
water piping at crossings of sewers and force mains so a full length of
pipe is centered on sewer or force main whenever possible. No potable
water piping shall pass through or come in contact with any part of a
sanitary sewer manhole or any part of a drain structure.
6. Lay pressure piping to a depth so that not less than 2'-6" of cover is
provided, unless otherwise shown. Cover shall be vertical distance from
top of the pipe to finish grade elevation.
7. Do not lay pipe in water or when trench or weather conditions are
unsuitable for proper installation.
8. Lower pipe, fittings and valves into trench by hand, by means of hoists or
ropes, or by other suitable tools or equipment that will not damage
products, coatings or linings. Do not drop or dump pipe, fittings or valves
into the trench.
9. Use laser beam equipment, surveying instruments or other proven
techniques to maintain accurate alignment and grade.
10. Deflection of pressure pipe from a straight line or grade shall not exceed
limits as specified by pipe manufacturer. If alignment requires joint
deflections in excess of allowable deflection per joint, furnish and install
fittings or a sufficient number of shorter lengths of pipe.
11. Provide piping, 3" and larger, with two (2) short lengths of pipe, not to
exceed 4 feet, for first two (2) joints outside a building or tank wall unless
a greater number of joints is shown on the Drawings.
12. Provide thrust restraint at horizontal and vertical deflection fittings and at
tees, plugs, tapping sleeves and tapping saddles as specified in this
Section and as indicated on the drawings.
13. Properly protect open excavations at all times. At the end of each day's
work, protect the open ends of all pipes against entrance of animals,
children, earth or debris by bulkheads or stoppers. Perforate bulkheads
or stoppers to allow passage of water into installed pipeline so that
flotation of pipeline is prevented. Remove any earth or other material that
gets into piping.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 27
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

B. Pipe Bedding and Haunching
1. General
2. Lay each pipe section in a firm foundation of bedding material.
3. Haunch and backfill pipe so that:
a. Piping is properly supported
b. Line and grade of piping is not changed
C. Piping is not damaged
d. Coating and encasement is not damaged.
4. Use material from excavation for bedding when excavated material meets
gradation requirements specified in Section 02220 for pipe bedding
material.
5. Prior to pipe installation, bring bedding material to grade along entire
length of pipe to be installed. Provide support for pipe by the following
procedures:
a. Provide uniformly compacted bedding. Excavate bedding material
or place the bedding material above pipe bottom so that bedding
grade is correct following compaction of bedding. Use hand or
mechanical tamping to compact bedding material to a minimum of
ninety-five percent (95%) of bedding material's Modified Proctor
Maximum Dry Density.
b. Control moisture content of bedding so that specified compaction
is achieved. Dewater trenches as required to maintain dry trench
or trenches, and control moisture content of pipe bedding. Add
water to bedding if moisture in bedding is deficient. If additional
water is required to achieve specified compaction, control addition
of water so that specified compaction is achieved.
C. Check grade of bedding after compaction.
6. Provide bedding as detailed on Drawings or as specified.
7. Bell Holes: Excavate bell holes in advance of pipe laying so that entire
barrel will bear uniformly on bedding.
8. Ductile Iron Pipe: Laying of ductile iron pipe shall meet the requirements
of ANSI/AWWA C600, unless otherwise specified in this Section
9. Concrete Pipe
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 28
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

a. Backfill between bedding material and a plane 12 inches over top
of pipe shall be finely divided earth, or granular backfill, free of
debris and stone.
b. Hand place backfill.
10. Stainless Steel Pipe
a. Backfill between bedding material and a plane 12 inches over top
of pipe shall be finely divided earth, or granular backfill, free of
debris and stone.
b. Hand place backfill.
11. PVC and FRP Pipe
a. Place bedding, haunching and initial backfill material around pipe so
that pipe is not deflected beyond specified limits or scratched.
b. Hand place backfill material. If fine sand, silt or clayey gravels are
used for initial backfill over pipe, hand place initial backfill in 6" to 8"
layers.
c. Hand compact backfill material to 12 inches above top of pipe. If
initial backfill is placed in layers, hand compact each layer.
d. Do not compact directly over plastic pipe.
12. Yielding Subsoil
a. In yielding subsoil, undercut trench bottom to the depth necessary
to achieve stable bedding.
b. Backfill trench bottom with foundation material as specified in
Section 02300 and as follows:
1) Screened gravel for pipe smaller than 24".
2) Crushed stone for pipe 24" and larger.
C. Stabilize yielding subsoil at no additional cost to Owner.
C. Jointing
1. Clean ends of pipe before laying pipe and make each joint in a
satisfactory manner in accordance with the recommendations of the
manufacturer of each particular type of joint and as specified in this
Section. Experienced workmen shall do joint work.
2. Joints shall be as specified in this Section.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 29
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

3. Push and/or pull each length of pipe into bell of previously installed pipe
until a proper and complete seal has been achieved in accordance with
the Manufacturer's recommendations.
4. Push pipe by means of block and push bar.
5. Do not use backhoe bucket, or other mechanically, electrically or
hydraulically powered excavating equipment, to join pipe or move pipe to
grade.
6. Do not push pipe if pushing will damage pipe being installed or pipe
previously installed.
7. Do not push pipe if joint gaskets are "rolled", cut, or otherwise damaged
by pushing.
8. Where pushing will damage pipe or joint, use mechanical means
consisting of cable placed inside pipe with winch, jack or come -along to
pull pipe "home".
9. Hold each length of pipe in place until trench and bedding are prepared
for next pipe section.
D. Setting Valves and Valve Boxes
1. Clean interiors of valves of foreign matter before installation. Tighten
stuffing boxes. Inspect valves in opened and closed positions to ensure
parts are in working condition.
2. Set buried valves and valve boxes plumb. Center valve boxes on valves,
or valve operators. Tamp backfill around each valve box to a distance of
4 feet on all sides of box, or to undisturbed trench face if less than 4 feet.
3.5 INSTALLATION OF EXPOSED PIPING
A. Alignment
1. Install pipe to accurate lines and grades with fittings, valves and
appurtenances at locations shown on Drawings and specified.
2. Wherever possible, install piping parallel to walls and floors.
B. Installation
1. Clean debris, dirt and other deleterious substances out of piping before
installing piping. Keep piping clean until accepted at completion of work.
Do not place debris, tools, clothing, lumber or other materials in pipe
during installation.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 30
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

2. Inspect pipe, fittings, valves and appurtenances for defects prior to
installation.
3. Use proper implements, tools and facilities. Do not damage piping. Do
not damage linings and coating.
4. Install piping so no undue strain is placed upon piping joints, equipment
or structures.
C. Supports
1. Provide supports necessary to hold pipe and appurtenances at lines and
grades shown on Drawings
2. Support piping so that there is no undue strain on piping joints, equipment
or structures.
3. Provide hangers and supports as shown or as required to adequately
support piping systems.
D. Wall Pipe and Sleeves
1. Set each wall pipe and each sleeve cast in concrete to line and elevation
shown on Drawings, ± 0.01 foot.
2. Align sleeves so that piping passes through sleeves without contacting
sleeves.
3. Align wall pipe and sleeves so that joints between pipes and wall pipes
and between pipes and sleeves are watertight.
3.6 SETTING APPURTENANCES
A. Install fittings, valves, hydrants, couplings, adapters, sleeves, saddles and other
piping appurtenances, in piping as indicated on the Drawings.
3.7 CONNECTING TO EXISTING PIPE
A. General
1. Locate existing pipe horizontally and vertically and verify exact size of
existing pipe.
2. Locate existing pipe sufficiently in advance of making connections to
allow ample time for making changes in connection location and size.
B. Wet Connections
1. Make each wet connection with a tapping valve and tapping sleeve.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 31
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

2. Install tapping sleeves and valves in accordance with manufacturer's
written instructions.
3. Hydrostatically test each tapping valve and tapping sleeve assembly prior
to tapping existing pipe.
4. Open and close tapping valves.
5. Inspect tapping valves in opened and closed positions. Make certain
valves are in working condition.
6. Inspect each tapping valve immediately before connecting tapping
machine and verify that tapping valve is open.
7. Install watertight plug on tapping valve outlet and backfill excavation if
existing pipe is not tapped within forty-eight (48) hours after installing
tapping valve and tapping sleeve or tapping saddle assembly.
8. Install watertight plug on valve outlet and backfill excavation if new piping
is not connected to tapping valve within forty-eight (48) hours after
making tap in existing pipe.
C. Dry Connections
1. Make each dry connection with fittings and valves indicated on Drawings.
2. Provide sleeves required to complete connections.
3. Required pipe, fittings, valves, tools and equipment shall be at connection
site prior to starting connection.
4. Make connections at night and on weekends when existing piping can
only be removed from service during minimum flow periods.
5. Owner will operate existing valves.
6. Install sufficient pipe, restrained joints, so that existing pipe can be put in
service immediately after connection is completed.
7. Inspect joints and eliminate leaks immediately after connection is
completed and existing pipe is put in service.
8. Install watertight plugs on open ends of pipe and valves and backfill
excavation if new piping is not connected to dry connection within forty-
eight (48) hours after completing dry connection.
3.8 JOINTS
A. Push -on Joints
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 32
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

1. Cleaning Joint Surfaces
2. General: Clean joining surfaces of pipe, fittings and valves.
3. Cleaning Spigots
a. Spigot Ends of Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings: Remove lumps, blisters
and excess bituminous coating from spigot end of each pipe and
fitting, and wire brush outside of each ductile iron pipe spigot
b. Spigot Ends of Plastic Pipe: Remove dirt, debris and other
deleterious substances from spigot end of pipe, and wipe spigot end
of pipe dry.
c. Spigot Ends of Prestressed Concrete Cylinder Pipe: Remove dirt,
debris and other deleterious substances from spigot end of pipe, and
wipe spigot end of pipe dry.
4. Cleaning Bells
a. Bell End of Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings
1) Wire brush inside of each ductile iron pipe and fitting bell.
2) Wipe bell clean of dirt, oil, grease and other foreign matter.
3) Wipe each bell dry.
4) Wipe each gasket clean of dirt, dust and other foreign
matter.
b. Bell End of Plastic Pipe
1) Wash and wipe bell clean of dirt, oil, grease and other
foreign matter.
2) Wipe each bell dry.
3) Wipe each gasket clean of dirt, dust and other foreign
matter.
c. Bell End of Prestressed Concrete Cylinder Pipe
1) Wash and wipe bell clean of dirt, oil, grease and other
foreign matter.
2) Wipe each bell dry.
3) Wipe each gasket clean of dirt, dust and other foreign
matter.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 33
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

5. Making Joints
a. Seat gasket in bell of receiving pipe or fitting.
b. Lubricate spigot end of pipe being installed, using lubricant
furnished by pipe manufacturer.
C. Center end of pipe, fitting or valve.
d. Support pipe, fitting or valve being installed so that pipe, fitting or
valve being installed is jointed along the centerline of receiving
pipe, fitting or valve.
e. Push and or pull pipe or fitting "home" as specified in this Section.
6. Checking Joints
a. After jointing, check gasket and verify that gasket has not pushed
out of gasket seat and that gasket is uniformly compressed
around pipe spigot.
b. If gasket is not fully seated and/or uniformly compressed replace
joint.
1) Pull piping apart.
2) Remove gasket.
3) Replace gasket.
4) Make joint with new gasket.
C. When pulling piping apart, secure previously installed piping so
that previously installed piping is not damaged and previously
completed joints are not disturbed.
7. Deflection
a. Deflect pipe, fittings or valves after jointing, if deflection is
required. Deflection shall not exceed one half of the maximum
amount allowed by the pipe manufacturer.
3.9 Mechanical Joints
A. Cleaning Joint Surfaces
B. Clean joining surfaces of pipe, fittings and valves.
C. Cleaning Spigots
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 34
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

1. Plain Ends of Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings: Remove lumps, blisters and
excess bituminous coating from spigot end of each pipe and fitting, and
wire brush outside of each ductile iron pipe spigot
2. Plain Ends of Plastic Pipe: Remove dirt, debris and other deleterious
substances from spigot end of pipe, and wipe spigot end of pipe dry.
D. Cleaning Bells
1. Bell End of Mechanical Joints
a. Wire brush inside of each ductile iron pipe and fitting bell.
b. Wipe bell and ring gland clean of all dirt, oil, grease and other
foreign matter.
C. Wipe each bell and ring gland dry.
d. Wipe each gasket clean of all dirt, dust and other foreign matter.
E. Making Joints
1. Brush each spigot and gasket with soapy water.
2. Slip ring gland, followed by gasket, over spigot.
3. Center end of pipe, fitting or valve.
4. Support pipe, fitting or valve being installed so pipe, fitting or valve being
installed is jointed along the centerline of the receiving pipe, fitting or
valve.
5. Push and/or pull pipe, fittings, or valves shall be installed as specified in
this Section.
6. Push gasket into position.
7. Move gland into position against face of gasket.
8. Loosely assemble joint bolts and nuts.
9. Evenly tighten nuts using a torque wrench.
10. Torque shall be within the recommended range as specified.
11. Deflection
a. Deflect pipe, fittings or valves after jointing, if deflection is
required. Deflection shall not exceed one half of the maximum
amount allowed by the pipe manufacturer.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 35
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

F. Threaded Joints
1. Thread pipe after cutting, bending, forging, heat -treating or welding
operations.
2. Threads shall be concentric with the outside of pipe and shall conform to
ANSI 132.1.
3. If threaded joints are not to be seal welded, make joints leak -tight by use
of Teflon tape. Do not apply Teflon tape to the first two (2) threads on the
pipe.
4. When threading chemically cleaned pipe, use trichloroethane (menthyl
chloroform), inhibited, as the cutting fluid.
5. Do not over -tighten threaded joints. Do not damage pipe exterior with
pipe wrench or other tools.
G. Flanged Joints
1. Cleaning Joint Surfaces
a. Remove anti -rust coating from machined surfaces.
b. Clean joint surfaces of the pipe, fittings and valves being joined.
c. Wipe surfaces clean of dirt, oil, grease and other foreign matter.
d. Wipe surfaces dry.
e. Wipe each gasket clean of dirt, dust and other foreign matter.
2. Making Joints
a. Align flange of pipe, fitting or valve being installed with flange of
receiving pipe, fitting or valve.
b. Support pipe, fittings and valves being joined so that flanges are
properly aligned.
C. Lubricate bolts and nuts with a graphite and oil mixture prior to
installation of bolts and nuts.
d. Check gasket and verify gasket is in proper position.
e. Evenly tighten bolts and nuts.
f. Tighten bolts and nuts so that joint will not leak.
g. Do not over -torque bolts and nuts.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 36
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

H. Welded Joints for Stainless Steel Pipe
Welding procedures for stainless steel pipe shall meet requirements of
ANSI/AWS D10.4.
2. Factory assemble stainless steel pipe in sections as large as practicable
and field assemble sections using flange or coupled joints. Field welding
will be permitted for stainless steel pipe where the Contractor can
demonstrate that pipe can be welded to meet requirements of referenced
standards. Welding in field shall be performed only when requested on
shop drawings and accepted by Owner and Engineer in writing as
specified in this Section.
3. Prepare pipe edges by machine shaping or cutting. Bevel ends of pipe
and fittings with wall thickness of 3/16-inch and larger. Bevel ends of
stainless steel pipe to meet requirements of ANSI/AWS D10.12.
Separate abutting pipe ends before welding, and completely fuse inside
walls of pipe without overlapping. Welding shall be continuous around
the joint and shall be completed without interruption. Welds shall be
single vee butt type, of sound weld metal thoroughly fused into the ends
of pipe and into bottom of vee. Welds shall be free from cold spots,
pinholes, oxide inclusions, burrs, snags, rough projections or other
defects.
4. Protect and finish stainless steel pipe as follows:
a. Factory Welded Joint Stainless Steel Pipe, Fittings and Pipe
Assemblies
1) Wire brush outside welded areas. Remove weld splatter.
Wire brushes shall be stainless steel and shall only be
used on stainless steel.
2) Following wire brushing, completely immerse stainless steel
assemblies and parts in pickling solution of an ambient
nitric -hydrofluoric acid solution made from Oakite
Deoxidizer SS, or equal, and monitored to generally
maintain a twenty-five percent (25%) or higher solution by
volume of water. Duration of immersion shall be fifteen to
twenty (15 — 20) minutes. Immersion in pickling solution
shall remove iron particles and other foreign substances
from stainless steel assemblies and parts.
3) Following removal from pickling solution, neutralize
stainless steel assemblies and parts by immersion in a
rinse water tank. Immersion in rinse water tank shall be
followed by a spray rinse if necessary to completely clean
pickling solution from stainless steel assemblies and parts.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 37
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

4) Following rinse, stainless steel assemblies and parts shall
be allowed to air dry.
b. Field Welded Joint Stainless Steel Pipe, Fittings and Pipe
Assemblies
1) Wire brush outside weld area. Remove weld splatter.
Brushes shall be stainless steel and used only on stainless
steel.
2) Remove surface oxidation by brushing or grinding and
brushing.
I. Solvent Cemented Joints
1. Joint Standard: ASTM D2855.
2. Standard for Handling Solvent Cement: ASTM F402.
3.10 THRUST RESTRAINT FOR BURIED PIPING
A. Restraint for Pipe and Fittings
1. Provide restrained joints at changes in direction of pipelines.
2. Restrain pipe joints in all directions from change of direction. Restrain
joints within distance of change of direction shown on drawings.
3. Where piping enters structures within distances specified in tables in
Section 4 provide restrained joint wall pipe at structure. Terminate
restraint at restrained joint wall pipe.
B. Restraint for Valves, Couplings, Adapters and Other Piping Appurtenances
1. General
a. Restrain valves, couplings, adapters and other piping
appurtenances located near changes in direction and within
distances specified in the Tables included within this Specification.
b. Restrain valves so that unbalanced force developed during
opening and closing of valves is supported independently of the
piping system.
C. Sleeve Type Couplings and Flange Adapters
1) Restrain sleeve type couplings with harness of tie rods that
span across coupling between restrained pipe or fitting
joints.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 38
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

C. Pipe Anchors
1. Pipe anchors may be used in lieu of restrained joints where Contractor
can demonstrate that pipe anchors will provide restraint equivalent to
restraint specified in the Tables included within this Specification.
2. Space pipe anchors so that pipe is divided into equal, plus or minus ten
percent (±10%), sections. Locate anchors at valves, changes in direction
of piping, and major branch connections.
3. Anchors shall be of type recommended by pipe manufacturer and
accepted by the Engineer.
3.11 THRUST RESTRAINT FOR EXPOSED SLEEVES AND COUPLINGS
A. General
1. Restrain sleeves and couplings in exposed piping if anchors or structures
do not secure piping.
2. Restraint of sleeves and couplings in exposed piping is not required if
piping is secured by anchors and/or structures.
B. Restraint for Sleeve Type Couplings and Flange Adapters
1. Restrain sleeve type couplings with harness of tie rods that span across
coupling, as shown on Drawings.
2. Where distance between adjacent flanges is in excess of 10 feet or where
harness cannot be used due to obstructions or other conditions, provide
pipe supports adjacent to coupling. Provide supports adjacent to
couplings that prevent linear or angular movement that results in pipe
separating from the coupling or misalignment in coupling joints.
3. Tie rods and nuts shall be AISI Type 316 stainless steel.
C. Restraint for Flexible Pipe Couplings
1. Provide control units for flexible pipe couplings.
2. Install tie rods and control in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
3.12 MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE
A. Provide assistance of manufacturers' representatives as follows:
1. Check piping installation to verify installation procedures comply with
manufacturer's recommendations.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 39
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

2. Advise Contractor on proper installation of piping, joints, supports and
special connections.
B. Provide services of manufacturers' representative at no additional cost to Owner.
3.13 HYDROSTATIC TEST
A. General
1. Test completed piping sections.
2. Test Procedures Standard: ANSI/AWWA C600.
B. Preparation for Test
1. Closed -end Piping Systems
a. Expel air from piping prior to application of test pressure.
b. Tap piping at high points in piping section to be tested, if
necessary to release air from piping.
2. Open-end Piping Systems
a. Test Plugs and Test Caps for Open Pipe Ends
1) Install test plugs in ends of piping section to be tested or
test caps on ends of piping section to be tested.
2) Provide tap in each test plug and test cap.
3) Provide taps of adequate size to fill and pressurize piping
section to be tested.
4) Test plugs and or test caps shall be capable of holding one
and one-half (1.5) times the test pressure applied to the
piping section to be tested.
5) Installation of Test Plugs and Test Caps
6) Install test plugs so that test plugs do not blow out of line
being tested.
7) Install test caps so that test caps do not blow off of line
being tested.
3. Taps
a. If lower end of piping section to be tested is closed, provide tap at
lower end of piping.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 40
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

b. Provide taps of adequate size to fill and pressurize piping section
to be tested.
C. Tap piping at high points in piping section to be tested, if
necessary to release air from piping.
4. Filling Line to be Tested
a. Place water into line at lower end of line.
b. Provide orifice at top of pipe in plug or cap at upper end of line.
C. Provide orifice of adequate size to remove air from line.
d. Expel air from line.
C. Test Pressure: As specified in individual piping system Sections, or at 150 psi if
not otherwise specified.
D. Test Period: Not less than two (2) consecutive hours.
E. Pressure Recording
1. Record test pressure.
2. Use recording pressure gauge.
3. Submit recording charts to Engineer.
4. Test Requirement
5. Test will be considered successful when pressure drop over test period is
5 psi or less.
6. If pressure drop exceeds 5 psi, repair leaks and repeat test.
7. Repair leaks and repeat test until pressure drop over test period is 5 psi
or less.
F. Test Clean-up
1. Remove testing equipment, piping, water storage vessels and
appurtenances.
2. Remove test plugs and test caps after test is successfully completed.
3. Plug taps watertight after test is successfully completed.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 41
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

3.14 FLUSHING AND CLEANING INTERIOR OF PIPING
A. General
1. Flush and/or clean interior of piping.
2. Coordinate flushing time and duration with Owner. Coordinate flushing
duration and time for each piping section prior to flushing.
B. Water Piping Systems, Wastewater Piping Systems, Grit Piping Systems, Drain
Piping Systems, and Low Pressure Air Piping Systems, 20" and Smaller
1. General: Flush interior of water piping systems, wastewater piping
systems, grit piping systems, drain piping systems and low pressure air
piping systems, 20" and smaller.
2. Minimum Flushing Velocity for 20" and smaller piping: 4 feet per second.
3. Flow Rate for Flushing: Flow rates required for flushing piping are
presented in table titled "Flow Rate for Flushing Pipe" at end of this
Section. (Table is to be used only as a guide and is not guaranteed.)
C. Water Piping Systems, Wastewater Piping Systems, and Low Pressure Air
Piping Systems, 24" and Larger
1. General: Clean interior of water piping systems, wastewater piping
systems and low-pressure air piping systems, 24" and larger, by flushing
or hand cleaning.
2. Minimum Flushing Velocity
a. Minimum Flushing Velocity for 24" through 36" piping: 3 feet per
second.
b. Minimum Flushing Velocity for 42" and larger piping: 2.5 feet per
second.
3. Flow Rate for Flushing: Flow rates required for flushing piping are
presented in table titled Flow Rate for Flushing Pipe at end of this
Section. (Table is to be used only as a guide and is not guaranteed.)
D. Chemical Piping Systems
1. General: Clean interior of chemical piping systems by purging with air or
gas.
2. Use air or gas as specified in individual piping system Sections.
3. Purge piping until dew point specified in individual piping system Sections
is reached and held for thirty (30) minutes.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 42
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

THRUST RESTRAINT FOR BURIED PIPE
TABLE 1
MINIMUM RESTRAINED DISTANCE
FROM
900 ELBOWS, TEES, CROSSES, VALVES, CAPS AND PLUGS
Test Pressure or Maximum Working Pressure
Pipe
25
50
75
100
125
Size
< 25
to 50
to 75
to 100
to 125
to 150
4"
7'
14'
21'
28'
34'
41'
6"
10,
20'
29'
39'
48'
58'
8"
13'
25'
37'
50'
62'
74'
10"
15'
29'
44'
58'
73'
87'
12"
17'
34'
50'
67'
84'
100,
14"
21'
41'
62'
82'
103'
123'
16"
24'
48'
72'
96'
119,
143'
18"
27'
54'
81'
108'
135'
162'
20"
31'
62'
92'
123'
154'
184'
24"
35'
69'
104'
138'
173'
207'
30"
43'
86'
128'
171'
213'
256'
36"
51'
102'
153'
204'
255'
306'
42"
60'
119,
178'
237'
296'
355'
48"
68'
135'
202'
270'
337'
404'
54"
77'
153'
230'
306'
383'
459'
60"
82'
164'
245'
327'
408'
490'
64"
87'
170'
261'
348'
435'
522'
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 43
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

THRUST RESTRAINT FOR BURIED PIPE
TABLE 2
MINIMUM RESTRAINED DISTANCE
FROM
450 ELBOWS
Test Pressure or Maximum Working Pressure
Pipe
25
50
75
100
125
Size
< 25
to 50
to 75
to 100
to 125
to 150
4"
4'
6'
9'
12'
15'
17'
6"
4'
8'
12'
16'
20'
24'
8"
6'
11'
16'
21'
26'
31'
10"
6'
12'
18'
24'
30'
36'
12"
7'
14'
21'
28'
35'
41'
14"
9'
17'
26'
34'
43'
51'
16"
10'
20'
30'
40'
50'
59'
18"
12'
23'
34'
45'
56'
67'
20"
13'
26'
38'
51'
64'
76'
24"
15'
29'
43'
58'
72'
86'
30"
18'
36'
53'
71'
84'
106'
36"
21'
42'
63'
84'
105'
126'
42"
25'
49'
74'
98'
123'
147'
48"
28'
56'
84'
112'
140'
168'
54"
32'
64'
95'
127'
159'
190'
60"
34'
68'
102'
136'
170'
203'
64"
37'
73'
109'
145'
181'
217'
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 44
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

THRUST RESTRAINT FOR BURIED PIPE
TABLE 3
MINIMUM RESTRAINED DISTANCE
FROM
22'/2° ELBOWS
Test Pressure or Maximum Working Pressure
Pipe
25
50
75
100
125
Size
< 25
to 50
to 75
to 100
to 125
to 150
4"
4'
4'
5'
6'
8'
9'
6"
4'
4'
6'
8'
10'
12'
8"
4'
5'
8'
10'
13'
15'
10"
4'
6'
9'
12'
15'
17'
12"
4'
7'
10'
14'
17'
20'
14"
4'
8'
12'
16'
20'
24'
16"
5'
10'
15'
20'
25'
29'
18"
6'
11'
16'
22'
27'
32'
20"
7'
13'
19'
25'
31'
37'
24"
8'
14'
21'
28'
35'
41'
30"
9'
17'
26'
34'
43'
51'
36"
11'
21'
31'
41'
51'
61'
42"
12'
24'
36'
48'
60'
71'
48"
14'
27'
41'
54'
68'
81'
54"
16'
31'
46'
62'
77'
92'
60"
17'
33'
49'
66'
82'
98'
64"
18'
35'
52'
70'
87'
104'
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 45
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

THRUST RESTRAINT FOR BURIED PIPE
TABLE 4
MINIMUM RESTRAINED DISTANCE
FROM
11'/40 ELBOWS
Test Pressure or Maximum Working Pressure
Pipe
25
50
75
100
125
Size
< 25
to 50
to 75
to 100
to 125
to 150
4"
4'
4'
4'
4'
4'
4'
6"
4'
4'
4'
4'
5'
6'
8"
4'
4'
4'
6'
7'
8'
1011
4'
4'
5'
6'
8'
9'
12"
4'
4'
5'
7'
9'
10'
14"
4'
4'
6'
8'
10'
12'
16"
4'
5'
7'
10'
12'
14'
18"
4'
6'
8'
11'
14'
16'
20"
4'
6'
9'
12'
16'
18'
24"
4'
7'
11'
14'
18'
21'
30"
5'
9'
13'
17'
21'
25'
36"
5'
10'
15'
20'
25'
30'
42"
6'
12'
18'
24'
30'
35'
48"
7'
14'
20'
27'
34'
40'
54"
8'
15'
23'
30'
38'
45'
60"
8'
16'
24'
32'
40'
48'
64"
9'
17'
26'
34'
43'
51'
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 40 23 00- 46
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

FLOW RATE FOR FLUSHING PIPE
TABLE 5
Pipe Size
1/4 1
Y2"
3/4n
1"
1 1/4 1
1 Y2"
2"
2 %2"
3"
4"
6"
8"
10"
12"
14"
16"
18"
20"
24"
30"
36"
42"
48"
54"
60"
64"
66"
72"
Flushing Velocity
4 ft./sec. 3 ft./sec. 2.5 ft./sec.
0.9
gpm
2.9
gpm
5.4
gpm
9.0
gpm
16
gpm
22
gpm
37
gpm
53
gpm
83
gpm
180
gpm
400
gpm
720
gpm
1,100
gpm
1,600
gpm
2,200
gpm
2,800
gpm
3,500
gpm
4,300
gpm
4,600 gpm
7,200 gpm
10,400 gpm
NOTE: Table is to be used only as a guide and is not guaranteed.
END OF SECTION 40 23 00
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041
12,000 gpm
16,000 gpm
20,000 gpm
23,000 gpm
26,000 gpm
27,000 gpm
32,000 gpm
40 23 00- 47
OCTOBER 2023

SECTION 46 33 42 — LIQUID CHEMICAL METERING PUMP
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Work includes furnishing and installing a chemical metering system consisting of
two chemical metering pumps, chemical piping, valves, and other appurtenances
to make complete and fully operational the chemical feed system.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Complete submittal drawings and information shall be submitted in accordance
with Section 01 33 00 — SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES.
B. Shop Drawings
C. Manufaturer's installation instructions
D. Manufaturer's Certificate: Certify that the equipment furnished meets or exceed
the specified requirements.
E. Manufaturer's warranty.
1.3 TOOLS AND SPARE PARTS
A. The manufacturer shall provide a recommendation and supply all parts and
accessories expected to be required for normal operation for the first year of
operation.
B. All tools and spare parts shall be furnished in containers clearly marked with
indelible markings as to their contents. This inventory shall be provided in a
manner that is well ordered and complete.
1.4 PRODUCT STORAGE AND PROTECTION
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for protection and storage in accordance with
the Manufacturer's recommendations of all items shipped to the site from the time
of delivery until installation is completed and the units and equipment are ready for
operation.
1.5 WARRANTY
A. The chemical feed pumps furnished under this Section shall be warranted by the
Manufacturer to be free of defects in material and workmanship, including
damages that may be incurred during shipping for a period of 24 months from date
of substantial completion.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 46 33 42- 1
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1. Design Requirements
a. System shall consist of two on -duty sodium hypochlorite diaphragm
pumps and one on -shelf backup pump sized for chemical feed rates
required for chemical disinfectant dosing operations.
b. Pump Rate: 0.3-3.14 gph
2.2 SUPPLIED SYSTEMS
A. Chemical Feed Pump
1. Supplied Chemical Feed Pump shall be model PULSAtron Series A Plus
as manufactured by Pulsafeeder.
a. All pump tubing, elastomers, seals, diaphragms and other parts in
contact with Sodium Hypochlorite shall be rated for Excellent
chemical compatibility
b. Pump shall have a maximum pressure rating of 100 psig
C. Pump shall be equipped with a 0.2 HP motor with service rating of
115v/1 ph/60hz
d. A micrometer stroke length adjustment shall allow for in -motion
capacity control of 0-100%
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. The contractor shall install all equipment per manufacturer recommendations and
meet the requirements of other piping, electrical, controls, and other specifications
for the project.
3.2 TESTING
A. Manufacturer's representative shall verify functionality of the Chemical Feed Pump
along with verifying operation of the system in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations and requirements, including recommended turn down
operation.
3.3 STARTUP AND TRAINING
A. The Chemical Feed Pump manufacturer shall provide the following on -site training
and startup time. Training and startup services shall be scheduled with the
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 46 33 42- 2
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

Engineer and operators to ensure that all required to be present for each event
can make suitable arrangements and participate.
Startup of equipment: one 8-hour day on site for startup and testing
B. Manufacturer's representative shall verify installation during site visit and provide
a written statement along with a report certifying that the equipment has been
installed to the Manufacturer's requirements and to the Manufacturer's
satisfaction.
C. Manufacturer's representative shall be on site at the time of initial startup for the
pump to observe operating conditions.
END OF SECTION 46 33 42
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION
463342-3
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041
OCTOBER 2023

SECTION 46 61 46 — AUTOMATIC BACKWASH DISCFILTER EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The Contractor shall supply all equipment, materials and labor to provide a fully
operational Discfilter system as indicated on the Contract Drawings and as
described within the Contract Documents. Each Discfilter shall consist of a central
drum onto which the discs with the filter media panels are assembled. The rotating
filter drum is supported on the front and rear ends by sleeve bearings. Each filter
unit shall include center drum, discs with filter media panels, support frame with
cover, backwash spray assembly with pump, backwash trough, drive mechanism,
automatic control system and components as specified.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualification Requirements: The equipment outlined within this Section is the
product of Veolia Water Technologies, Inc. (dba Kruger) (Cary, NC) as part of the
tertiary treatment process. No alternate manufacturer shall be accepted for
equipment packaged under this Section. Equipment as outline within this Section
has been pre -negotiated by the Owner with pricing for equipment scope outlined
within the Contract Documents.
B. Design Criteria: The Discfilter System shall be capable of meeting the following
performance requirements:
Performance Criteria, System
Value
Peak Flowrate, MGD pm
0.88 608
Design Flowrate, MGD m
0.35 243
Filter Design Data
Filter Pore Size, tam
10
Filter Cloth Material
Polyester
Number of Units
2 1 duty + 1 standby)
Number of Filter Discs per unit
4
Filter Disc Diameter, m
2.2
Effective Filter Surface Area per unit, ft2
157
Filter Drive Unit
Drive Motor 1 per unit
1.5 HP, 460v, 3 phase
Drive Assembly
Drive Chain and Sprocket
Backwash Cleaning System
Number of Backwash Nozzles per Disc
10
Backwash Pump 1 per unit
5 HP, 460v, 3 phase
Backwash Pressure, psi
110
Design Backwash Flowrate, gpm
27
C. The automatic backwash filter system shall be suitable for filtering domestic
wastewater after secondary treatment and clarification. Each filter shall be
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 46 61 46 - 1
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

designed to operate on a continuous basis and shall be designed to operate while
receiving varying flows.
D. The proposed disc filtration system shall not exceed a hydraulic loading rate of
3.99 gpm/sf at peak flow.
E. Filtration system shall utilize an "inside -out" flow pattern in which influent flows by
gravity into the filter discs from the center drum. Solids are separated from the
water by partially submerged filter media.
F. In order to minimize electrical and operation costs, filtration systems that employ a
"dynamic tangential filtration" design shall not be accepted.
G. The Disc filtration technology shall be accepted filtration technology for compliance
with the State of California Water Recycling Criteria (Title 22).
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Complete submittal drawings and information shall be submitted in accordance
with Section 01 33 00 — SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES.
B. Submittal package shall include a complete copy of this Specification section.
Contractor shall review submittal and indicate all items within the submittal as
compliant with the specifications by indicating a check mark by each paragraph of
this Specification. For any items which do not meet the requirements of this
Specification, the Contractor shall indicate by marking the corresponding
paragraph with an "X". For each item which is not in compliance with this
Specification, a written clarification shall be provided by the Contractor detailing
how the submitted equipment differs from the requirements outlined in this
Specification section and detail why it is not possible to meet the requirements of
this Specification. All exceptions shall be listed on a separate document which is
included at the front of the submittal provided for review. Any submittal package
received without a marked up Specification section, description of exceptions or a
Contractor's review stamp shall be rejected and returned by the Engineer without
further review.
C. Submittal shall contain the following at a minimum:
Equipment drawings showing all important details of construction and
dimensions
2. Descriptive literature, bulletins, and/or catalogs of the equipment
3. Data on the characteristics, features, and performance of the equipment
4. Motor drive data
5. Operations and Maintenance (O&M) Manual
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 46 61 46 - 2
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

1.4 LAYOUT COORDINATION AND REVIEW
A. The Contractor shall review design and layout drawings to ensure that installation
arrangements are suitable for the specified equipment. Any potential conflicts or
recommended modifications shall be coordinated with the Engineer and noted on
the shop drawings or by a pre -submittal request for information, if appropriate.
1.5 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
A. The Manufacturer shall furnish operation and maintenance manuals consistent
with the requirements of Section 01 78 23 — OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
DATA. The manuals shall be prepared specifically for this installation and shall
include all required catalog cuts, drawings, equipment lists, descriptions and other
information that is required to instruct operation and maintenance personnel
unfamiliar with such equipment.
1.6 PRODUCT STORAGE AND PROTECTION
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for protection and storage in accordance with
the Manufacturer's recommendations of all items shipped to the site from the time
of delivery until installation is completed and the units and equipment are ready for
operation.
1.7 WARRANTY
A. The Contractor shall warrant the system installation, equipment, and all materials
to be free of construction and installation defect for a period of one year. The
warranty period shall include the 12 — month period beginning upon the date of
issuance of Substantial Completion by the Owner. Substantial completion is
defined as operational and functional use of all facilities by the Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURER
A. The physical layout of the system shown on the Contract Drawings and the
equipment specified herein are based upon the Hydrotech DiscFilter system as
manufactured by Kruger.
2.2 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. All fabricated metal shall be minimum grade AISI 304 stainless steel, unless
otherwise stated in this specification. Filter panels shall be polyester filter cloth
mounted on plastic frames with integrated rubber seals. Filter disc segments shall
be injection molded ABS plastic.
B. The disc filtration units shall be fully preassembled and factory inspected prior to
shipping the filtration units. Drive motor and backwash pump are to be installed at
the factory and provided integral to filtration unit.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 46 61 46 - 3
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

C. Flange connections to be provided with AISI 304 stainless steel stub ends and
loose galvanized flange collar rings.
D. Approximate operating weights are as follows:
HSF2204-1C Discfilter Units (each): (Shipping Weight) 5,511 Ibs
(Full of Water) 22,708 Ibs
2.3 CENTER DRUM
A. The center drum shall be a water tight, one piece, structural welded, AISI 304
stainless steel fabrication, open at one end to allow the influent to enter, and have
openings to the filter discs for water distribution to the filter media. The center
drum shall have lubricated bearings, which must be externally accessible via
grease tubing and fittings for routine lubrication.
2.4 DISC ASSEMBLY
A. The filter shall be composed of modular and removable discs. Each disc shall
consist of disc segments that can be easily mounted or dismounted as required.
The segments of one disc will be bolted to each other, and the completed disc
assembly will be secured to the center drum with stainless steel band straps and
hardware.
B. Filter panels (filter media) shall be mounted on the sides of the disc segments. The
filter panels shall consist of plastic frames with PET monofilament filter fabric
attached to the frames. Systems with pleated media, corrugated media, pile cloth
media, or stainless steel media shall not be acceptable. Stainless steel media
shall also not be accepted due to its susceptibility to corrosion and short life span
caused by mechanical fatigue failure. Each panel shall be equipped with a rubber
gasket integral to the media frame to provide a watertight seal between the filter
panels and disc segments. The panels will be held in place by a top cover.
C. Nominal media pore size shall not exceed 10 microns. Filtration systems utilizing
media greater than 10 microns shall not be accepted.
D. The replacement of filter media must be possible from outside the filter tank by
unfastening two bolts, removing the retaining cap and sliding panels from filter
frame.
E. Filter discs must be constructed of modular segments and each disc segment must
include a substantially open area along the length of the radial support to allow the
liquid to flow from one section to the other as the discs are rotated.
2.5 SUPPORT FRAME WITH ENCLOSED TANK AND COVER
A. The support frame and tank shall be one piece, structural welded, 304 stainless
steel. Onto the support frame shall be welded 304 stainless steel base plates for
back -wash pump, drive gear box, and center shaft bearing house. Tank thickness
shall be a minimum of 1/8" thickness. Carbon steel construction shall not be
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 46 61 46 - 4
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

acceptable in order to minimize maintenance efforts associated with corrosion and
painting.
B. The filter shall be furnished with a GRP (Glass fiber Reinforced Plastic) lockable
cover as a means to prevent algal growth and to eliminate the presence of filter
flies. One side of the cover shall have a single access lid that can be opened to
allow operator access to all of the discs and backwash nozzles. The lid must
include an assembly that provides the following: mechanical advantage to assist
personnel in lifting the lid, full support of the lid when in the open position, and
mechanical resistance/support when lowering the lid. This feature is important for
ease of access and improved operator safety. Designs that incorporate removable
lids, sliding lids, or propped lids (without mechanical lifting
2.6 BACKWASH CLEANING SYSTEM
A. The Discfilter shall be equipped with a single oscillating back -washing system with
non -motorized moving spray headers for efficient cleaning of the filter cloth and for
reduction of the consumption of backwash water. All panels shall receive 110 psi
pressure backwash spray. Systems with separate solids removal and backwash
discharge systems shall not be acceptable.
B. The backwash system shall be comprised of 304 stainless steel backwash spray
headers installed between the discs. The spray headers shall oscillate in an
upward and downward motion during drum rotation. The spray header oscillation
shall be operated by a cam system that is connected to the drum drive. Systems
with stationary spray headers or with separate drive motors to oscillate the spray
headers shall not be acceptable. Each header shall have flat pattern spray nozzles
for each disc side. The spray nozzles shall consist of ceramic nozzle tips, mounting
cap for quick removal, nozzle body and seals. The nozzle system shall be Spraying
Systems Co., Quick VeeJet, or approved equal. The replacement of spray nozzles
must be possible from outside the filter tank. A swivel joint shall allow the spray
header manifold to rotate out for nozzle access without disassembly of the
manifold or headers.
C. Each filter shall have one externally mounted low-pressure Grundfos Model
centrifugal pump for the backwash system and shall be installed at the factory.
The backwash pump shall be of the vertical multi -stage design with the motor
mounted directly to the top of the pump. The motor shall be supplied by Grundfos
integral with the pump. The motor shall be standard efficiency rated for 5 HP,
460V, 3 phase, 60 HZ operation and shall be NEMA C face design, Totally
Enclosed Fan Cooled (TEFC) with a minimum service factor of 1.15. Filtered water
shall be pumped via a 304 stainless steel suction pipe and discharged from the
pump to the backwash header piping constructed of 304 stainless steel. A ball
valve and pressure gauge shall be installed in the backwash header piping
downstream of the pump in order to regulate to the desired nozzle pressure.
D. The Discfilter shall be equipped with a backwash -collecting trough for removing
solids. The trough shall be constructed of stainless steel. The trough length shall
be sufficient to capture reject water from all filter discs. The trough shall be elevated
to prevent contact with the influent stream. The reject water shall leave the trough
by gravity via the backwash outlet connection. Piping from the trough to the outlet
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 46 61 46 - 5
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

connection shall be 304 stainless steel connected with stainless steel shielded,
flexible elastomeric PVC couplings. The backwash outlet connection shall be a 6
inch ANSI loose flange. Systems with separate solids removal and backwash
discharge systems shall not be acceptable.
2.7 CHEMICAL SPRAY HEADER
A. Each Discfilter shall be equipped with a header pipe for the purpose of allowing
supplemental chemical cleaning of the discs. The header pipe shall have nozzles
that direct a spray pattern to allow for application of chemical onto all filter panels.
Each nozzle shall be polypropylene and shall be attached to the header pipe with
a nozzle holder. The header pipe shall be attached to the inside of the filter. A
camlock fitting shall allow for connection to the end of the header pipe.
2.8 DRIVE MECHANISM
A. The drive assembly shall consist of a single gearmotor, polyamide drive sprockets,
and investment cast stainless steel drive chain. Assemblies utilizing belt drives
shall not be acceptable due to risk of stretching and failure when driving loads of
this magnitude.
B. The drive assembly shall also provide oscillation of the backwash spray headers
without the need for a separate drive motor in order to provide for efficient cleaning
of the filter media with minimal water usage and minimal energy usage. Systems
with stationary spray headers and/or separate drive motors shall not be acceptable
for use.
C. The gear motor shall be SEW Eurodrive shaft mounted helical worm gear with
integral standard AC induction motor. The drive motor shall be provided integral to
the Discfilter unit and shall be installed at the factory. The motor shall be standard
efficiency TEFC rated for 1.5 HP, 460V, 3 phase, 60HZ operation.
D. The drive sprockets are driven by a chain. The drive chain must not operate in
submerged or wetted environment. Any design that allows the chain to come into
contact with the inlet water or the filtrate shall not be accepted for use.
2.9 FLOW BYPASS
A. A bypass chamber shall be supplied integral to the filter unit to allow for diversion
of unexpected high inlet water level without contamination of the filtered effluent.
The bypass chamber shall be at the inlet side of the filter unit and shall be
constructed to prevent overflow from entering the filtered water collection tank
which acts as the source for backwash water
2.10 CONTROL PANEL AND OPERATION
A. The Discfilter operation shall be managed by an automated control system. The
automatic control will be designed around an Allen Bradley Micro850
Programmable Logic Controller.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 46 61 46 - 6
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

B. The control system is an integral part of the Discfilter system and shall be provided
in a UL labeled, NEMA 4X 304 Stainless Steel enclosure. Each Discfilter unit shall
include a control system which shall consist of a programmable controller, fused
main disconnect, control transformer, branch circuit breakers, IEC motor
starter/protector, hand -off -automatic switches, and liquid level sensor relay for
initiating backwash. The power feed to the control panel shall be 480VAC, 60Hz,
3 phase. Control voltage shall be 120VAC, 60 Hz, 1 phase.
C. The control panel enclosure shall meet the following criteria: 304 Stainless Steel,
seams continuously welded and ground smooth, seamless foam -in -place gasket
for watertight dust -tight seal, door opens 180°, quarter turn latches opened or
closed using a screw -driver, and NEMA Type 4X. The enclosure shall be Saginaw
SCE-36EL3010SSLP or approved equal.
D. The main disconnect shall be enclosed in the control panel, with a handle
mechanism extending through the door. The main disconnect shall be a fused 3-
Pole disconnect. The main disconnect shall be composed of three primary
components; fused disconnect, extension shaft, NEMA 4X operating handle.
Components shall be Square D GS21DU3 fused disconnect, GS2AH420
disconnect handle and GS2AEH12 disconnect shaft or approved equal.
E. Each filter shall be equipped with an adjustable water level sensor located in the
influent chamber for the purpose of backwash initiation. The backwash level
sensor shall be a height adjustable PVC encapsulated 316 SS Rod and shall
include a PVC encapsulated copper conductor with control wire connected at top
of probe. The installing Contractor is to provide wiring and conduit to connect the
level sensor to a liquid level relay located in the Discfilter Control Panel. The liquid
level relay is activated when the level sensor comes in contact with water in the
influent chamber. The liquid level relay for backwash shall be SSAC LLC44A5A
with relay base or approved equal.
F. Each filter unit will be supplied with a high level sensor. The device used for the
high level sensor will be the same part(s) and number used for the backwash level
sensor. The high level sensor will be mounted in such a way as to ensure that the
device indicates when the water reaches a height above the backwash level
sensor and has entered a high level scenario. When the high level sensor is
activated, it will activate a relay inside the control cabinet and a pilot light on the
front of the control panel will illuminate. The pilot light will be labeled "Discfilter High
Level". The high level relay will have a spare set of normally open dry contacts
available for monitoring. The liquid level relay shall be SSAC LLC44A5A with relay
base or approved equal.
G. Each filter unit will be supplied with a BW pump dry run protection pressure switch.
The BW pump dry run protection sensor shall be a Nautilus XMLA fixed differential
single threshold pressure switch. The sensor will be mounted in the piping
downstream of the Veolia Water Technologies, Inc. (dba Kruger) 4001 Weston
Parkway • Cary, NC 27513 USA Tel: [phone] • Fax: [phone]
www.veoliawatertech.com 27 backwash pump. When the sensor is activated by
low pressure it will activate a relay inside the control cabinet to prevent running the
pump.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 46 61 46 - 7
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

H. Field wiring terminal blocks for the Discfilter Control Panel will be din rail
mountable, individually numbered, rated for 600 Volts 30 Amps. The field wiring
terminal blocks shall be Phoenix UTTB4 3044814 or approved equal.
Motor wiring terminal blocks for the Discfilter Control Panel will be din rail
mountable, individually numbered, rated for 600 Volts 65 Amps. The field wiring
terminal blocks shall be Phoenix UT10 3044160 or approved equal.
J. A motor starter located in the Discfilter Control Panel will manage the start/stop of
the Backwash Pump motor. The motor starter will be sized appropriately to match
the requirements of the Backwash Pump motor. The motor starter will be an IEC
starter rated between 0.1 and 15 Amps @ 460VAC 3 phase, with rotary handle
operator, visible trip indication, protection by overload, short circuit, undervoltage
and shunt. The motor starter will be equipped with auxiliary contacts for monitoring
and control. The IEC motor starter shall be Square D TeSys U or approved equal.
K. A VFD located in the Discfilter Control Panel will manage the start/stop of the Filter
Drum motor. The VFD will be sized appropriately to match the requirements of the
Filter Drum motor. The VFD will be equipped with an integral keypad display for
VFD interface and configuration, use sensorless flux vector technology, use with
3-phase asynchronous motors, monitoring and control inputs and outputs, motor
and drive protection. The VFD will not require input/output filters or harmonic
testing. The VFD will be hardwired for control and monitoring and will not require
any communication protocols such as Ethernet, DeviceNet, and Modbus. The VFD
shall be Square D Altivar 320 or approved equal.
L. The control panel shall have external selector switches (Hand -Off -Automatic). The
selector switches will be NEMA 4X, 30mm, non -illuminated, manual return and
equipped with contact blocks. The selector switches shall be Square D 9001
SKS43BH2 or approved equal. The control panel selector switches will allow the
drum drive and backwash motor to be operated in Hand mode.
M. The completed control panel shall be UL labeled per UL508A. The completed
control panel will be factory tested and configured.
N. The Programmable Controller will perform logic, timing, counting and real time
clock operations. The Programmable Controller will be programmed using
software to allow configuration of a downloadable program featuring input
instructions, output instructions, timer instructions, counter instructions and
counter instructions. The Programmable Controller will be equipped with an
embedded 10/100 Base —T EtherNet/IP Port as well as USB programming port.
The Programmable Controller will be equipped with a minimum fourteen 14 Digital
Inputs (120VAC) and ten (10) Relay Outputs, additional 1/0 can be added via 1/0
expansion modules. The Controller shall be an Allen Bradley Micro850 2080-
LC50-24AWB or approved equal.
O. The control system will be supplied with one Operator Interface. The Operator
Interface will be capable of communicating with the Programmable Controller. The
Operator Interface will be capable of displaying text and graphics, allow operator
setpoint entry, and provide system status display. The Operator Interface will be a
color touchscreen display, minimum ten (10) inch diagonal, 10/100 Base-T
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 46 61 46 - 8
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

Ethernet Port and mount to the panel front. The Operator Interface will be Allen
Bradley 2711 R-T10T or approved equal.
P. The control system will allow for continuous back washing when the motor
switches are placed in HAND mode.
Q. The Contractor is responsible for providing interconnecting wiring and/or conduit
between the supplied control panel and Discfilter equipment. The Contractor shall
provide any junction or pull boxes or any other like device needed to supply the
interconnecting wiring.
2.11 ANCHOR BOLTS
A. Manufacturer shall provide sizing requirements for all equipment anchor bolts for
provided equipment. Contractor to supply anchor bolts consistent with
manufacturer's requirements.
B. All anchor bolts and hardware shall be 316 stainless steel construction.
C. Manufacturer shall provide calculations to justify the size of anchor bolts for
installed equipment. Calculations shall be signed and sealed by a Professional
Engineer licensed in the State of North Carolina.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Prior to assembly, all stainless steel bolts and nut threads shall be coated with a
non — seizing compound.
B. The mounting points shall be level and parallel and of proper size.
C. Align all equipment and motors in accordance with the manufacturer's written
instructions. Lubricate equipment and motors in accordance with the
manufacturer's written instructions.
D. Provide all oil and grease of initial equipment startup.
E. The equipment shall be handled and installed in strict accordance with the
manufacturer's instruction and recommendations and in the locations shown on
the Drawings.
F. The Contractor shall touch — up all shipping damage to the paint and stainless
steel as soon as the equipment arrives on the job site.
G. All surfaces (including shop primed) shall be cleaned and painted as specified in
Section 09 90 00 — PAINTING of these Specifications and as indicated by
manufacturer.
H. Each Discfilter and all accessories shall be supplied complete with supports
suitable for mounting as shown on the Contract Drawings.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 46 61 46 - 9
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

Prior to acceptance of the work of this Section, thoroughly clean all installed
materials, equipment and related areas as required in Section 01 77 00 —
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES.
J. All equipment, components, piping and appurtenances shall be installed true to
alignment and rigidly supported. Piping and appurtenances shall not be supported
off of any equipment.
K. Contractor to provide oil and grease in sufficient quantities to service the first year
of operation of all equipment. Oil and grease shall be provided in clearly marked
containers for storage.
3.2 FIELD TESTS, ADJUSTMENT AND STARTUP
A. In addition to specific startup and testing requirements specified herein, equipment
shall be started up and tested in accordance with the requirements outlined in
Section 01 10 00 — SUMMARY.
B. After the Contractor has installed the Discfilter filtration system and the units are
capable of being operated, the equipment manufacturer shall furnish a qualified
representative for trips comprising a minimum of four working days and two
mandatory trips to inspect the equipment and to supervise field testing and start —
up for the Contractor. Does not include travel time.
C. After completion of the installation, the equipment shall be inspected and certified
by an authorized representative of the manufacturer as being in compliance with
the manufacturer's recommendations and requirements. At such time as the
manufacturer has deemed the installation to be acceptable, the manufacturer's
authorized service representative shall make any required adjustments and shall
start the equipment to assure proper operation.
D. After the equipment has been placed into operation, the manufacturer's
representative shall make all final adjustments for proper operation and issue a
complete written report to the Engineer specifying all deficiencies noted and
corrective measures required.
E. Sufficient checks shall be conducted to demonstrate that all system components
are fully operational, that control and instrumentation components have been
calibrated and properly adjusted and that the entire filter system is ready for
continuous safe operation. The purpose of the checkout shall be to ensure that
each individual system component has been correctly installed, shall operate fully
in the manner intended, and is ready to perform its function as part of an integrated
system when placed in continuous operation.
F. Start-up shall include furnishing the required oil and grease for initial operation.
The grades of oil and grease shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
G. Should the system fail the manufacturer's requirements or performance
requirements, the manufacturer shall at its own expense make all necessary
modifications to the equipment until such tests can be passed.
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 46 61 46 - 10
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

H. Prior to Start -Up of the Discfilter equipment, the Contractor shall provide a
Performance Testing plan which has been prepared by the Manufacturerfor review
to document satisfactory performance of the installed system. The plan shall
include a complete sampling plan for system influent and effluent flows
documenting system loading conditions and disinfection performance.
All sampling and testing shall be performed by the Contractor utilizing a state
certified lab for running of tests. Test results shall be prepared and submitted to
the Engineer for review as part of the equipment startup report.
J. System performance shall be performed for each Discfilter independently and
consist of the following criteria:
Provide constant influent flow rate to demonstrate continuous operation of
the Discfilter system for a period of minimum 5 days of stable operation
through each Discfilter independently.
2. Provided treated, clarified secondary effluent to the Discfilter system.
K. Influent Testing Parameter: TSS at a minimum
L. Effluent Testing Parameters: TSS at a minimum
M. In the event, stable filtration results are not achieved for a minimum of 5 days of
operation, the Contractor shall coordinate efforts to make necessary
improvements to achieve stable filtration operation and restart testing until stable
operation for a minimum 5 day period is achieved for each filter. As part of this
process any additional sampling required at the recommendation of the equipment
manufacturer shall be performed by the Contractor at no additional expense to the
Owner.
3.3 OPERATOR TRAINING
A. The equipment supplier shall provide operator training for Owner's personnel after
system is operational. Training will take place while manufacturer's representative
is at the job site for inspection and shall include one additional trip of at least two
8 — hour days or whatever time is necessary to make the operator's staff thoroughly
familiar with the system operation.
END OF SECTION 46 61 46
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION 46 61 46 - 11
AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
01554-0041 OCTOBER 2023

MCKIM&CREED
ENGINEERS SURVEYORS PLANNERS
KINNAKEET SHORES
KINNAKEET SHORES WWTP TERTIARY FILTRATION AND
DISINFECTION MODIFICATIONS
DESIGN CALCULATION
Date: October 9, 2023
C A
fvS 51
r�IIA11
JIw���
Prepared for:
Carolina Water Service of NC
Prepared by:
McKim & Creed, Inc.
MCKW&CREED
ENGINEERS SURVEYORS PLANNERS
8020 Tower Point Drive,
Charlotte, NC 28277
NC# F-1222
MJ Chen NC PE No. 039025
McKim & Creed Project No.: 01554-0041

WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATION I KINNAKEET SHORES
DESIGN CALCULATION
SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION
The Outer Banks/Kinnakeet Associates, LLC owns Kinnakeet Shores Wastewater Treatment Plant
(WWTP) located in Avon, NC. Due to multiple Notices of Violation (NOVs), Carolina Water Service, Inc.
of NC (CWS) was appointed by North Carolina Utilities Commission (NCUC) as the emergency operator
for the WWTP in 2022. After some immediate repairs and replacements, CWS is seeking to upgrade
the WWTP to be back in compliance by making some process improvements.
The WWTP is permitted by the North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality under the permit
number WQ0002284 to treat 350,000 gallons per day wastewater to produce reclaimed water quality
effluent. The existing reclaimed generation system consists of the following components:
• Manually cleaned influent bar screen
• One 140,000-gallon aerated flow equalization basin
• Two 23,985-gallon anoxic tanks
• Two 175,000 -gallon coarse bubble aeration basins
• Two 31,050-gallon clarifiers
• One 61,650-gallon aerated sludge holding basin
• One 348 square foot traveling bridge filter
• An Ultraviolet UV disinfection system
• A 3.057 million gallons (MG) lined 5-day upset pond,
• A 5.1 MG storage/infiltration pond.
• 16.88 acres of irrigation area.
This project will install a new tertiary filtration system with two DiscFilters, convert the existing
filtration basin to operate as disinfection chambers; demolish existing UV system; and convert the UV
channel as an effluent box.
v�MWIM&CREED OCTOBER 2023 1 1
ENGINEERS SURVEYORS PLANNERS

WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATION I KINNAKEET SHORES
DESIGN CALCULATION
SECTION 2 PROCESS CALCULATIONS
This section includes the following design calculations:
• Design Flow Rate and Peaking Factors
• Secondary Effluent Concentrations
• Tertiary Filter
• Disinfection
Z. I DESIGN FLOW RATE AND PEAKING FACTORS
The WWTP is required to report operational data on Discharge Monthly Reports (DMRs). Table 2.1
shows the available monthly average daily flow (ADF), maximum month flow (MMF), and maximum
day flow (MDF) along with the MMF and MDF peaking factors by year during the evaluation period.
Table 2.1: Flows from January 2020 to February 2023
Year
ADF
(GPD)
MMF
(GPD)
Peaking
Factor
MDF
(GPD)
Peaking
Factor
2021 (January -November)
86,122
155,677
1.81
187,000
2.17
2022 (March -May, September -December)
59,652
93,667
1.57
157,000
2.63
2023 (January -February)
30,321
32,964
45,000
Average
64,798
1.69
2.40
Because limited flow data were recorded between January 2021 and February 2023 as shown above,
alternative design flow peaking factors were evaluated using Water Environment Federation (WEF)
Manual of Practice No. 8 methods. MOP-8 Table 2.10 sets forth five methods for calculating typical
peaking factors. These methods have been applied to the permitted flow of 0.35 MGD. Table 2.2
summarizes the results of the analysis.
Table 2.2: Flow Peaking Factors at 0.35 MGD
Method
MMF/AADF
MDF/AADF
Description
1
1.37
1.36
Excludes values greater than two standard deviations from the mean
2
1.51
1.99
Excludes values greater than three standard deviations from the mean
3
1.39
1.46
Includes all values and sets maximum value equal to 95th percentile
4
1.49
1.61
Includes all values and sets maximum value equal to 98th percentile
5
1.57
3.41
Includes all values
Average
1.46
1.97
Average of all five methods
vMCMM&CREED OCTOBER 2023 1 2
ENGINEERS SURVEYORS PLANNERS

WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATION I KINNAKEET SHORES
DESIGN CALCULATION
Based on the information provided by the NCUC, there are approximately 380 homes in Kinnakeet
Shores at build -out, which will be served by the WWTP. According to the 2020 US Census, there were
2.54 persons per household. Therefore, there are approximately 965 people in the WWTP service area.
Using Figure 1 Ratio of Peak Hourly Flow to Design Average Flow in 10 State Standards, the peaking
factor of peak hourly flow is estimated as 3.81. Table 2.3 presents design flows for the project.
Table 2.31: Recommended Design Flows for the WWTP
Flow Condition
Phase 1 Flows (MGD)
Peaking Factor
AADF
0.23
N/A
Design Flow (MMF)
0.35
1.50
MDF
0.56
1.60'
PHF
0.89
2.542
Note:
1. This is the ratio of MDF to MMF. Dividing MDF/AADF (1.97 rounded up to 2) by MMF/AADF (1.46 rounded
up to 1.5) equals to 1.35, a more conservative peaking factor of 1.60 is used for design.
2. This is the ratio of PHF to MMF. Dividing PHF/AADF (3.81) by MMF/AADF (1.50) equals 2.54.
2.2 SECONDARY EFFLUENT CONCENTRATIONS
Although there are no secondary effluent sampling data available, the extended aeration process can
generally produce effluent with 30 mg/L of BOD and 30 mg/L of TSS. These concentrations are used
as design basis of the project.
2.3 TERTIARY DISK FILTER
The tertiary disk filters are provided by Kruger as part of a design -build package. Appendix A is Kruger
Firm Proposal for Kinnakeet Shores dated July 6, 2023. The equipment has been designed by the
manufacturer to meet the required effluent limits of the WWTP (TSS < 5 mg/Q. The disc filters have
been sized for the peak flow of 0.89 MGD with one unit out of service. Each filter has been designed
to meet the following conditions:
Table 2.4: Filter Design Parameters and Calculations
Number of filters provided, n
2
No. of disks per Unit
4
Total No. Disks (N)
8
Total Filter Area Per Unit, A (ft2)
164
Submerged Filter Area Per Unit, As(ft2)
157
Design Flow, Q (MGD)
0.35
Design Flow, Q (gpm)
Q= 0.35x1000000/ 60/24
243
MDF, QMOF (MGD)
0.56
MDF, QMOF (gpm)
QMDF= 0.56x1000000/ 60/24
389
PHF, QPHF (MGD)
0.89
vMCMM&CREED OCTOBER 2023 1 3
ENGINEERS SURVEYORS PLANNERS

WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATION I KINNAKEET SHORES
DESIGN CALCULATION
PFF, QPHF (gpm)
QPHF= 0.89x1000000/ 60/24
617
Design Hydraulic Loading, SLRdesign(gp m/ft2)
SLR design= Q (243, gpm)/ As (157,
0.77
ft2)/n (2)
Peak Hydraulic Loading, SLRPHF(gpm/ft2)
SLR PHF= Q (617, gpm)/ As (157, ft2)/n
1.97
Peak Hydraulic Loading with one unit offline, SLRPHF,o
SLR PHF,O- Q (617, gpm)/ As (157,ft2)
3.93
(gpm/ft )
Recommended Maximum Hydraulic Loading, gpm/ft2 (1)
7.50
(1) MOP 8 6th Edition Table 11.17
Table 2.5: Disc Filter Specifications
Filter Design Data
Value
Filter Pore Size, pm
10
Filter Cloth Material
Polyester
Number of Units
2 (1 duty + 1 standby)
Number of Filter Discs per unit
4
Filter Disc Diameter, m
2.2
Effective Filter Surface Area per unit, ft2
157
Filter Drive Unit
Drive Motor (1 per unit)
1.5 HP, 460v, 3 phase
Drive Motor Service Factor
1.3
Drive Assembly
Drive Chain and Sprocket
Backwash Cleaning System
Number of Backwash Nozzles (per Disc)
4
Backwash Pump (1 per unit)
5 HP, 460v, 3 phase
Backwash Pressure, psi
110
Design Backwash Flowrate, gpm
27
2.4 DISINFECTION
2.4.1 Chlorine Contact Tanks
The existing traveling bridge filter will be converted to chlorine contact tanks. A baffle wall will be
installed to divide the tank into two chambers. Three baffle walls will be installed in each chamber to
create a serpentine flow pattern and improve the hydraulic performance of the chlorine contact tanks.
Table 2.6 Chlorine Contact Tank Design Calculations
Design Flow, Qdesign (MGD)
0.35
MDF, QMOF (MGD)
0.56
PHF, QPHF (MGD)
0.89
Number of Existing Units (Traveling Bridge Filter),
n
2
Length, L (ft/each)
21
Width, W (ft/each)
8.5
vMWW&CREED OCTOBER 2023 1 4
ENGINEERS SURVEYORS PLANNERS

WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATION I KINNAKEET SHORES
DESIGN CALCULATION
Area, A (ft2/each)
A = L (21, ft) x W (8.5, ft)
178.5
SWD (ft/each)
4.52
Volume, V (gal/each)
V = A (179, ft2) x SWD (4.52, ft) x 7.48
6,036
Total Volume, Vtotai (gal)
V total = V (6,036, gal) x n (2)
12,072
Total Residence Time @ Qdesign, Tdesign (min)
Tdesign = V (12,072, gal) / (Q design (0.35) x
1,000,000) x 24 x 60
49.7
Total Residence Time @ QPHF, TPHF (min)
Tdesign = V (12,072, gal) / (QPHF (0.89) x
1,000,000) x 24 x 60
19.6
Minimum Required Contact Time (Ten State
Standards, min):
15
2.4.2 Sodium Hypochlorite feed and storage system
Chemical totes are used as sodium hypochlorite storage since small volume of sodium hypochlorite
is required. Two 3 gph feed pumps will deliver sodium hypochlorite to chlorine contact tanks.
Table 2.7 Chlorination Feed and Storage Design Calculations
Design Flow, Qdesign (MGD)
0.35
PHF, QPHF (MGD)
0.89
Chlorine Contact Time, Tdesign (min)
49.67
Chlorine Contact Time, TPHF(min)
19.55
Desired Final Fecal Count, Nt (#/100mQ
14
Assumed Initial Fecal, No (#/100mQ
1,000,000
Slope of inactivation curve, n
2.8
Value of x-intercept when Nt/No= 1
3
Minimum CT (mg/L * min)
CT = (Nt (14, #/100mQ / NO (1,000,000, #/100mL))A(1-
/n (2.8) x b (3.0)
162.42
Chlorine Residual - CDesign (Minimum Required to Meet
CDesign = (CT (162.42, mg/L*min) / Tdesign (49.67,
Desired Fecal Limit, mg/L)
min)
3.27
Chlorine Residual - CPHF(Minimum Required to Meet
Desired Fecal Limit, mg/L)
CPHF = (CT (162.42, mg/L*min) / TPHF (19.55, min)
8.31
Initial Chlorine Demand, Co (mg/L)
2.00
Chlorine Demand due to Decay (Summer), CD, summer
(mg/L)
2.50
Chlorine Demand due to Decay (Winter), CD, winter
(mg/L)
1.50
Required Chlorine Dose (Summer), CR, design, summer
CR, design, summer = (CDesign (2.00, mg/L) + CO
(mg/L)
(3.27, mg/L) + CD, summer (2.50, mg/L)
7.77
CR, PHF, summer = (CPHF (8.31, mg/L) + CO (2.00,
Required Chlorine Dose (Summer), CR, PHF, summer(mg/L)
mg/L) + CD, summer (2.50, mg/L)
12.81
CR, design, winter = (CDesign (3.27, mg/L) + CO (2.00,
Required Chlorine Dose (Winter), CR, design, winter (mg/L)
mg/L) + CD, winter (1.50, mg/L)
6.77
CR, PHF, winter = (CPHF (8.31, mg/L) + CO (2.00, mg/L)
11.81
Required Chlorine Dose (Winter), CR, PHF, winter(mg/L)
+ CD, winterr (1.50, mg/L)
Design Dose, Cdesign (mg/L)
Summer
7.77
Design Dose, CPHF (mg/L)
Summer
12.81
vMCKW&CREED OCTOBER 2023 1 5
ENGINEERS SURVEYORS PLANNERS

WWTP TERTIARY FILTER INSTALLATION AND DISINFECTION MODIFICATION I KINNAKEET SHORES
DESIGN CALCULATION
Required Chlorine Feed, design = (Qdesign (0.35,
22.68
Required Chlorine Feed, design (Ibs/day)
MGD) x Cdesign (7.77, mg/L) x 8.34
Required Chlorine Feed, PHF = (QPHF (0.89, MGD) x
94.95
Required Chlorine Feed, PHF (Ibs/day)
CPHF (12.81, mg/L) x 8.34
Available Chlorine by Weight, %
12.5%
Specific Gravity
1.21
qdesign = Required Chlorine Feed, design (22.68,
Ibs/day) / Available Chlorine b Weight (12.50%) /
17.98
Sodium Hypochlorite Feed Required, qdesign (gpd)
Specific Gravity (1.21) / 8.34
Sodium Hypochlorite Feed Required, qdesign (gh)
qdesign = qdesign (17.98, gpd) / 24
0.75
gPHF = Required Chlorine Feed, PHF (94.95, Ibs/day) /
Available Chlorine b Weight (12.50%) / Specific Gravity
75.27
Sodium Hypochlorite Feed Required, gPHF(gpd)
(1.21) / 8.34
Sodium Hypochlorite Feed Required, gPHF (gh)
gPHF= gPHF(75.27, gpd) / 24
3.14
Minimum Desired Storage (days)
30
Number of Tanks
3
Safety Factor
20%
Vdesign = qdesign (17.98, gpd) x Minimum Desired
Storage (30, days) x (1 + safety factor (20%)) / Number
Volume per Tank, V (gal)
of Tanks (3)
216
Selected Tank Volume, Vsel (gal)
275
Storage, Design = Vsel (275, gal) x Number of Tanks
Storage Available, Design (days)
(3)/ qdesign (17.98, gpd)
45.9
Storage, PHF = Vsel (275, gal) x Number of Tanks (3)/
Storage Available, PHF (days)
gPHF (75.27, gpd)
11.0
v�MCMM&CREED
ENGINEERS SURVEYORS PLANNERS
OCTOBER 2023 1 6

Appendix A
Kruger Project No. 5702133017
Proposal Date: July 06, 2023
CONFIDENTIAL: This document is provided on a strictly confidential basis to the intended recipient, to be used solely for the authorized
purpose of evaluating this proposed offer. The information and data contained in this proposal is proprietary to Veolia Water Technologies
(dba Kruger) and to the extent it is not available to the general public, recipient agrees it shall not be copied, reproduced, duplicated, or
disclosed to any third party, in whole or part, without the prior written consent of Kruger.
Water Technologies
Veolia Water Technologies, Inc. (dba Kruger)
4001 Weston Parkway • Cary, NC 27513 USA
Tel: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.veoliawatertech.com

TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
1. PRICING TERMS AND SCHEDULE
2
1.1. DESCRIPTION OF WORK
2
1.2. PROPOSAL PRICE
2
1.3. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
2
1.4. TERMS OF PAYMENT AND CONDITION OF SALE
2
1.5. BONDS
3
1.6. ESTIMATED DELIVERY SCHEDULE
3
1.7. CONTACT INFORMATION
3
1.8. PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
3
1.9. STATEMENT REGARDING COVID-19
4
1.10. CONTRACT PRICE
4
2. KRUGER - TERMS OF SALE
5
3. DESIGN SUMMARY
6
3.1. DESIGN CRITERIA
6
3.2. PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE
6
4. EQUIPMENT SCOPE OF SUPPLY
13
4.1. GENERAL
13
4.2. CONTROL PANELS
14
4.3. INSTRUMENTATION
14
5. SCOPE OF WORK
16
5.1. PROCESS DESIGN AND ENGINEERING
16
5.2. FIELD SERVICE
16
5.3. EXTENDED FIELD SERVICE
16
6. ITEMS NOT INCLUDED
17
6.1. SCOPE OF SUPPLY BY OTHERS
17
7. DRAWINGS
19
8. SPECIFICATIONS
20
9. AIS STATEMENT
38
10. SAMPLE CERTIFICATION OF INSURANCE
39
ORDER SELECTION
40
Veolia Water Technologies, Inc. (dba Kruger)
4001 Weston Parkway • Cary, NC 27513 USA
Tel: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.veoliawatertech.com

Q VEOLIA
1. PRICING TERMS AND SCHEDULE
1.1. DESCRIPTION OF WORK
Kruger, an equipment supplier, proposes and agrees to furnish all labor services, materials, equipment,
and all other items and facilities necessary to supply and deliver the equipment items as specified in
these Proposal Documents and conditions stated herein.
1.2. PROPOSAL PRICE
Price includes Discfilter equipment, as well as instrumentation and controls as detailed herein. Kruger's
Bid Submittal is expressly conditioned upon the scope of supply, all terms and conditions, pricing,
Comments to Bid Documents, and Kruger's Terms of Sale as included herein.
Veolia's scope of supply includes equipment and related site services as provided herein. To the extent
engineering services are required for Veolia's scope of work, they will be performed by a properly
licensed entity in the State of North Carolina.
The price excludes sales and/or use taxes. Buyer agrees to provide the necessary tax-exempt
certification or Reseller documentation for sales taxes exemption within thirty (30) days after receipt of
a purchase agreement executed by all parties. Furthermore, Buyer accepts responsibility for all
applicable state and local sales taxes as Supplier is not registered to collect or remit state sales and/or
use taxes.
Kruger shall furnish and deliver (FOB Jobsite) Discfilter Equipment as well as instrumentation and
controls, including submittals, start-up and other services, in conformance to the requirements set forth
in this document for the Lump Sum price of:
470 200
The price is valid for 30 days from the date of this Proposal. The proposed goods may be affected by
the ongoing market fluctuations impacting material and shipping costs. Kruger reserves the right to
re-evaluate the Proposal price prior to order acceptance.
The price above includes $17,000 as an estimate for shipping and freight costs. Please note that
shipping will be billed based on actual price at time of delivery.
1.3. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
Kruger shall not accept liquidated damages from Buyer, unless otherwise agreed to in writing between
Buyer and Supplier. In any event, Kruger shall not be liable for liquidated damages imposed on an
installing general contractor by the Owner.
1.4. TERMS OF PAYMENT AND CONDITION OF SALE
The terms of payment are 10% upon receipt of fully executed contract, 15% upon delivery of Submittals
of shop drawings, 70% upon delivery of equipment to destination, and 5% upon successful completion
of process performance testing.
Veolia Water Technologies, Inc. (dba Kruger) -
4001 Weston Parkway • Cary, NC 27513 USA '
Tel: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.veoliawatertech.com 2

Payment shall not be contingent upon receipt of funds by the CONTRACTOR from the OWNER and
there shall be no retention in payments due to Kruger. All payment terms are net 30 days from date of
invoice. Final payment shall not exceed 120 days from delivery of equipment. All other payment terms
are as defined in Kruger's Standard Terms of Sale.
1.5. BONDS
Pricing does not include bonds. If bonds are required, Kruger shall provide a quotation as an adder
that will be based upon a quotation from our Surety.
1.6. ESTIMATED DELIVERY SCHEDULE
Shop drawings will be submitted within 6 to 8 weeks of receipt of an executed Purchase Agreement
signed by all parties.
Equipment is estimated to be delivered within 24 to 36 weeks of receipt of approved shop drawings.
Actual equipment delivery lead times may vary at time of order. Kruger will work with the Buyer to
update lead times at time of order. If Kruger is able to ship equipment sooner than the above schedule,
contractor must accept deliveries and provide adequate storage on -site for such equipment.
Operation and Maintenance Manuals will be submitted within 30 days prior to delivery of equipment.
1.7. CONTACT INFORMATION
This bid submittal is respectfully submitted by:
Kruger Contact
Local Representative
Name
Jim Daugherty
Lucas Magrini
Company
Kruger / Veolia
VAND Solutions
Address
4001 Weston Parkway
Cary, NC 27613
127 Beckingham Loop
Cary, NC 27519
Mobile
[phone]
[phone]
Email
[e-mail]
[e-mail]
1.8. PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
The information or data contained in this proposal is proprietary to Kruger and should not be copied,
reproduced, duplicated, or disclosed to any third party, in whole or part, without the prior written consent
of Kruger. This restriction will not apply to any information or data that is available to the public
generally.
Veolia Water Technologies, Inc. (dba Kruger)
4001 Weston Parkway • Cary, NC 27513 USA
Tel: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.veoliawatertech.com 3

0VEOLia
1.9. STATEMENT REGARDING COVID-19
Veolia shall not be held liable in the event of a non-compliance with its obligations set forth herein to the
extent such non-compliance is due to the consequences of the Covid-19 pandemic including without
limitation (i) obligation to comply with the legislation enacted or measures taken by the authorities to
address the Covid-19 pandemic (including mandatory closures, requisitions, transport limitations, social
distancing requirements), (ii) observance of hygiene and security rules and recommendations resulting
from the Covid-19 pandemic, (iii) inability to supply or distribute to relevant personnel appropriate
personal protective equipment for the tasks to be performed, as a result of shortages of supply resulting
from the Covid-19 pandemic, (iv) inability of a Veolia subcontractor or supplier to comply with its
obligations for the reasons mentioned above; and to the extent the resulting impediments cannot be
reasonably overcome.
In the event such consequences of the Covid-19 pandemic render Veolia's performance hereunder
more onerous than could have been anticipated at the date hereof the parties shall negotiate alternative
contractual terms, including for delivery/performance dates or service levels, which reasonably allow for
the impact of the consequences of the Covid-19 pandemic referred to here above.
1.10. CONTRACT PRICE
Veolia shall be entitled to an adjustment of the Contract Price and/or time of performance in connection
with exceptional circumstances beyond Veolia's control such as, without limitation, raw materials
shortages, sudden fluctuations of raw material pricing, extension, suspension or delay of the the project
schedule, sudden disruption on production of Goods and/or spare parts required for the Project, delay
of carriers, which may affect the execution of Veolia's timely performance of the Work or affect it
financially. Veolia shall notify the Owner accordingly within ten (10) days from the actual knowledge of
such circumstances. Following submission of such notice, Veolia shall provide relevant justification
reasonably satisfactory to the Owner to proceed to the necessary adjustments to the Contract Price
and/or time of performance under the Contract.
Veolia Water Technologies, Inc. (dba Kruger)
4001 Weston Parkway • Cary, NC 27513 USA
Tel: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.veoliawatertech.com 4

0VEOLiA
2. KRUGER - TERMS OF SALE
1. ATnplir•.able Terms_ These terms govern the purchase and sale of the equipment and related services, if any (collectively, "Equipment"), referred to in
Seller's purchase order, quotation, proposal or acknowledgment, as the case may be ("Seller's Documentation"). Whether these terms are included in an offer or
an acceptance by Seller, such offer or acceptance is conditioned on Buyer's assent to these terms. Seller rejects all additional or different terms in any of Buyer's
forms or documents.
2. Payment. Buyer shall pay Seller the full purchase price as set forth in Seller's Documentation. Unless Seller's Documentation provides otherwise,
freight, storage, insurance and all taxes, duties or other governmental charges relating to the Equipment shall be paid by Buyer. If Seller is required to pay any
such charges, Buyer shall immediately reimburse Seller. All payments are due within 30 days after receipt of invoice. Buyer shall be charged the lower of 1 '/%
interest per month or the maximum legal rate on all amounts not received by the due date and shall pay all of Seller's reasonable costs (including attorneys' fees)
of collecting amounts due but unpaid. All orders are subject to credit approval.
3. Delivery. Delivery of the Equipment shall be in material compliance with the schedule in Seller's Documentation. Unless Seller's Documentation
provides otherwise, Delivery terms are FOB Jobsite.
4. Ownership of Materials. All devices, designs (including drawings, plans and specifications), estimates, prices, notes, electronic data and other
documents or information prepared or disclosed by Seller, and all related intellectual property rights, shall remain Seller's property. Seller grants Buyer a
non-exclusive, non -transferable license to use any such material solely for Buyer's use of the Equipment. Buyer shall not disclose any such material to third
parties without Seller's prior written consent.
5. Changes. Seller shall not implement any changes in the scope of work described in Seller's Documentation unless Buyer and Seller agree in writing to
the details of the change and any resulting price, schedule or other contractual modifications. This includes any changes necessitated by a change in applicable
law occurring after the effective date of any contract including these terms.
6. Warranty. Subject to the following sentence, Seller warrants to Buyer that the Equipment shall materially conform to the description in Seller's
Documentation and shall be free from defects in material and workmanship. The foregoing warranty shall not apply to any Equipment that is specified or otherwise
demanded by Buyer and is not manufactured or selected by Seller, as to which (i) Seller hereby assigns to Buyer, to the extent assignable, any warranties made to
Seller and (ii) Seller shall have no other liability to Buyer under warranty, tort or any other legal theory. If Buyer gives Seller prompt written notice of breach of this
warranty within 18 months from delivery or 1 year from beneficial use, whichever occurs first (the "Warranty Period"), Seller shall, at its sole option and as Buyer's
sole remedy, repair or replace the subject parts or refund the purchase price therefore. If Seller determines that any claimed breach is not, in fact, covered by this
warranty, Buyer shall pay Seller its then customary charges for any repair or replacement made by Seller. Seller's warranty is conditioned on Buyer's (a) operating
and maintaining the Equipment in accordance with Seller's instructions, (b) not making any unauthorized repairs or alterations, and (c) not being in default of any
payment obligation to Seller. Seller's warranty does not cover damage caused by chemical action or abrasive material, misuse or improper installation (unless
installed by Seller). THE WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION ARE SELLER'S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTIES AND ARE SUBJECT TO
SECTION 10 BELOW. SELLER MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY
WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR PURPOSE.
7. Indemnity. Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold Buyer harmless from any claim, cause of action or liability incurred by Buyer as a result of third party
claims for personal injury, death or damage to tangible property, to the extent caused by Seller's negligence. Seller shall have the sole authority to direct the
defense of and settle any indemnified claim. Seller's indemnification is conditioned on Buyer (a) promptly, within the Warranty Period, notifying Seller of any claim,
and (b) providing reasonable cooperation in the defense of any claim.
8. Force Maieure. Neither Seller nor Buyer shall have any liability for any breach (except for breach of payment obligations) caused by extreme weather
or other act of God, strike or other labor shortage or disturbance, fire, accident, war or civil disturbance, delay of carriers, failure of normal sources of supply, act of
government or any other cause beyond such party's reasonable control.
9. Cancellation. If Buyer cancels or suspends its order for any reason other than Seller's breach, Buyer shall promptly pay Seller for work performed prior
to cancellation or suspension and any other direct costs incurred by Seller as a result of such cancellation or suspension.
10. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING ELSE TO THE CONTRARY, SELLER SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY
CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE OR OTHER INDIRECT DAMAGES, AND SELLER'S TOTAL LIABILITY ARISING AT ANYTIME FROM
THE SALE OR USE OF THE EQUIPMENT SHALL NOT EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE PAID FOR THE EQUIPMENT. THESE LIMITATIONS APPLY
WHETHER THE LIABILITY IS BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT, STRICT LIABILITY OR ANY OTHER THEORY.
11. Miscellaneous. If these terms are issued in connection with a government contract, they shall be deemed to include those federal acquisition
regulations that are required by law to be included. These terms, together with any quotation, purchase order or acknowledgement issued or signed by the Seller,
comprise the complete and exclusive statement of the agreement between the parties (the "Agreement") and supersede any terms contained in Buyer's
documents, unless separately signed by Seller. No part of the Agreement may be changed or cancelled except by a written document signed by Seller and Buyer.
No course of dealing or performance, usage of trade or failure to enforce any term shall be used to modify the Agreement. If any of these terms is unenforceable,
such term shall be limited only to the extent necessary to make it enforceable, and all other terms shall remain in full force and effect. Buyer may not assign or
permit any other transfer of the Agreement without Seller's prior written consent. The Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of North Carolina
without regard to its conflict of laws provisions.
Veolia Water Technologies, Inc. (dba Kruger)
4001 Weston Parkway • Cary, INC 27513 USA
Tel: [phone] Fax: [phone]
RE
www.veoliawatertech.com 5

0VEOLiA
3. DESIGN SUMMARY
3.1. DESIGN CRITERIA
The proposed system is designed per Section 3.2 Performance Guarantee below:
3.2. PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE
PROCESS PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION
Definitions
A. Supplier: Veolia Water Technologies, Inc. dba Kruger
B. Purchaser: Shall mean the party that has or will enter into a Contract or Purchase Order with Supplier for
the purchase of the Equipment.
C. System Stability: Is achieved when the Basis of Design conditions being met, the system appears to be
acclimated to the water or wastewater that it is intended to treat, the System's unit operations are treating
the TSS being provided and appear to be functioning at acceptable operating conditions, and the System is
being operated with proper pre-treatment, pre -conditioning, or chemical conditioning as instructed by
Supplier.
D. System: The facility at which the Supplier's Equipment is to be installed inclusive of upstream and
downstream Equipment and appurtenances.
E. Equipment: Equipment provided by the Supplier upon which the Process Guarantee applies.
II. Basis of Design
A. Purchaser hereby agrees to and certifies the Basis of Design is as provided in Annex A.
III. Process Guarantee
A. The Process Guarantee as defined in Annex B shall be conclusively and finally demonstrated through the
successful completion of the Performance Test as described herein.
B. Supplier's obligation to comply with the Process Guarantee is strictly subject to and conditioned on the
following criteria in effect during start up, operation and Performance Test periods:
1. The influent is in compliance with the Basis of Design in accordance with Annex A ("Compliant
Influent").
2. The operation of the System is in accordance with Supplier's Operation and Maintenance manual and/or
Supplier's direction.
3. Purchaser allowing Supplier access to the site and any and all data deemed relevant by Supplier and
documentation for the facility and its operation.
Veolia Water Technologies, Inc. (dba Kruger) -
4001 Weston Parkway • Cary, NC 27513 USA '
Tel: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.veoliawatertech.com 6

0VEOLiA
4. Remote access monitoring at Supplier's discretion.
5. All existing equipment and facilities of Purchaser are in good condition and free of defects.
6. System Stability is achieved as deemed by Supplier.
C. A Performance Test Protocol shall be provided by Supplier at least 60 days before the start of feeding
influent to the Equipment.
IV. Performance Test:
A. Activities and responsibilities
1. During start-up, operation and Performance Test periods, the Purchaser shall be responsible to provide
trained, competent operators who will operate the facility in accordance with Section III(B)(2) above.
2. Purchaser shall be responsible and bear all costs for collecting all samples, carrying out all laboratory
analysis or other tests, and furnishing all necessary labor, laboratory equipment, and supplies.
3. The Performance Test shall commence no later than 7 days after Supplier's written notice to Purchaser
that System Stability has been reached.
4. The Performance test shall consist of one, 2-day performance test.
5. If by one (1) month after the Equipment is ready to accept influent, the design flow and / or TSS is not
available, the Performance Test may be conducted on as much wastewater flow and TSS as is
available.
6. This Performance Guarantee will be considered fully satisfied upon completion of the Performance Test
demonstrating that the Equipment has delivered effluent as defined in Annex B.
7. During the Performance Test, if operations are interrupted for the maintenance, repair or replacement of
Equipment necessary to the Performance Test, the Equipment shall be repaired or replaced (at the cost
of the party who is responsible for the damage) and only the remaining portion of the Performance Test
will be completed.
8. Upon successful completion of the Performance Test, Supplier shall execute and submit a performance
test report and the Certificate of Performance Test Acceptance provided in Annex C to the Purchaser.
The effective date for acceptance shall be the date the Performance Test was completed.
B. Unavailability of compliant Influent or other obstacles to the Performance Test
Non -Compliant Influent. Any change in the Basis of Design conditions provided in Annex A may have a
negative impact on the performance of Supplier's Equipment. It is therefore agreed by the Parties that:
(i) the Purchaser shall inform Supplier of any such changes in a timely manner in order to allow the
Parties to assess any impact on the Basis of Design and/or the performance of Supplier's Equipment;
(ii) Supplier shall assess the consequences of such changes on the Performance Guarantee and/or
Performance Test; and (iii) the parties shall meet to try to agree on any required revisions to the
Performance Guarantee and/or Contract.
Veolia Water Tecnnoiogies, Inc. (dba Kruger) -
4001 Weston Parkway • Cary, NC 27513 USA '
Tel: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.veoliawatertech.com 7

0VEOLiA
2. If, after the commencement of the Performance Test, the Purchaser is unable to deliver Compliant
Influent to the Equipment, the Supplier shall attempt to be treated Non -Compliant Influent, while
Purchaser makes every effort to bring the Influent into compliance. Supplier shall assist Purchaser and
use commercially reasonable efforts to adjust Equipment and/or operating and maintenance guidelines
to optimize performance of the Equipment under the prevailing conditions.
Despite the efforts described above, if after the commencement of the Performance Test, any daily
Influent composite samples taken during such Test are Non -Compliant Influent, then that day's results
and any following days impacted will be excluded from the Performance Test's final results and that
day(s) will be considered passed.
4. Disagreement over Compliant Influent. Should the Parties disagree on whether the Influent is
Compliant Influent or not, Supplier may take additional Influent and Effluent samples and conduct
laboratory testing at a mutually agreed upon 3rd party laboratory, and as applicable, either the
Performance Test will be delayed (if not yet commenced) or the Performance Test will be rescheduled.
The Contract Schedule and date of the Performance Test will be adjusted accordingly as provided in
the applicable section of the Contract, until the results of such laboratory tests are issued. If the
laboratory testing confirms the Influent is non -Compliant Influent, Purchaser shall reimburse Supplier
for its costs and expenses.
5. Should the Performance Test fail due to reasons not attributable to Supplier (other than non -compliant
influent), at Purchaser's request, cost and expense, Supplier may agree to conduct a subsequent
Performance Test.
Should the Purchaser be unable or unwilling to conduct the Performance Test within 12 months from
delivery of Supplier's Equipment, the requirement to conduct a Performance Test and the Process
Guarantee will be deemed met and Purchaser will execute the Certificate of Acceptance. At
Purchaser's request, cost and expense, Supplier may agree to extend the time period to conduct the
Performance Test.
C. Failure of the Performance Test due to Supplier
Should the Performance Test fail due to reasons attributable to Supplier, Supplier will be given the
opportunity and a reasonable time to adjust or modify the System in accordance with Supplier's scope
of supply, or to modify the operating protocols of the System, provided such operating protocols are in
accordance with good engineering practices. Supplier shall be granted two (2) additional opportunities
to successfully complete a Subsequent Performance Test. All such adjustments, modifications and
additional testing shall be done at Supplier's expense.
2. In the event that the Equipment fails to meet the Process Guarantee following Supplier's efforts as
described in the preceding paragraph, Supplier's sole obligation and Purchaser's sole remedy shall be
to replace or modify the Equipment, as Supplier deems appropriate to enable the Equipment to meet
the Process Guarantee, subject to the limitation of liability set forth in the Contract.
V. Test Methods and Sampling Requirements
A. The following Sampling and Analytical Parameters table provides the minimum parameters for sampling
and analysis. Supplier reserves the right to witness the sampling and testing and to take portions of the
samples for analysis in its own laboratories.
Veolia Water iecnnoiogies, Inc. (dba Kruger) -
4001 Weston Parkway • Cary, NC 27513 USA '
Tel: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.veoliawatertech.com $

B. The publication, Standard Methods for Examination of Water and Wastewater, most recent edition, shall
be used as the primary laboratory and analytical procedure source, unless otherwise agreed to by
Supplier. All other analyses, data reduction or tests not specified in that publication or otherwise specified
shall be carried out using procedures furnished or approved by Supplier.
C. In the case of continuous reading instrumentation, OWNER/CONTRACTOR shall calibrate instrumentation
at least once per test period. Calibration reports shall be available if requested by Supplier.
Sampling and Analytical Parameters
Parameter
Sample Type
Frequency
Plant Flow, Influent/Effluent, MGD
N/A
Every 30 minutes / as
needed to properly record
TSS, Influent/Effluent, mg/L
Composite
Every 24 hours
Veolia Water Technologies, Inc. (dba Kruger)
4001 Weston Parkway • Cary, NC 27513 USA
Tel: [phone] Fax: [phone]
RE
www.veoliawatertech.com 9

0VEOLia
ANNEX A — BASIS OF DESIGN
Purchaser hereby agrees to the Basis of Design as defined herein, confirms its accuracy and completeness, and
agrees that it shall serve as the basis for the Process Guarantee as provided in Annex B.
Compliant Influent Composition:
Parameter
Units
Values
Influent Source
NA
Secondary Clarification
following Activated Sludge
Flow, Peak Hour
MGD (gpm)
0.90 (625)
Flow, Average Day
MGD (gpm)
0.36 (250)
TSS, Peak Influent
mg/L
30
TSS, Average Influent
mg/L
20
A. Conditions and Clarifications:
1. The wastewater is biodegradable and does not contain any substance or element whose presence or
concentration causes interference or inhibition, defined as: a substance that hinders the mechanisms
of treatment; or whose treatment byproduct (sludge, dewatered liquor, etc.) is hazardous or otherwise
requires additional cost for disposal; or may result in gases or vapors that pose a risk to system
performance or human health; or that is corrosive, erosive, or abrasive; or which contains pollutants
that obstruct the flow in the system. Examples include solvents, lubricants, preservatives, quaternary
ammonium compounds, fugitive polymers, oils, etc.
Veolia Water Technologies, Inc. (dba Kruger)
4001 Weston Parkway • Cary, NC 27513 USA
Tel: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.veoliawatertech.com 10

ANNEX B — PROCESS GUARANTEE
Supplier warrants and represents that during the Performance Test, the Equipment will produce effluent meeting
the objectives listed in the table below:
Compliant Effluent Composition:
EFFLUENT OBJECTIVES
Monthly Average Effluent TSS, mg/L I <_ 5
A. Conditions and Clarifications:
1. Meeting the performance requirements is contingent on the upstream process providing influent to the
filters with characteristics suitable for filtration, i.e., particles of sufficient size and strength to allow
retention on the specified 10 um media surface.
Veolia Water Technologies, Inc. (dba Kruger)
4001 Weston Parkway • Cary, NC 27513 USA
Tel: [phone] Fax: [phone]
RE
www.veoliawatertech.com 11

ANNEX C — CERTIFICATE OF PERFORMANCE TEST ACCEPTANCE
The undersigned representative of Veolia Water Technologies Inc (dba Kruger) hereby certifies that the Equipment
has successfully completed the Performance Test on:
and as required by the Contract between Kruger and
for the named project.
System: Hydrotech Discfilter Filtration System
Project :Kinnakeet Shores DFS
Veolia Water Technologies Inc, dba Kruger
Signed:
Printed or Typed Name:
Title:
Date:
ACCEPTANCE:
Purchaser hereby agrees that the Equipment has successfully completed the Performance Test and the Process
Guarantee is discharged as of the completion date shown.
Kinnakeet Shores DFS
Signed:
Printed or Typed Name:
Title:
Date:
END OF SECTION
Veolia Water Technologies, Inc. (dba Kruger)
4001 Weston Parkway • Cary, NC 27513 USA
Tel: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.veoliawatertech.com 12

0VEOLia
4. EQUIPMENT SCOPE OF SUPPLY
4.1. GENERAL
Kruger will supply a total of two (2) Kruger/Hydrotech Discfilter units — Model HSF2204-1 C as described
herein. Each filter unit will be supplied with
• Filter chassis and tank
• Filter Media
• Local control panel as detailed in Section 4.2
• 10" Influent and 8" Effluent Flanges with loose galvanized flange rings
• Backwash pump
Each Discfilter shall be supplied as follows:
Table 2: Discfilter Desian and Scone
Filter Design Data
Filter Pore Size, pm
10
Filter Cloth Material
Polyester
Number of Filter Discs per unit
4
Filter Disc Diameter, m
2.2
Filter Submerged Surface Area per unit, ft2
157
Dry Weight / Operational Weight, Ibs
5,511 / 22,708
Hydraulic Loading rate, gpm/ft2
3.99
Material of Construction
Frame
304 SSTL
Disc
ABS
Covers
GRP
Filter Drive Unit
Drive Motor
1.5 Hp, 460v, 3 phase
Drive Assembly
Drive chain and sprocket
Backwash Cleaning System
Backwash Pump
5 Hp, 460v, 3 phase
Backwash Pressure, psi
110
Backwash Flowrate, gpm
27
The following is a list of spare parts provided for this project:
• 4 Filter Media Panels
• 4 Nozzle Assemblies (Nut, Tip, and Gasket Included)
IMPORTANT NOTE: NO ADDITIONAL TOOLS AND/OR SPARE PARTS OTHER THAN LISTED
ABOVE WILL BE PROVIDED AS PART OF KRUGER'S SCOPE OF SUPPLY. OIL AND
LUBRICANTS ARE NOT INCLUDED AS PART OF KRUGER'S SCOPE OF SUPPLY. THESE ARE
TO BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR.
Veolia Water Technologies, Inc. (dba Kruger)
4001 Weston Parkway • Cary, NC 27513 USA
Tel: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.veoliawatertech.com 13

0VEOLia
4.2. CONTROL PANELS
The control system equipment detailed herein will be supplied with the Krug er/H yd rotech filter system
and is to be installed by the contractor. Please note that Kruger intends to supply only the equipment
detailed in this scope of supply. Any requests to modify components or quantities may result in price
modification.
All PLC and operator interface programming is based on Kruger standards. Any requests or
requirements that would deviate from this standard may result in additional costs. Kruger will be
providing programming only for the Kruger supplied control panels. The programs developed by Kruger
are for use on the Kruger supplied panels only. The Kruger supplied programs cannot be used, in whole
or any part, for other uses. Kruger will supply copies of the completed programs at job completion. Prior
to supplying the completed programs, Kruger requests that a non -disclosure agreement be signed and
returned to Kruger.
• There will be one (1) Discfilter Control Panel per Discfilter as noted in Specification Section 2.10
attached (Section 8 of this Proposal), for a total of two (2) Discfilter Control Panels. CAT-5
Ethernet Cable is required between DCP-1 and DCP-2, this is to be supplied and installed by
others. All field wiring and field terminations are by others.
• Discfilter Control Panels are shipped loose, and are field installed and mounted by the
Contractor
• Conduit and wire is required from the Backwash Motor to the Discfilter Control Panel, this is to
be supplied and installed by the Contractor.
• Conduit and wire is required from the Drum Motor to the Discfilter Control Panel, this is to be
supplied and installed by the Contractor
• Conduit and wire is required from the Low Level Pressure Switch, Backwash Level Probe and
High Level Probe to the Discfilter Control Panel, this is to be supplied and installed by the
Contractor
• Control panels are intended for indoor use only. Additional equipment may be required for
outdoor use.
No other Instruments, Control Panel Components will be supplied unless they are explicitly listed in this
Scope of Supply.
4.3. INSTRUMENTATION
Kruger shall supply the field instruments as detailed herein:
Field Instruments
Qty
Description
2
Level Probe Backwash Initiation
2
Level Probe (Bypass/High Level Indication)
2
Pressure Switch (Dry Run Backwash Pump Protection)
Kruger will calibrate and start-up Instruments supplied by Kruger. Instruments supplied by others will
require calibration and start-up by others.
Veolia Water Technologies, Inc. (dba Kruger)
4001 Weston Parkway • Cary, NC 27513 USA
Tel: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.veoliawatertech.com 14

No other instruments such as magnetic flow meters, turbidimeters, pressure transmitters, and/or float
switches are included in this proposal.
Veolia Water Technologies, Inc. (dba Kruger)
4001 Weston Parkway • Cary, NC 27513 USA
Tel: [phone] Fax: [phone]
A
www.veoliawatertech.com 15

0VEOLia
5. SCOPE OF WORK
Kruger is responsible for process design and equipment procurement required for the Discfilter
process. Kruger scope of work does not include any equipment, materials or other services not
specifically defined in this proposal. The equipment scope of supply shall include the equipment as
shown in the attached scope of supply.
5.1. PROCESS DESIGN AND ENGINEERING
Kruger will perform engineering in accordance with the applicable national codes, standards, and/or
regulations (except where otherwise noted) in effect at the time of this proposal. Additionally, Kruger
will provide all necessary design, installation, and operating information for equipment within its stated
scope of supply. Kruger is not responsible for the design, selection, installation, operation, or
maintenance of any material, equipment, or services provided by others.
Kruger will provide process engineering and design support for the system as follows:
1. Technical instruction for operation and start-up of the system
2. Equipment layout drawings
3. Equipment installation instructions
4. O&M manuals
5.2. FIELD SERVICE
Kruger shall supply the following services of one (1) system -trained representative as detailed herein:
Four (4) days, in not more than two (2) trips to assist with inspection check-out, start-up, and
operator training.
NOTES:
• Man -days are eight hour days Monday through Friday that include travel time.
• Man -days and/or trips required beyond those indicated above will be billed at Kruger's
published standard rates at time of service, plus travel and lodging costs. Such additional
days could become necessary for correction of improperly installed equipment or
instrumentation, prolonged construction time, or Contractor's failure to properly coordinate
start-up and training.
5.3. EXTENDED FIELD SERVICE
Kruger will provide remote performance support during the active equipment warranty phase, consisting
of both incoming and outbound call support and regular reports to summarize performance
observations and recommendations. This support will be provided through the Hubgrade digital service
of Veolia. Support directly tied to warranty claims will not draw upon the Hubgrade support services.
a. Treatment Performance Summary Report: Quarterly
b. Outbound Wellness Call:
Quarterly
c. Process/Automation Support Bank (Hours): 12
Veolia Water Technologies, Inc. (dba Kruger)
4001 Weston Parkway • Cary, NC 27513 USA
Tel: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.veoliawatertech.com 16

0VEOLia
6. ITEMS NOT INCLUDED
6.1. SCOPE OF SUPPLY BY OTHERS
The following is a non -inclusive list of material that shall be furnished by the Contractor:
1. Obtain necessary construction permits and licenses, construction drawings (including
interconnecting piping drawings), field office space, telephone service, and temporary
electrical service.
2. All site preparation, grading, locating foundation placement, excavation for foundation,
underground piping, conduits and drains.
3. Demolition and/or removal of any existing structures, equipment or facilities required for
construction, and installation of the Kruger supplied systems.
4. Supply and install all bulk storage tanks, pads, and supports including the concrete
basins required for the Kruger supplied systems. Provide all grouting for the bottom of
the tanks, Discfilters, influent, effluent and bypass channels and all other required grout.
5. Provide and installation of all foundations, supply and installation of all embedded or
underground piping, conduits and drains.
6. All backfill, compaction, finish grading, earthwork and final paving.
7. Receiving (preparation of receiving reports), unloading, storage, maintenance
preservation and protection of all equipment, and materials provided by Kruger.
8. Installation of all equipment and materials provided by Kruger.
9. Supply, fabrication, installation, cleaning, pickling, and/or passivation of all stainless steel
piping components.
10. Provide all imbedded pipe sections and valves for tank drains.
11. All cutting, welding, fitting, and finishing for all field fabricated piping.
12. Supply and installation of all flange gaskets and bolts for all piping components.
13. Supply and installation of all pipe supports.
14. Installation, termination and field wiring of all control panels and instrumentation supplied
by Kruger.
15. Supply and install all sample pumps and sample lines required for instrumentation
provided by Kruger.
16. Labor and material for winterizing all systems.
Veolia Water Technologies, Inc. (dba Kruger)
4001 Weston Parkway • Cary, NC 27513 USA
Tel: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.veoliawatertech.com 17

17. Supply and install all electrical power and control wiring and conduit to the equipment
served plus interconnection between Kruger's furnished equipment as required,
including wire, cable, junction boxes, fittings, conduit, etc.
18. Supply and install all insulation, supports, drains, hold down clamps, manhole covers,
condensate drain systems, wastewater valves, flanges, flex pipe joints, expansion joints,
boots, gaskets, adhesives, fasteners, safety signs, and all specialty items such as
strainers and traps.
19. Provide all labor, materials, supplies and utilities as required for start-up, and
performance testing including laboratory facilities, analytical work and chemicals.
20. Provide all chemicals, lubricants, glycol, oils, or grease and other supplies required for
equipment start-up or plant operation.
21. Provide all anchor bolts, anchor adhesives, and mounting hardware.
22. Provide and install all piping required to interconnect to the Supplier's equipment.
23. Provide all nameplates, safety signs and labels.
24. Provide, and install all support beams and/or slabs for mixers, and/or chemical feed
systems.
25. Provide all floor gratings, handrails, access hatches, ladders, and access platforms.
26. Concrete, mastic, sealing compounds.
27. The Contractor shall coordinate the installation and timing of interface points such as
piping and electrical with the Supplier.
28. Supply and install all sunshields and/or additional enclosures, not as needed when
installing equipment and instrumentation outdoors.
29. Contractor shall be responsible for all waste and sludge storage and disposal.
30. Video recording of any training activities.
31. All other necessary equipment and services not otherwise listed as specifically supplied
by Kruger.
Veolia Water Technologies, Inc. (dba Kruger)
4001 Weston Parkway • Cary, NC 27513 USA
Tel: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.veoliawatertech.com 18

0VEOLiA
7. DRAWINGS
Veolia Water Technologies, Inc. (dba Kruger)
4001 Weston Parkway • Cary, NC 27513 USA
Tel: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.veoliawatertech.com 19

1/2" THREADED ROD: ASTM F593 W/ 131.1 UNC THDS
1/2" FLAT WASHER: ASTM A240 304 SS. PLATE
1/2" LOCK WASHER
1/2" HEX NUT: ASTM F594 W/ 131.1 UNC THREADS
3 1
2 — 4
3-1/4" - - e - - ° -
EMBED (MIN) �, ° - 1
a.
4X TYP DISCFILTER BASE FRAME ANCHOR
[105]
[105]
0101,
4' 4-7/8" [248]
INFLUENT
[1343] ANSI FLG
7' 9-7/8"
[2385]
4' 8-1/8"
[1425]
BYPASS
3' 2-3/16"
[970]
WEIR
EFFLUENT
I
WEIR
3' 9-7/8"
[1166]
ANCHOR DISTANCE
SPRAY BAR
FOR CHEMICAL CLEANSING
7' 6"
[2286]
06" [150] 4X LIFTING LUG
BW WASTE
:3:7[eLTA1[9]01ai]I016"]
3' 6"
[1067]
SEE NOTE 3
2' 6-1/2"
[775]
o
8-1 /16"
I� [205]
[� 3' 8-1/2"
[1130]
EFFLI
ANS
8
[2636]
6-11/16" [170] 9-13/16" [250]
6' 7" [2006]
6' 10-15/16"
[2106]
ANCHOR DISTANCE
BRICATION
)INT
PRESSURE
SWITCH AND
GAUGE
10' 1-5/16"
[3081 ]
ISOLATION VAL'
LEVEL PROBE
JUNCTION BOX
BACKWASH PUMP
w/PIPING & FITTINGS
UBRICATION POINT
RIVE MOTOR
0 2" [54]
NPT DRAIN
8' 1
[2450]0]
NOTES:
1. ALL FLANGE CONNECTIONS: BOLT PATTERN ANSI B16.5. PLATE FLANGES: GALVANIZED.
2. DIMENSIONS IN [ ] ARE MM.
3. RECOMMENDED PLATFORM ELEVATION. PLATFORM TO BE SELF SUPPORTING AND MAY NOT BE ATTACHED TO THE FILTER. LOADS MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED TO THE FILTER. PLATFORMS DESIGNED/PROVIDED BY OTHERS UNLESS
STATED OTHERWISE.
4. RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE CLEARANCES: 24" AT FRONT & REAR OF FRAME (NEAR DRIVE, PUMP), 36" WIDE WALKWAY (SPRAY HEADER SIDE), 6" FRAME TO SIDEWALL.
5. FOLLOW ANCHOR MANUFACTURERS GUIDELINES FOR SPECIFIC INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDING ANCHOR EMBEDMENT AND EDGE DISTANCE. ALL ANCHORS AND FASTENERS TO BE STAINLESS STEEL. APPLY ANTI -SEIZE TO ALL
CONNECTIONS. ALL ANCHOR BOLTS SHOWN SHALL UTILIZE HILTI HIT-HY 200 ADHESIVE ANCHORING SYSTEM PER ICC ESR-3187.
6. ALL GAPS BETWEEN FILTER BASE FRAME AND PAD LARGER THAN 1/8" SHALL BE SHIMMED/GROUTED OR SHAVED/CUT DOWN.
7. TOP OF FILTER EQUIPMENT PAD CONCRETE (AT FOUR CORNERS) TO BE WITHIN +/- 1/8" OF STATED DRAWING ELEVATION TO ENSURE LEVELNESS.
8. EFFLUENT WEIR ELEVATION TO BE WITHIN +/- 1/16" OF THE HYDRAULIC PROFILE ELEVATION. SHIM/GROUT TANK FILTERS. ON MULTI -UNIT LAYOUT, ALL EFFLUENT WEIRS SHALL BE WITHIN 1/8" OF ONE ANOTHER.
9. UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, ALL FASTENERS, ANCHOR BOLTS, AND APPURTENANCES FOR PIPING AND EQUIPMENT TO BE SUPPLIED BY INSTALLATION CONTRACTOR.
10. ELEVATION DIFFERENCE BETWEEN LEFT AND RIGHT SIDES OF WEIR SHALL NOT DEVIATE MORE THAN 1/8". SHIM TANK FILTERS OR ADJUST WALL MOUNTED WEIRS AS NEEDED.
11. SHIPPING WEIGHT: 5,511 LBS, OPERATIONAL WEIGHT: 22,708 LBS. ALL INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THIS DOCUMENT IS THE PROPERTY OF KRUGER AND/OR ITS AFFILIATES THE DESIGN
CONCEPTS AND INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN ARE PROPRIETARY TO KRUGER AND ARE SUBMITTED IN CONFIDENCE. THEY
ARE NOT TRANSFERABLE AND MUST BE USED ONLY FOR THE PURPOSE FOR WHICH THE DOCUMENT IS EXPRESSLY SUBMITTED.
THEY MUST NOT BE DISCLOSED, REPRODUCED, LOANED OR USED IN ANY OTHER MANNER WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN
CONSENT OF KRUGER. KRUGER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENT OR THE DESIGN
CONCEPTS AND INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN FOR ANOTHER PROJECT OR IN A MANNER THAT DOES NOT RELATE TO THE
FITNESS OR PURPOSE OF THIS DOCUMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THIS DOCUMENT OR THE DESIGN CONCEPTS AND INFORMATION
CONTAINED HEREIN BE USED IN ANY MANNER DETRIMENTAL TO THE INTEREST OF KRUGER. ALL PATENT RIGHTS ARE RESERVED
ACCEPTANCE OF THE DELIVERY OF THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES AGREEMENT TO THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS.
Q VEO�IA
KRUGER
4001 WESTON PKWY CARY, NC 275131(919) 677-8310
DISCFILTER
HSF22O4-1 C, MIXING BYPASS
UNIT DRAWING
REMOVED BACKWASH VALVE, REVISE NOTES/PLATFORM
CDP
DSD
03.01.22
PRELIMINARY RELEASE
CDP
JCC
02.28.1 8
STANDARD PRODUCT
SCALE
1:40
DRAWING NO
1 C.2204.M.10.8
SHEET
1 1 of 1
REV
B
DESCRIPTION
DRAWN
APPR
DATE

Q VEOLIA
Date:
07/05/2023
Project City:
Kinnakeet Shores DFS
Project State:
NC
Project Number:
5702133017
Model:
HSF2204-1C
Total Flow:
0.90 MGD
Units in Service:
1
Flow per unit:
0.90 MGD
ypass Weir WL El. Max Op.'
0.17 ft 1 2.1 in 4.85 ft
Bypass Weir
4.68 ft
BW Prober
Bypassing Differential
Normal Operating Ranger.
1.67 ft 20.0 in
0.59 ft 7.1 in
Effluent Weir WL El.
Q
0.16 ft 1 1.9 in
affluent Weir
3.18 ft
Max Collection Channel
WL2
2.18 ft
Bottom of Discfilter El.
0.00 ft
mm ft in elevation
Inlet Bypass Water Elevation
1,478 rum
4.85 ft
58.2 in
4.85 ft
Bypass Weir
1,425 rum
4.68 ft
56.1 in
4.68 ft
Effluent Water Elevation
1,018 mm
3.34 ft
40.1 in
3.34 ft
Effluent Weir
970 rum
3.18 ft
38.2 in
3.18 ft
Bottom of Unit
0 rum
0.00 ft
0.0 in
0.00 ft
NOTE: The above diagram is indicative of hydraulic profile only and should not be interepreted as a display of treatment flow path.
- The exact placement of the backwash probe is based on operating observations during installation and startup.
- Please contact Kruger if downstream hydraulic conditions are such that the water level in the effluent collection channel exceeds levels indicated.
Veolia Water Technologies, Inc.
dba Kruger
4001 Weston Parkway
Cary, NC 27513
Tel: [phone]
www.veo liawatertech.co n-
Water Technologies

VEOLIA
Date:
07/06/2023
Project City:
Kinnakeet Shores DFS
Project State:
NC
Project Number:
5702133017
Model:
HSF2204-1C
Total Flow:
0.18 MGD
Units in Service:
1
Flow per unit:
0.18 MGD
ass Weir WL El. Max O
0.11ft 1 1.4in 4.79 ft
Bypass Weir
4.68 ft
BW Probel
Bypassing Differential
Normal Operating Range 1.61 ft 19.3 in
0.63ft 7.6in
x
Effluent Weir WL El. Q
0.12 ft 1 1.4 in
Effluent Weir
3.18 ft
Max Collection Channel WL2
2.18 ft
Bottom of Discfilter El.
0.00 ft
mm ft in elevation
Inlet Bypass Water Elevation
1,459 rum
4.79 ft
57.5 in
4.79 ft
Bypass Weir
1,425 rum
4.68 ft
56.1 in
4.68 ft
Effluent Water Elevation
1,007 rum
3.30 ft
39.6 in
3.30 ft
Effluent Weir
970 rum
3.18 ft
38.2 in
3.18 ft
Bottom of Unit
0 rum
0.00 ft
0.0 in
0.00 ft
NOTE: The above diagram is indicative of hydraulic profile only and should not be interepreted as a display of treatment flow path.
- The exact placement of the backwash probe is based on operating observations during installation and startup.
- Please contact Kruger if downstream hydraulic conditions are such that the water level in the effluent collection channel exceeds levels indicated.
Veolia Water Technologies, Inc.
dba Kruger
4001 Weston Parkway
Cary, NC 27513
Tel: [phone]
www.veo liawatertech.co n-
Water Technologies

QvEOLiA
8. SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION - AUTOMATIC BACKWASH DISCFILTER EQUIPMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Contractor to furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required for the
automatic backwash filter system as shown on the drawings and as specified herein,
installed, tested and ready for operation.
B. Each Discfilter shall consist of a central drum onto which the discs with the filter media
panels are assembled. The rotating filter drum is supported on the front by two support
wheels and at the rear by a central bearing. Each filter unit shall include center drum,
discs with filter media panels, support frame with cover, backwash spray assembly with
pump, backwash trough, drive mechanism, automatic control system and components as
specified.
C. Filter shall be designed for installation as shown on the contract drawings/plans.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. To assure unity of responsibility, center tube, discs with filter media panels, support frame
with cover, backwash spray assembly with pump, backwash trough, drive mechanism,
automatic control system and components as specified shall be furnished and/or
coordinated by a single manufacturer.
B. All painting shall be per Manufacturer's standards.
C. Experience of Equipment Manufacturers:
1. It is the intent of the contract documents to procure the best equipment and services
that are available. The filtration equipment shall be furnished by a manufacturer who
shall have at least twenty (20) years experience in the United States or twenty five
(25) years experience elsewhere in the design, production, assembly and field
service of equipment of like type, size and capacity in similar applications. The
equipment manufacturer must supply a list of at least three hundred (300) successful
installation sites in the United States utilizing equipment of like type in similar
Veolia Water Technologies, Inc. (dba Kruger) -
4001 Weston Parkway • Cary, NC 27513 USA '
Tel: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.veoliawatertech.com 20

0VEOLia
applications. The equipment manufacturer must have provided discfilter equipment
for at least 20 installation sites in the state of North Carolina.
2. The equipment supplier must have manufacturing or warehouse facilities located in
the United States including parts inventory, and personnel based in the United States
and employed by the supplier to provide direct technical and field support. The
equipment manufacturer must provide information supporting their ability to provide
these services.
3. The disc filtration technology shall be accepted filtration technology for compliance
with the State of California Water Recycling Criteria (Title 22).
E. Acceptable Manufacturer:
1. Veolia Water Technologies, Inc. dba Kruger. No others accepted.
F. The Equipment Manufacturer shall warrant the use of this system and its equipment will
not infringe on any U.S. or foreign patent.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor shall furnish shop drawings, catalog data, operation and maintenance
manuals, installation instructions, parts list, layout drawings, equipment design data,
testing data and reports to show full compliance with these specifications.
1.5 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. The Discfilter System shall be capable of meeting the following performance and design
requirements.
B. Influent Characterization:
Parameter
Unit
Value
Influent Source
N/A
Secondary Clarified Effluent
following Activated Sludge
Peak Hour Flow
MGD
0.90
Average Flow
MGD
0.36
Maximum Influent TSS
mg/L
30
Average Influent TSS
mg/L
20
veona vvaier iecnnoiogies, Inc. (dba Kruger)
4001 Weston Parkway • Cary, NC 27513 USA
Tel: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.veoliawatertech.com 21

0VEOLiA
C. Effluent Requirements:
Parameter
Unit
Value
Monthly Average Effluent TSS
mg/L
:55
1. Should influent characteristics fall outside stated limits, all Performance
Requirements shall be deemed met. Average TSS concentrations are based on
analysis of 24 hr flow proportioned composite samples. Meeting the performance
requirements is contingent on the upstream process providing influent to the filters
with characteristics suitable for filtration, i.e., particles of sufficient size and strength
to allow retention on the specified 10 pm media surface.
D. Filter System General Design Information:
Filter System Criteria
Value or Description
Filter Media Discs:
Nominal Filter Pore Size, pm
10
Filter Cloth Material
Polyester
Number of Filter Units
2
Number of Filter Discs per unit
4
Filter Disc Diameter, m
2.2
Effective Filter Surface Area per unit, ft2
157
Filter Drive Unit:
Drive Motor (1 per unit)
1.5 HP, 460v, 3 phase
Drive Assembly
Drive Chain and Sprocket
Backwash Cleaning System:
Number of Backwash Nozzles (per Disc)
10
Veoiia Water iecnnoiogies, Inc. (dba Kruger)
4001 Weston Parkway • Cary, NC 27513 USA
Tel: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.veoliawatertech.com 22

QvEOLiA
Backwash Pump (1 per unit)
5 HP, 460v, 3 phase
Backwash Pressure, psi
110
Design Backwash Flowrate, gpm
27
E. The automatic backwash filter system shall be suitable for filtering domestic
wastewater after secondary treatment and clarification. Each filter shall be
designed to operate on a continuous basis and shall be designed to operate
while receiving varying flows.
F. The proposed disc filtration system shall not exceed a hydraulic loading rate of
3.99 gpm/sf at peak flow.
G. Filtration system shall utilize an "inside -out' flow pattern in which influent
flows by gravity into the filter discs from the center drum. Solids are
separated from the water by partially submerged filter media. Filtration
systems with fully submerged media utilizing an "outside -in" flow pattern shall
not be acceptable due to accumulation of solids in the tank, resulting in a
dirty and unsanitary work environment for the plant operation staff.
H. In order to minimize electrical and operation costs, filtration systems that
employ a "dynamic tangential filtration" design shall not be accepted.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. All fabricated metal shall be minimum grade AISI 304 stainless steel unless otherwise
stated in this specification. Filter panels shall be polyester filter cloth mounted on plastic
frames with integrated rubber seals. Filter disc segments shall be injection molded ABS
plastic. Discfilter designs utilizing cassettes with fiberglass molded frames shall not be
acceptable.
B. The valves, equipment, materials of construction and controls specified under this section
supersede valves, equipment, materials of construction and controls specified elsewhere
in the contract documents. Purchased components such as gear reducers, pumps,
motors, valves, and actuators shall be provided as per filter manufacturer's standard
designs and with standard recommended manufacturer's paint.
C. The disc filtration units shall be fully preassembled and factory inspected prior to shipping
the filtration units. Drive motor and backwash pump are to be installed at factory and
provided integral to filtration unit.
D. Flange connections shall be provided with AISI 304 stainless steel stub ends and loose
galvanized flange collar rings. Flanges shall be located at a common end of the filter unit
to allow for ease of access to backwash pump and drive motor.
Veolia Water Technoiogies, Inc. (dba Kruger) -
4001 Weston Parkway • Cary, NC 27513 USA '
Tel: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.veoliawatertech.com 23

0VEOLia
2.2 CENTER DRUM
A. The center drum shall be a water tight, one piece, structural welded, AISI 304 stainless
steel fabrication, open at one end to allow the influent to enter, and have openings to the
filter discs for water distribution to the filter media. The center drum shall have lubricated
bearings, which must be externally accessible via grease tubing and fittings for routine
lubrication.
2.3 DISC ASSEMBLY
A. The filter shall be composed of modular and removable discs. Each disc shall consist of
disc segments that can be easily mounted or dismounted as required. The segments of
one disc will be bolted to each other, and the completed disc assembly will be secured to
the center drum with stainless steel band straps and hardware. Designs utilizing disc
cassettes that do not allow media on one side of the disc to be replaced separately from
the other side shall not be acceptable due to excessive amount of media that is to be
replaced when media panel(s) are torn or broken.
B. Filter panels (filter media) shall be mounted on the sides of the disc segments. The filter
panels shall consist of plastic frames with PET monofilament filter fabric attached to the
frames. Systems with pleated media, corrugated media, pile cloth media, or stainless
steel media shall not be acceptable. Stainless steel media shall also not be accepted due
to its susceptibility to corrosion and short life span caused by mechanical fatigue failure.
Each panel shall be equipped with a gasket that is fitted to and provided integral to the
media frame to provide a watertight seal between the filter panels and disc segments.
The panels will be held in place by a top cover. Designs that utilize stick -on adhesive
compressible gaskets as seals between the media panels or between disc cassettes shall
not be accepted due to lack of durability and potential for compromised effluent quality.
C. Nominal media pore size shall not exceed 10 microns. Filtration systems utilizing media
greater than 10 microns shall not be accepted.
D. The replacement of filter media must be possible from outside the filter tank by
unfastening two bolts, removing the retaining cap and sliding panels from filter frame.
E. Filter discs must be constructed of modular segments and each disc segment must
include a substantially open area along the length of the radial support to allow the liquid
to flow from one section to the other as the discs are rotated.
2.4 SUPPORT FRAME WITH ENCLOSED TANK AND COVER
A. The support frame and tank shall be structural welded 304 stainless steel. The support
frame and tank assembly shall include stainless steel supports for back -wash pump, drive
gear box, and center shaft bearing house. Tank thickness shall be a minimum of 3 mm.
Carbon steel construction shall not be acceptable in order to minimize maintenance
efforts associated with corrosion and painting.
Veolia Water Technologies, Inc. (dba Kruger) -
4001 Weston Parkway • Cary, NC 27513 USA '
Tel: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.veoliawatertech.com 24

0VEOLia
B. The filter shall be furnished with a GRP (Glass fiber Reinforced Plastic) lockable cover as
a means to prevent algal growth and to eliminate the presence of filter flies. One side of
the cover shall have a single access lid that can be opened to allow operator access to all
of the discs and backwash nozzles. Designs that require both sides of the filter cover(s)
to be opened in order to access filter media and/or backwash nozzles shall not be
acceptable due to operator inconvenience and the requirement for additional footprint and
access platform. The lid must include an assembly that provides the following:
mechanical advantage to assist personnel in lifting the lid, full support of the lid when in
the open position, and mechanical resistance/support when lowering the lid. This feature
is important for ease of access and improved operator safety. Designs that incorporate
removable lids, sliding lids, or propped lids (without mechanical lifting mechanism) will not
be accepted.
C. Anchor bolts shall be provided by the contractor.
2.5 BACKWASH CLEANING SYSTEM
A. The Discfilter shall be equipped with a single oscillating back -washing system with
non -motorized moving spray headers for efficient cleaning of the filter cloth and for
reduction of the consumption of backwash water. All panels shall receive 110 psi
pressure backwash spray. Systems with separate solids removal and backwash
discharge systems shall not be acceptable.
B. The backwash system shall be comprised of stainless steel backwash spray headers
installed between the discs. The spray headers shall oscillate in an upward and
downward motion during drum rotation. The spray header oscillation shall be operated by
a cam system that is connected to the drum drive. Systems with stationary spray
headers or with separate drive motors to oscillate the spray headers shall not be
acceptable. Each header shall have flat pattern spray nozzles for each disc side. The
spray nozzles shall consist of self-cleaning nozzle tips, mounting cap for quick removal,
nozzle body and seals. The replacement of spray nozzles must be possible from outside
the filter tank. A swivel joint shall allow the spray header manifold to rotate out for nozzle
access without disassembly of the manifold or headers.
C. Each filter shall have one externally mounted low-pressure Grundfos centrifugal pump for
the backwash system. The backwash pump shall be provided integral to the Discfilter
unit and shall be installed at the factory. The backwash pump shall be of the vertical
multi -stage design with the motor mounted directly to the top of the pump. The motor
shall be supplied by Grundfos integral with the pump. The motor shall be standard
efficiency rated for 460V, 3 phase, 60 HZ operation. Filtered water shall be pumped via a
stainless steel suction pipe and discharged from the pump to the backwash header piping
constructed of stainless steel. A pressure gauge shall be installed in the backwash
header piping downstream of the pump in order to monitor the nozzle pressure.
D. The Discfilter shall be equipped with a backwash -collecting trough for removing solids.
The trough shall be constructed of stainless steel. The trough length shall be sufficient to
capture reject water from all filter discs. The trough shall be elevated to prevent contact
Veolia Water Technoiogies, Inc. (dba Kruger) -
4001 Weston Parkway • Cary, NC 27513 USA '
Tel: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.veoliawatertech.com 25

with the influent stream. The reject water shall leave the trough by gravity via the
backwash outlet connection. Piping from the trough to the outlet connection shall be
stainless steel connected with stainless steel shielded, flexible elastomeric PVC
couplings. The backwash outlet connection shall be a 6 inch ANSI loose flange.
Systems with separate solids removal and backwash discharge systems shall not be
acceptable.
2.6 CHEMICAL SPRAY HEADER
A. Each Discfilter shall be equipped with a header pipe for the purpose of allowing
supplemental chemical cleaning of the discs. The header pipe shall have nozzles that
direct a spray pattern to allow for application of chemical onto all filter panels. Each
nozzle shall be polypropylene and shall be attached to the header pipe with a nozzle
holder. The header pipe shall be attached to the inside of the filter. A camlock fitting
shall allow for connection to the end of the header pipe.
2.7 DRIVE MECHANISM
A. A drive assembly shall be incorporated to rotate the center tube/disc assembly during the
backwash cycles.
B. The drive assembly shall consist of a gear motor, chain, and sprockets. Any design using
a belt drive assembly shall not be acceptable for use due to risk of stretching and failure
when driving loads of this magnitude. The gear motor shall be SEW Eurodrive shaft
mounted helical worm gear with integral standard AC induction motor. The motor shall be
rated for 1.5 HP, 460V, 3 phase, 60HZ operation.
C. The drive assembly shall also provide oscillation of the backwash spray headers without
the need for a separate drive motor in order to provide for efficient cleaning of the filter
media with minimal water usage and minimal energy usage. Systems with stationary
spray headers and/or separate drive motors shall not be accepted for use.
D. The drive sprockets are driven by a chain. The drive chain must not operate in
submerged or wetted environment. Any design that allows the chain to come into contact
with the inlet water or the filtrate shall not be accepted for use.
2.8 FLOW BYPASS
A. A bypass chamber shall be supplied integral to the filter unit to allow for diversion of
unexpected high inlet water level. The bypass chamber shall be at the inlet side of the
filter unit and shall be constructed to prevent overflow from entering the filtered water
collection tank which acts as the source for backwash water.
2.9 DISCFILTER SPARE PARTS
A. The following spare parts will be supplied: 4 Backwash Spray Nozzles, 4 Filter Panels
Parts inventory shall be based in the United States.
2.10 CONTROL PANEL AND OPERATION
Veolia Water Tecnnoiogies, Inc. (dba Kruger) -
4001 Weston Parkway • Cary, NC 27513 USA '
Tel: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.veoliawatertech.com 26

A. The Discfilter operation shall be managed by an automated control system. The
automatic control will be designed around an Allen Bradley Micro850 Programmable
Logic Controller.
B. The control system is an integral part of the Discfilter system and shall be provided in a
UL labeled, NEMA 4X 304 Stainless Steel enclosure. Each Discfilter unit shall include a
control system which shall consist of a programmable controller, fused main disconnect,
control transformer, branch circuit breakers, IEC motor starter/protector,
hand -off -automatic switches, and liquid level sensor relay for initiating backwash. The
power feed to the control panel shall be 480VAC, 60Hz, 3 phase. Control voltage shall be
120VAC, 60 Hz, 1 phase.
C. The control panel enclosure shall meet the following criteria: 304 Stainless Steel, seams
continuously welded and ground smooth, seamless foam -in -place gasket for watertight
dust -tight seal, door opens 1800, quarter turn latches opened or closed using a
screw -driver, and NEMA Type 4X. The enclosure shall be Saginaw SCE-36EL3010SSLP
or approved equal.
D. The main disconnect shall be enclosed in the control panel, with a handle mechanism
extending through the door. The main disconnect shall be a fused 3-Pole disconnect. The
main disconnect shall be composed of three primary components; fused disconnect,
extension shaft, NEMA 4X operating handle. Components shall be Square D GS2DU3
fused disconnect, GS2AH420 disconnect handle and GS2AEH12 disconnect shaft or
approved equal.
E. Each filter shall be equipped with an adjustable water level sensor located in the influent
chamber for the purpose of backwash initiation. The backwash level sensor shall be a
height adjustable PVC encapsulated 316 SS Rod and shall include a PVC encapsulated
copper conductor with control wire connected at top of probe. The installing Contractor is
to provide wiring and conduit to connect the level sensor to a liquid level relay located in
the Discfilter Control Panel. The liquid level relay is activated when the level sensor
comes in contact with water in the influent chamber. The liquid level relay for backwash
shall be SSAC LLC44A5A with relay base or approved equal.
F. Each filter unit will be supplied with a high level sensor. The device used for the high
level sensor will be the same part(s) and number used for the backwash level sensor.
The high level sensor will be mounted in such a way as to ensure that the device
indicates when the water reaches a height above the backwash level sensor and has
entered a high level scenario. When the high level sensor is activated, it will activate a
relay inside the control cabinet and a pilot light on the front of the control panel will
illuminate. The pilot light will be labeled "Discfilter High Level". The high level relay will
have a spare set of normally open dry contacts available for monitoring. The liquid level
relay shall be SSAC LLC44A5A with relay base or approved equal.
G. Each filter unit will be supplied with a BW pump dry run protection pressure switch. The
BW pump dry run protection sensor shall be a Nautilus XMLA fixed differential single
threshold pressure switch. The sensor will be mounted in the piping downstream of the
Veolia Water Technoiogies, Inc. (dba Kruger) -
4001 Weston Parkway • Cary, NC 27513 USA '
Tel: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.veoliawatertech.com 27

backwash pump. When the sensor is activated by low pressure it will activate a relay
inside the control cabinet to prevent running the pump.
H. Field wiring terminal blocks for the Discfilter Control Panel will be din rail mountable,
individually numbered, rated for 600 Volts 30 Amps. The field wiring terminal blocks shall
be Phoenix UTTB4 3044814 or approved equal.
Motor wiring terminal blocks for the Discfilter Control Panel will be din rail mountable,
individually numbered, rated for 600 Volts 65 Amps. The field wiring terminal blocks shall
be Phoenix UT10 3044160 or approved equal.
J. A motor starter located in the Discfilter Control Panel will manage the start/stop of the
Backwash Pump motor. The motor starter will be sized appropriately to match the
requirements of the Backwash Pump motor. The motor starter will be an IEC starter rated
between 0.1 and 15 Amps @ 460VAC 3 phase, with rotary handle operator, visible trip
indication, protection by overload, short circuit, undervoltage and shunt. The motor starter
will be equipped with auxiliary contacts for monitoring and control. The IEC motor starter
shall be Square D TeSys U or approved equal.
K. A VFD located in the Discfilter Control Panel will manage the start/stop of the Filter Drum
motor. The VFD will be sized appropriately to match the requirements of the Filter Drum
motor. The VFD will be equipped with an integral keypad display for VFD interface and
configuration, use sensorless flux vector technology, use with 3-phase asynchronous
motors, monitoring and control inputs and outputs, motor and drive protection. The VFD
will not require input/output filters or harmonic testing. The VFD will be hardwired for
control and monitoring and will not require any communication protocols such as
Ethernet, DeviceNet, and Modbus. The VFD shall be Square D Altivar 320 or approved
equal.
L. The control panel shall have external selector switches (Hand -Off -Automatic). The
selector switches will be NEMA 4X, 30mm, non -illuminated, manual return and equipped
with contact blocks. The selector switches shall be Square D 9001 SKS43BH2 or
approved equal. The control panel selector switches will allow the drum drive and
backwash motor to be operated in Hand mode.
M. The completed control panel shall be UL labeled per UL508A. The completed control
panel will be factory tested and configured.
N. The Programmable Controller will perform logic, timing, counting and real time clock
operations. The Programmable Controller will be programmed using software to allow
configuration of a downloadable program featuring input instructions, output instructions,
timer instructions, counter instructions and counter instructions. The Programmable
Controller will be equipped with an embedded 10/100 Base —T EtherNet/IP Port as well
as USB programming port. The Programmable Controller will be equipped with a
minimum fourteen 14 Digital Inputs (120VAC) and ten (10) Relay Outputs, additional I/O
can be added via I/O expansion modules. The Controller shall be an Allen Bradley
Micro850 2080-LC50-24AWB or approved equal.
Veolia Water Technoiogies, Inc. (dba Kruger) -
4001 Weston Parkway • Cary, NC 27513 USA '
Tel: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.veoliawatertech.com 28

QvEOLiA
O. The control system will be supplied with one Operator Interface. The Operator Interface
will be capable of communicating with the Programmable Controller. The Operator
Interface will be capable of displaying text and graphics, allow operator setpoint entry,
and provide system status display. The Operator Interface will be a color touchscreen
display, minimum ten (10) inch diagonal, 10/100 Base-T Ethernet Port and mount to the
panel front. The Operator Interface will be Allen Bradley 2711 R-T10T or approved equal.
P. The control system will allow for continuous back washing when the motor switches are
placed in HAND mode.
Q. The Contractor is responsible for providing interconnecting wiring and/or conduit between
the supplied control panel and Discfilter equipment. The Contractor shall provide any
junction or pull boxes or any other like device needed to supply the interconnecting
wiring.
R. All field connections/terminations to the supplied control panels, the Discfilter equipment,
and between the Discfilter equipment and supplied control panels shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Contractor shall install the Discfilter system per the Equipment Manufacturer's directions
and the drawings. The Contractor will provide all supports and anchoring required to
install the Discfilter unit. The plumbing/interconnecting piping, electrical connections,
grating and handrails shall be provided by the Contractor as detailed on the drawings and
specifications including winterization such as piping insulation or heat tracing/heat tape.
The Equipment Manufacturer will provide adequate protection of the equipment for
shipment to the project site. Installation instructions will be provided that specifically
outline installation of the Discfilter. Lifting instructions will be provided to assist the
Contractor.
3.2 FIELD SERVICES
A. The Equipment Manufacturer shall furnish the services of a factory -trained representative
based in the United States and employed by the manufacturer, for a minimum of four (4)
working days and two (2) separate trips. These two trips shall consist of one (1) trip for
inspection and check-out (dry/wet/electrical) and one (1) trip for start-up and instruction of
plant operating personnel. The Contractor will provide to the Equipment Manufacturer a
minimum prior notice of three (3) weeks in order to schedule these services.
3.3 EXTENDED FIELD SERVICES
Kruger will provide remote performance support during the active equipment warranty phase, consisting
of both incoming and outbound call support and regular reports to summarize performance
observations and recommendations. This support will be provided through the Hubgrade digital service
of Veolia. Support directly tied to warranty claims will not draw upon the Hubgrade support services.
veona vvaier iecnnoiogies, Inc. (dba Kruger) -
4001 Weston Parkway • Cary, NC 27513 USA '
Tel: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.veoliawatertech.com 29

a. Treatment Performance Summary Report: Quarterly
b. Outbound Wellness Call:
Quarterly
c. Process/Automation Support Bank (Hours): 12
Veolia Water Technologies, Inc. (dba Kruger)
4001 Weston Parkway • Cary, NC 27513 USA
Tel: [phone] Fax: [phone]
A
www.veoliawatertech.com 30

0VEOLiA
PART 4 WARRANTY
W_::_► WA
A. The Equipment shall materially conform to the description in this Specification and the
Contract Documentation and shall be free from defects in material and workmanship.
Warranty periods are 18 months from delivery or 1 year from beneficial use, whichever
occurs first. Any equipment manufacturer that does not meet the experience
requirements stated within this specification shall provide a warranty with duration of 42
months from delivery or 3 years from beneficial use, whichever occurs first.
PART 5 PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION
PROCESS PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION
Definitions
A. Supplier: Veolia Water Technologies, Inc. dba Kruger
B. Purchaser: Shall mean the party that has or will enter into a Contract or Purchase Order with Supplier for
the purchase of the Equipment.
C. System Stability: Is achieved when the Basis of Design conditions being met, the system appears to be
acclimated to the water or wastewater that it is intended to treat, the System's unit operations are treating
the TSS being provided and appear to be functioning at acceptable operating conditions, and the System is
being operated with proper pre-treatment, pre -conditioning, or chemical conditioning as instructed by
Supplier.
D. System: The facility at which the Supplier's Equipment is to be installed inclusive of upstream and
downstream Equipment and appurtenances.
E. Equipment: Equipment provided by the Supplier upon which the Process Guarantee applies.
II. Basis of Design
A. Purchaser hereby agrees to and certifies the Basis of Design is as provided in Annex A.
III. Process Guarantee
A. The Process Guarantee as defined in Annex B shall be conclusively and finally demonstrated through the
successful completion of the Performance Test as described herein.
B. Supplier's obligation to comply with the Process Guarantee is strictly subject to and conditioned on the
following criteria in effect during start up, operation and Performance Test periods:
1. The influent is in compliance with the Basis of Design in accordance with Annex A ("Compliant
Influent").
Veolia Water Technologies, Inc. (dba Kruger) -
4001 Weston Parkway • Cary, NC 27513 USA '
Tel: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.veoliawatertech.com 31

0VEOLia
2. The operation of the System is in accordance with Supplier's Operation and Maintenance manual and/or
Supplier's direction.
3. Purchaser allowing Supplier access to the site and any and all data deemed relevant by Supplier and
documentation for the facility and its operation.
4. Remote access monitoring at Supplier's discretion.
5. All existing equipment and facilities of Purchaser are in good condition and free of defects.
6. System Stability is achieved as deemed by Supplier.
C. A Performance Test Protocol shall be provided by Supplier at least 60 days before the start of feeding
influent to the Equipment.
IV. Performance Test:
A. Activities and responsibilities
1. During start-up, operation and Performance Test periods, the Purchaser shall be responsible to provide
trained, competent operators who will operate the facility in accordance with Section III(B)(2) above.
2. Purchaser shall be responsible and bear all costs for collecting all samples, carrying out all laboratory
analysis or other tests, and furnishing all necessary labor, laboratory equipment, and supplies.
3. The Performance Test shall commence no later than 7 days after Supplier's written notice to Purchaser
that System Stability has been reached.
4. The Performance test shall consist of one, 2-day performance test.
5. If by one (1) month after the Equipment is ready to accept influent, the design flow and / or TSS is not
available, the Performance Test may be conducted on as much wastewater flow and TSS as is
available.
6. This Performance Guarantee will be considered fully satisfied upon completion of the Performance Test
demonstrating that the Equipment has delivered effluent as defined in Annex B.
7. During the Performance Test, if operations are interrupted for the maintenance, repair or replacement of
Equipment necessary to the Performance Test, the Equipment shall be repaired or replaced (at the cost
of the party who is responsible for the damage) and only the remaining portion of the Performance Test
will be completed.
8. Upon successful completion of the Performance Test, Supplier shall execute and submit a performance
test report and the Certificate of Performance Test Acceptance provided in Annex C to the Purchaser.
The effective date for acceptance shall be the date the Performance Test was completed.
B. Unavailability of compliant Influent or other obstacles to the Performance Test
1. Non -Compliant Influent. Any change in the Basis of Design conditions provided in Annex A may have a
negative impact on the performance of Supplier's Equipment. It is therefore agreed by the Parties that:
Veolia Water Technoiogies, Inc. (dba Kruger) -
4001 Weston Parkway • Cary, NC 27513 USA '
Tel: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.veoliawatertech.com 32

0VEOLiA
(i) the Purchaser shall inform Supplier of any such changes in a timely manner in order to allow the
Parties to assess any impact on the Basis of Design and/or the performance of Supplier's Equipment;
(ii) Supplier shall assess the consequences of such changes on the Performance Guarantee and/or
Performance Test; and (iii) the parties shall meet to try to agree on any required revisions to the
Performance Guarantee and/or Contract.
2. If, after the commencement of the Performance Test, the Purchaser is unable to deliver Compliant
Influent to the Equipment, the Supplier shall attempt to be treated Non -Compliant Influent, while
Purchaser makes every effort to bring the Influent into compliance. Supplier shall assist Purchaser and
use commercially reasonable efforts to adjust Equipment and/or operating and maintenance guidelines
to optimize performance of the Equipment under the prevailing conditions.
3. Despite the efforts described above, if after the commencement of the Performance Test, any daily
Influent composite samples taken during such Test are Non -Compliant Influent, then that day's results
and any following days impacted will be excluded from the Performance Test's final results and that
day(s) will be considered passed.
4. Disagreement over Compliant Influent. Should the Parties disagree on whether the Influent is
Compliant Influent or not, Supplier may take additional Influent and Effluent samples and conduct
laboratory testing at a mutually agreed upon 3rd party laboratory, and as applicable, either the
Performance Test will be delayed (if not yet commenced) or the Performance Test will be rescheduled.
The Contract Schedule and date of the Performance Test will be adjusted accordingly as provided in
the applicable section of the Contract, until the results of such laboratory tests are issued. If the
laboratory testing confirms the Influent is non -Compliant Influent, Purchaser shall reimburse Supplier
for its costs and expenses.
5. Should the Performance Test fail due to reasons not attributable to Supplier (other than non -compliant
influent), at Purchaser's request, cost and expense, Supplier may agree to conduct a subsequent
Performance Test.
6. Should the Purchaser be unable or unwilling to conduct the Performance Test within 12 months from
delivery of Supplier's Equipment, the requirement to conduct a Performance Test and the Process
Guarantee will be deemed met and Purchaser will execute the Certificate of Acceptance. At
Purchaser's request, cost and expense, Supplier may agree to extend the time period to conduct the
Performance Test.
C. Failure of the Performance Test due to Supplier
Should the Performance Test fail due to reasons attributable to Supplier, Supplier will be given the
opportunity and a reasonable time to adjust or modify the System in accordance with Supplier's scope
of supply, or to modify the operating protocols of the System, provided such operating protocols are in
accordance with good engineering practices. Supplier shall be granted two (2) additional opportunities
to successfully complete a Subsequent Performance Test. All such adjustments, modifications and
additional testing shall be done at Supplier's expense.
2. In the event that the Equipment fails to meet the Process Guarantee following Supplier's efforts as
described in the preceding paragraph, Supplier's sole obligation and Purchaser's sole remedy shall be
to replace or modify the Equipment, as Supplier deems appropriate to enable the Equipment to meet
the Process Guarantee, subject to the limitation of liability set forth in the Contract.
Veolia Water Technoiogies, Inc. (dba Kruger) -
4001 Weston Parkway • Cary, NC 27513 USA '
Tel: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.veoliawatertech.com 33

V. Test Methods and Sampling Requirements
A. The following Sampling and Analytical Parameters table provides the minimum parameters for sampling
and analysis. Supplier reserves the right to witness the sampling and testing and to take portions of the
samples for analysis in its own laboratories.
B. The publication, Standard Methods for Examination of Water and Wastewater, most recent edition, shall
be used as the primary laboratory and analytical procedure source, unless otherwise agreed to by
Supplier. All other analyses, data reduction or tests not specified in that publication or otherwise specified
shall be carried out using procedures furnished or approved by Supplier.
C. In the case of continuous reading instrumentation, OWNER/CONTRACTOR shall calibrate instrumentation
at least once per test period. Calibration reports shall be available if requested by Supplier.
Sampling and Analytical Parameters
Parameter
Sample Type
Frequency
Plant Flow, Influent/Effluent, MGD
N/A
Every 30 minutes / as
needed to properly record
TSS, Influent/Effluent, mg/L
Composite
Every 24 hours
Veolia Water Technologies, Inc. (dba Kruger)
4001 Weston Parkway • Cary, NC 27513 USA
Tel: [phone] Fax: [phone]
RE
www.veoliawatertech.com 34

0VEOLia
ANNEX A — BASIS OF DESIGN
Purchaser hereby agrees to the Basis of Design as defined herein, confirms its accuracy and completeness, and
agrees that it shall serve as the basis for the Process Guarantee as provided in Annex B.
Compliant Influent Composition:
Parameter
Units
Values
Influent Source
NA
Secondary Clarification
following Activated Sludge
Flow, Peak Hour
MGD (gpm)
0.90 (625)
Flow, Average Day
MGD (gpm)
0.36 (250)
TSS, Peak Influent
mg/L
30
TSS, Average Influent
mg/L
20
A. Conditions and Clarifications:
1. The wastewater is biodegradable and does not contain any substance or element whose presence or
concentration causes interference or inhibition, defined as: a substance that hinders the mechanisms
of treatment; or whose treatment byproduct (sludge, dewatered liquor, etc.) is hazardous or otherwise
requires additional cost for disposal; or may result in gases or vapors that pose a risk to system
performance or human health; or that is corrosive, erosive, or abrasive; or which contains pollutants
that obstruct the flow in the system. Examples include solvents, lubricants, preservatives, quaternary
ammonium compounds, fugitive polymers, oils, etc.
Veolia Water Technologies, Inc. (dba Kruger)
4001 Weston Parkway • Cary, NC 27513 USA
Tel: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.veoliawatertech.com 35

ANNEX B — PROCESS GUARANTEE
Supplier warrants and represents that during the Performance Test, the Equipment will produce effluent meeting
the objectives listed in the table below:
Compliant Effluent Composition:
EFFLUENT OBJECTIVES
Monthly Average Effluent TSS, mg/L I <_ 5
A. Conditions and Clarifications:
1. Meeting the performance requirements is contingent on the upstream process providing influent to the
filters with characteristics suitable for filtration, i.e., particles of sufficient size and strength to allow
retention on the specified 10 um media surface.
Veolia Water Technologies, Inc. (dba Kruger)
4001 Weston Parkway • Cary, NC 27513 USA
Tel: [phone] Fax: [phone]
RE
www.veoliawatertech.com 36

ANNEX C — CERTIFICATE OF PERFORMANCE TEST ACCEPTANCE
The undersigned representative of Veolia Water Technologies Inc (dba Kruger) hereby certifies that the Equipment
has successfully completed the Performance Test on:
and as required by the Contract between Kruger and
for the named project.
System: Hydrotech Discfilter Filtration System
Project :Kinnakeet Shores DFS
Veolia Water Technologies Inc, dba Kruger
Signed:
Printed or Typed Name:
Title:
Date:
ACCEPTANCE:
Purchaser hereby agrees that the Equipment has successfully completed the Performance Test and the Process
Guarantee is discharged as of the completion date shown.
McKim & Creed
Signed:
Printed or Typed Name:
Title:
Date:
END OF SECTION
Veolia Water Technologies, Inc. (dba Kruger)
4001 Weston Parkway • Cary, NC 27513 USA
Tel: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.veoliawatertech.com 37

QvEOLiA
9. AIS STATEMENT
Hydrotech Discfilter equipment is considered mechanical equipment under the American Iron and Steel
Act and thus, is not required to meet the requirements of the Act. Refer to the EPA website for more
information, including Item 22 of the EPA Memorandum, `American Iron and Steel Requirement
Guidance', dated March 20, 2014 which clarifies implementation of said Act.
(https://www.epa.aov/cwsrf/american-iron-and-steel-requirement-auidance-and-questions-and-answers)
Veolia Water Technologies, Inc. (dba Kruger)
4001 Weston Parkway • Cary, NC 27513 USA
Tel: [phone] Fax: [phone]
A
www.veoliawatertech.com 38

0VEOLiA
10. SAMPLE CERTIFICATION OF INSURANCE
A6 ® DATE (MMIDDIYYYY)
CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 12012022
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS
CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES
BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(Sj, AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.
IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed.
If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on
this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).
PRODUCER
Marsh USA, Inc.
540 W. Madison Street
CONTACT
NAME:
PHONE FAX
(AIC, No Eft : AIC ND
CRICage, IL 6U651
Attn Vents CertRequest@marsh corn I Fax, 212-94MO63
E-MAIL
ADDRESS:
INSURERS) AFFORDING COVERAGE
NAIC #
INSURERA: Fva sl National insurance Company
10120
VWT Cary
INSURED Veolia Water Technelegies, lTie .
4001 Weston Parkway
INSURER B: FIg: Premier l ncurance Com a ny
16045
INSURER c: NIA
NIA
INSURER D: Berkshire Hathaway Specialty Insurance
22276
Cary' NC 27513
INSURER E' National Fire & Marine Insurance Cc
20079
INSURER F
COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: CHI-009773857-21 REVISION NUMBER: 6
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD
INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS
CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,
EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
INSR
LTR
OF INSURANCE
ADDLTYPE
INSD WVD SUER
POLOYNUMBER
MMDDmYY
MMIDCDmYY
LIMITS
A
X
COMMERCIALGENERALLIABILITY
RM5GL00066-231(All Other)
01/01/2023
C1/01024
EACH OCCURRENCE
$ 5,000,000
A
CLAIMS -MADE X❑ OCCUR
RM5GL00067-231 (Utility Operations}
01/0112023
011D112024
PREMSEs EaoAMAGE TO NTE
rtiu ence
$ 1,000,000
MED EXP (Any one person)
$ 10,000
PERSONAL &ADV INJURY
$ 5,000,000
AGGREGATE LI MIT APPLIES PER.
GENERAL AGGREGATE
$ 5,000,000
GEN'L
X
POLIGY JJECCT LOC
PRODUOTS-GOMPIOP ADD
$ 5,000,000
$
OTHER:
A
AUTOMOBILE
LIABILITY
RM5CAD0066-231(ACS)
01/01/2023
01/0112024
COMBINEDSINGLE LIMIT
Ea accident
$ 51000,000
BODILY INJURY (Per person)
$
A
X
ANY AUTO
RM5CAD0065-231(MA}
01/01/2023
Ci/D112024
A
AO OS ONLY sc EDULED
RM5CAD0064-231(Utility Operations)
01/01/2023
011DV2024
BODILY INJURY (Per accident)
$
PROPERTY DAMAGE
Per accident
$
HIRED NON -OWNED
AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY
(DE, ID, NY, NJ, PA, RI)
UMBRELLALIAB
OCCUR
EACH OCCURRENCE
$
AGGREGATE
$
EXCESS "A.
CLAIMS -MADE
DEL) RETENTION$
$
B
B
B
WORK ERSCOMPE14SATION
AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY vIN
OFFCEIVY EMD REXC UDEID EGVTIVE N
(Mandatory in NH)
NIA
RM5VVC00092-231 (AGS)
RMSWC00094-231 (FL,ME,NJ)
RM5WC00095-231(WI,MA)
OW112023
01/0112023
01/01/2023
01101/2024
011D112024
C1101r2024
X I STATUTE ERH
E. L. EACH ACCIDENT
$ 1,000,000
E.L.OISEASE- EAEMPLOYEE
$ 1,000,00o
If yes, describe under
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below
E.L. DISEASE -POLICY LIMIT
$ 1 000,000
E
CPL-SIR ,$1,000,000
42-0PL-326004-01
01/01/2023
CU0112024
OccurencelAggregaie
5,000,000
D
E80- SIR, $5,000,000
42-ONP-313450-03
010112023
01/01/2024
Per ClaimlAggregate
5,000,000
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS LOCATIONS I VEHICLES (ACORD 1DI, Add Moral Remarks Schedule, maybe attached if more space is required)
CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION
Veolia Water Technologies, Inc_
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE
4001 Waston Parkway
THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN
Cary, INC 27513
ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS.
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
01988-2016 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved.
ACORD 25 (21 16/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD
Veolia Water Technologies, Inc. (dba Kruger)
4001 Weston Parkway • Cary, NC 27513 USA
Tel: [phone] Fax: [phone]
0
www.veoliawatertech.com 39

0VEOLia
ORDER SELECTION
Please review Kruger's offer of the Hydrotech Discfilter scope as described herein and acknowledge
your acceptance of this order with authorized signature below. Once we have received signoff on this
order, Kruger will return a signed copy.
Veolia Water Technologies, Inc. dba Kruger
Supplier Customer (Company Name)
Signature Signature
Name & Title Name & Title
Date Date
Veolia Water Technologies, Inc. (dba Kruger)
4001 Weston Parkway • Cary, NC 27513 USA
Tel: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.veoliawatertech.com 40

MCKIM & CREED, INC 21566
8020 TOWER POINT DRIVE
CHARLOTTE, NC 28227 50-1B09/433 m
1059 co
� Z N
PAY n j n '^ CHECK pYMOR
0
TO THE
ORDER OF 7 �
�! OLLARS
First National Bank
� LL
Fl FOR-- �� _ Ci O J ..too — e.1 V) !► s�7 w
_ LL
,} N 3
�j C � Jf CHr[!�►1ti1 y/ � � - - - - - - - -- �_.7Y 55euS�r�•r, w
II'021566110 1:0433180921: 95145i409211' 4 e
ire .�._ � � z _. :���--� ��•__,y-Fz-s.-,,-a - _� � ,x � � '
\ .. .. ._ .. J. .� _- ." — -- — .... .`• .. X s � x .�c-� •s x -,_ � xi..m x m m cc _.
n

NORTH CAFZOLINA
Ploy COOPER EhvftnmentalQualby
MI HAEL S. RP f
$41frelffy,
UNDA CULP PPE
Iffredm aireaff
August 17, 2018
RAY E. HOLLOWELL, JR. —MANAGER
OUTER BANKS/KINNAKEET ASSOCIATES, LLC
POST OFFICE BOX 1158
AvON, NORTH CAROLINA 27915-1158
Subject: Permit No. WQ0002284
Kinnakeet Shores WWTP
Reclaimed Water Generation
and Non -Conjunctive
Reclaimed Water
Utilization System
Dare County
Dear Mr. Hollowell:
In accordance with your permit major modification request received August 1, 2018, we are
forwarding herewith Permit No. WQ0002284 dated August 17, 2018, to Outer Banks/Kinnakeet Associates,
LLC for the construction and operation of the proposed modification, as well as the continued operation of
the reclaimed water generation and non -conjunctive reclaimed water utilization facilities.
Modifications to the subject permit are as follows:
➢ The disinfection system is being modified.
This permit shall be effective from the date of issuance until February 28, 2023, shall void Permit
No. WQ0002284 issued March 14, 2018, and shall be subject to the conditions and limitations as specified
therein. Please pay particular attention to the monitoring requirements listed in Attachments A, B. and C
for they may differ from the previous permit issuance. Failure to establish an adequate system for collecting
and maintaining the required operational information shall result in future compliance problems.
-, �-DE Q. fj
North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality I Division of Water Resources I Non -Discharge Branch
512 North Salisbury Street 11617 Mail Service Center I Raleigh, North Carolina 27699-1617
919.807.6332

Mr. Ray E. Hollowell, Jr.
August 17, 2018
Page 2 of 2
Please note the following permit conditions are new since the last permit issuance dated
March 14, 2018:
➢ Condition I.1. — Within 90 days of permit issuance, the Permittee shall submit a permit
modification addressing setback waivers and easements.
➢ Condition I.4. — Upon completion of construction and prior to operation of the new disinfection
system, a certification (attached) shall be submitted from a licensed North Carolina
Professional Engineer certifying that the permitted facility has been installed in accordance
with this permit.
➢ Condition I.6. — Within 30 days of construction, a Well Construction Record (Form GW-I)
shall be submitted.
If any parts, requirements or limitations contained in this permit are unacceptable, the Permittee
has the right to request an adjudicatory hearing upon written request within 30 days following receipt of
this permit. This request shall be in the form of a written petition, conforming to Chapter 150B of the North
Carolina General Statutes, and filed with the Office of Administrative Hearings at 6714 Mail Service
Center, Raleigh, NC 27699-6714. Unless such demands are made, this permit shall be final and binding.
One set of approved plans and specifications is being forwarded to you. If you need additional
information concerning this permit, please contact Tessa Monday at [phone] or
tessa.monda ncdenr.&ov.
Sincerely,
jP Linda Culpepper, Interim Direc r
Division of Water Resources
cc: Dare County Health Department (Electronic Copy)
Washington Regional Office, Water Quality Regional Operations Section (Electronic Copy)
Mark S. Bissell, PE — Bissell Professional Group (Electronic Copy)
Beth Buffington — Protection and Enforcement Branch (Electronic Copy)
Laserfiche File (Electronic Copy)
Digital Permit Archive (Electronic Copy)
Central Files

NORTH CAROLINA
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT COMMISSION
DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
RALEIGH
RECLAIMED WATER GENERATION SYSTEM AND NON -CONJUNCTIVE RECLAIMED
WATER UTILIZATION SYSTEM PERMIT
In accordance with the provisions of Article 21 of Chapter 143, General Statutes of North Carolina as
amended, and other applicable Laws, Rules and Regulations
PERMISSION IS HEREBY GRANTED TO
Outer Banks/Kinnakeet Associates, LLC
Dare County
fT07I'm tl0101
operation of a 350,000 gallon per day (GPD) wastewater collection, reclaimed water generation, and non -
conjunctive reclaimed water utilization system consisting of the:
construction and operation of chlorination and de -chlorination system consisting of. a hypochlorite
metering pump; calcium thiosulfate metering pump; and all associated piping, valves, controls, and
appurtenances; the
abandonment of the existing ultraviolet (UV) disinfection system; and all associated piping, valves,
controls, and appurtenances; the
continued operation of a wastewater collection system consisting of: approximately 3,143 linear feet (LF)
of. 8-inch gravity sewer; a 134 gallon per minute (GPM) pump station with duplex pumps and high-water
alarms; approximately 3,362 LF of 4-inch force main; a standby power supply; and all associated piping,
valves, controls, and appurtenances; the
continued operation of a 350,000 gallon per day (GPD) reclaimed water generation system consisting of: a
manually cleaned influent bar screen; a 140,000 gallon aerated flow equalization basin with two 243 GPM
submersible transfer pumps; a 300 cubic feet per minute (CFM) blower; two 23,985 gallon anoxic tanks
with two submersible transfer pumps and two anoxic mixing pumps; a 2.5 gallon per hour (GPH) singe
head adjustable output peristaltic chemical feed pump (50% sugar solution); a flow splitter box; two
175,000 gallon coarse bubble aeration basins with four submersible recycle pumps and two 3,000 CFM
blowers; two 31,050 gallon clarifiers; a second flow splitter box; a 61,650 gallon aerated sludge holding
basin with two decant transfer pumps; a 348 square foot (ft2) traveling bridge filter (23 cells) rated at 0.70
GPM/ft2; a 1,750 gallon traveling filter backwash return tank with duplex pumps and audible/visual alarms;
a turbidimeter; a flow meter; a 3.057 million gallon (MG) lined 5-day upset pond; a 35,000 gallon 5-day
upset return pump station with duplex pumps and audible/visual alarms; 265,000 kilowatt (kW) backup
generator; and all associated piping, valves, controls, and appurtenances; and the
WQ0002284 Version 3.1 Shell Version 180711 Page 1 of 14

continued operation of a non -conjunctive reclaimed water utilization system consisting of. a 5.1 MG
storage/infiltration pond with a loading rate of 1.49 GPD/ftz; an irrigation pump station with duplex pumps
and audible/visual alarms; a mini weather station; 16.88 acres of irrigation area; a groundwater lowering
pump station with duplex pumps and audible/visual alarms; and all associated piping, valves, controls and
appurtenances
to serve the Kinnakeet Shores WWTP, with no discharge of wastes to surface waters, pursuant to the
application received August 1, 2018, and in conformity with the project plans, specifications, and other
supporting data subsequently filed and approved by the Department of Environmental Quality and
considered a part of this permit.
This permit shall be effective from the date of issuance until February 28, 2023, shall void Permit No.
WQ0002284 issued March 14, 2018, and shall be subject to the following specified conditions and
limitations:
I. SCHEDULES
1. Within 90 days of permit issuance, the Permittee shall submit a permit modification addressing the
following:
a. Several residences appear to be within 100 feet of the 5-day upset pond. Any residences that
are within 100 feet and were there prior to the permitting of the pond, must have a setback
waiver. [15A NCAC 02T .0506(d)]
b. Easements for all parcels not owned by the applicant specifically indicating the intended use
of the property and meeting the condition of 15A NCAC 02L .0107(f). [15A NCAC 02U
.0202(f)(3 )]
c. Provide a table listing each irrigation field, property owner(s), and easement book and page.
d. A site map with a scale no greater than 1-inch equals 100 feet; however, special provisions may
be granted upon prior approval for large properties. At a minimum, the map shall include the
following information:
i. The location and identity of each monitoring well.
ii. The location of major components of the waste disposal system.
iii. The wetted perimeter of all irrigation fields.
iv. The location and ownership of property boundaries within 500 feet of the disposal areas.
v. The location of all wells, streams (ephemeral, intermittent, and perennial), wetlands,
springs, lakes, ponds, ditches, and other surface drainage features within 500 feet of all
facilities.
vi. The elevation of the top of the well casing (i.e., measuring point) relative to a common
datum.
vii. The depth of water below the measuring point at the time the measuring point is
established.
viii. The delineation of compliance and review boundaries.
ix. The minimum distance for approved setback waivers.
x. The date the map is prepared and/or revised.
[15A NCAC 02T .0108(b)(2)]
WQ0002284 Version 3.1 Shell Version 180711 Page 2 of 14

2. The permit dated March 14, 2018 required that the Permittee have two of the three channels (each
channel designed to disinfect a flow of 175,000 GPD) of the Severn Trent U1traDynamics Series 8200
Open Channel ultraviolet (UV) disinfection system operational and have additional bulbs available on
site for replacement when needed. Compliance with this condition was due prior to August 1,
2018. Per Notice of Violation NOV-2018-PC-0311, the Permittee failed to have the two channels
operational by August 1, 2018. All channels are no longer functional per the July 12, 2018 inspection.
The Permittee remains in noncompliance with this permit condition and is subject to daily civil penalty
assessments until such time as the new proposed Liquid Chlorine disinfection system has been installed
and operational, thereby replacing the need for the UV disinfection system. The permittee shall install
the Liquid Chlorine system within 30 days of permit issuance. The Washington Regional Office,
telephone number [phone], shall be notified when the system has been installed and certified
such that an in -place inspection can be made. [ 15A NCAC 02T .0108(b)(2)]
The permit dated March 14, 2018 required that the Permittee provide a functioning flow meter for the
reclaimed irrigation system and have the reclaimed water spray irrigation system operational no later
than August 1, 2018. Per Notice of Violation NOV-2018-PC-0311, the Permittee failed to have the
flow meter and reclaim irrigation system operational by August 1, 2018. The Permittee remains in
noncompliance with this permit condition and is subject to daily civil penalty assessments until such
time as compliance with this condition has been met. The Washington Regional Office, telephone
number [phone], shall be notified when the flow meter and irrigation system is functioning such
that an in -place inspection can be made. [ 15A NCAC 02T .0108(b)(2)]
The permit dated March 14, 2018 required that the Permittee install monitoring wells MW-10, MW-
11, and MW-12 prior to June 12, 2018. Per Notice of Violation NOV-2018-PC-0311, the Permittee
failed to install the wells prior to June 12„ 2018 . The Permittee shall install the wells and sample the
monitoring wells per permit conditions. The Permittee remains in noncompliance with this permit
condition and is subject to daily civil penalty assessments until such time as compliance with this
condition has been met. Washington Regional Office, telephone number [phone], shall be
notified when the system has been installed and certified such that an in -place inspection can be made.
[15A NCAC 02T .0108(b)(2)]
5. Prior to April 1, 2019, the Permittee shall replace the tertiary filter media. Compliance with this
condition shall be verified with an inspection by the Washington Regional Office. [15A NCAC 02T
.0108(b)(2)]
6. Prior to March 14, 2020, the Permittee shall repair the damaged roof above the wastewater treatment
facility. Compliance with this condition shall be verified with an inspection by the Washington
Regional Office. [15A NCAC 02T .0108(b)(2)]
The Washington Regional Office, telephone number [phone], shall approve monitoring wells
MW-10, MW-11, and MW-12 prior to installation. The regional office shall be notified at least 48
hours prior to the construction of any monitoring well, and such notification to the regional supervisor
shall be made from 8:00 a.m. until 5:00 p.m. on Monday through Friday, excluding State Holidays. The
monitoring wells shall be constructed such that the water level in the monitoring well is never above or
below the screened (open) portion of the well at any time during the year, and in accordance with 15A
NCAC 02C .0108. [15A NCAC 02T .0108(b)(2), 02C .0108]
Upon completion of construction and prior to operation of the new disinfection system, a certification
(attached) shall be submitted from a licensed North Carolina Professional Engineer certifying that the
permitted facility has been installed in accordance with this permit, Division approved plans and
specifications, and other supporting documentation, including the location of all monitoring wells as
applicable. If this project is to be completed in phases and partially certified the Permittee shall retain
the responsibility' to track further construction approved under the same permit. and shall provide a
final certificate of completion once the entire project has been completed. Mail the Certification to the
Division of Water Resources, Non -Discharge Branch, 1617 Mail Service Center, Raleigh, NC 27699-
1617 or Non-Discharge.Reports&ncdenr.gov. [ 15A NCAC 02T .0116]
WQ0002284 Version 3.1 Shell Version 180711 Page 3 of 14

9. The Washington Regional Office, telephone number [phone], shall be notified at least 48 hours
in advance (excluding weekends and holidays) of operation of the newly installed disinfection system
such that an in -place inspection can be made. Notification to the regional supervisor shall be made
from 8:00 a.m. until 5:00 p.m. on Monday through Friday, excluding State Holidays. [15A NCAC 02T
.0108(b)(2)]
10. Within 30 days of construction, a Well Construction Record (Form GW-1) listing this permit number
and the appropriate monitoring well identification number shall be completed for each well constructed
and mailed to the Division of Water Resources, Non -Discharge Branch, 1617 Mail Service Center,
Raleigh, NC 27699-1617 or Non-Discharge.Reports ,ncdenr.gov. A North Carolina Certified Well
Contractor shall construct the monitoring wells according to the North Carolina Well Construction
Standards (15A NCAC 02C .0113) and local county rules. [15A NCAC 02C .011, 02T .0108(b)(2)]
11. No later than six months prior to the expiration of this permit, the Permittee shall request renewal of
this permit on official Division forms. Upon receipt of the request, the Division will review the
adequacy of the facilities described therein, and if warranted, will renew the permit for such period of
time and under such conditions and limitations as it may deem appropriate. Please note Rule 15A
NCAC 02T .0105(d) requires an updated site map to be submitted with the permit renewal application.
[15A NCAC 02U .0106, 02U .0109]
H. PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
The subject reclaimed water facilities shall be effectively maintained and operated at all times so there
is no discharge to surface waters, nor any contravention of groundwater or surface water standards. In
the event the facilities fail to perform satisfactorily, including the creation of nuisance conditions due
to improper operation and maintenance, or failure of the utilization areas to adequately assimilate the
reclaimed water, the Permittee shall take immediate corrective actions including Division required
actions, such as the construction of additional or replacement reclaimed water generation and utilization
facilities. [G.S. 143-215.1, 143-213.3(a)]
2. This permit shall not relieve the Permittee of their responsibility for damages to groundwater or surface
water resulting from the operation of this facility. [ 15A NCAC 02B .0200, 02L .0100]
3. All wells constructed for purposes of groundwater monitoring shall be constructed in accordance with
15A NCAC 02C .0108 (Standards of Construction for Wells Other than Water Supply), and any other
jurisdictional laws and regulations pertaining to well construction. [15A NCAC 02C .0108]
4. The wastewater collection facilities shall be properly maintained and operated at all times. The
Permittee shall maintain compliance with an individual system -wide collection system permit for the
operation and maintenance of these facilities in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0400. If an
individual permit is not required, the following performance criteria shall be met as provided in 15A
NCAC 02T .0403.
a. The sewer system shall be effectively maintained and operated at all times to prevent discharge to
land or surface waters, and any contravention of groundwater or surface water standards.
b. A map of the sewer system shall be developed and actively maintained.
c. An operation and maintenance plan shall be developed, implemented and maintained.
d. Pump stations not connected to a telemetry system shall be inspected every day (i.e., 365 days per
year). Pump stations connected to a telemetry system shall be inspected at least once per week.
e. High -priority sewers shall be inspected at least once every six months.
f. A general observation of the entire sewer system shall be conducted at least once per year.
g. Overflows and bypasses shall be reported to the Washington Regional Office in accordance with
15A NCAC 02B .0506(a), and public notice shall be provided as required per North Carolina
General Statute § 143-215.1 C.
WQ0002284 Version 3.1 Shell Version 180711 Page 4 of 14

h. A grease control program shall be developed, implemented and maintained.
i. Right-of-ways and easements shall be maintained.
j. Inspection and maintenance records for Conditions II.4.a. through I1.4.i. shall be maintained for a
period of at least three years, except for Conditions II.4.b. and I1.4.c., which shall be maintained
for the life of the system.
[15A NCAC 02T .0403]
5. Effluent limitations for generated reclaimed water shall not exceed those specified in Attachment A.
[15A NCAC 02U .0300]
6. Application rates shall not exceed those specified in Attachment B. [15A NCAC 02U .0401(g), 02U
.0402(m)]
7. The following shall be requirements for the reclaimed water storage and utilization facilities:
a. All reclaimed water valves, storage facilities and outlets shall be tagged or labeled to warn the
public or employees that reclaimed water is not intended for drinking. Where appropriate, such
warning shall inform the public or employees to avoid contact with reclaimed water.
b. All reclaimed water piping, valves, outlets and other appurtenances shall be color -coded, taped or
otherwise marked to identify the source of the water as being reclaimed water.
i. All reclaimed water piping and appurtenances shall be either colored purple (i.e., Pantone 522)
and embossed or integrally stamped or marked "CAUTION: RECLAIMED WATER — DO
NOT DRINK" or be installed with a purple (i.e., Pantone 522) identification tape or
polyethylene vinyl wrap. The warning shall be stamped on opposite sides of the pipe and
repeated every three feet or less.
ii. Identification tape shall be at least three inches wide and have white or black lettering on purple
(i.e., Pantone 522) field stating "CAUTION: RECLAIMED WATER — DO NOT DRINK."
Identification tape shall be installed on reclaimed water pipelines in a visible manner, fastened
at least every 10 feet to each pipe length and run continuously the entire length of the pipe.
iii. Existing underground distribution systems retrofitted for the purpose of distributing reclaimed
water shall be taped or otherwise identified as noted above. This identification need not extend
the entire length of the distribution system, but shall be incorporated within 10 feet of crossing
any potable water supply line or sanitary sewer line.
c. All reclaimed water valves and outlets shall be of a type, or secured in a manner, that permits
operation by authorized personnel only.
d. Hose bibs shall be located in locked, below grade vaults that shall be labeled as being of non -
potable quality. As an alternative to the use of locked vaults with standard hose bib services, other
locking mechanisms such as hose bibs which can only be operated by a tool may be placed above
ground and labeled as non -potable water.
[ 15A NCAC 02U .0403 ]
8. No direct cross -connections shall be allowed between reclaimed water and potable water systems,
unless such connection has been approved by the Department pursuant to 15A NCAC 18C .0406. [15A
NCAC 02U .0403 (f)]
9. Reclaimed water distribution lines shall be located at least 10 feet horizontally from and 18 inches
below any water line where practicable. Where these separation distances cannot be met, the piping
and integrity testing procedures shall meet water main standards in accordance with 15A NCAC 18C.
[15A NCAC 02U .0403(h)]
WQ0002284 Version 3.1 Shell Version 180711 Page 5 of 14

10. Reclaimed water distribution lines shall not be less than 100 feet from a well unless the piping and
integrity testing procedures meet water main standards in accordance with 15A NCAC 18C, but in no
case shall they be less than 25 feet from a private well or 50 feet from a public well. [ 15A NCAC 02U
.0403(i)]
11. Reclaimed water distribution lines shall be located at least two feet horizontally from and 18 inches
above any sewer line where practicable. Where these separation distances cannot be met, the piping
and integrity testing procedures shall meet water main standards in accordance with 15A NCAC 18C.
[15A NCAC 02U .04030)]
12. The compliance and review boundaries (for the Storage/Infiltration Basin and Irrigation Fields A10A
— A9C) are established at the property boundary. Any exceedance of standards at the compliance or
review boundary shall require action in accordance with 15A NCAC 02L .0106. [15A NCAC 02H
.0219(k)(1)(C)(i)(I1I)]
13. The Permittee shall apply for a permit modification to establish a new compliance boundary prior to
any sale or transfer of property affecting a compliance boundary. [ 15A NCAC 02L .0107(c)]
14. No wells, excluding Division approved monitoring wells, shall be constructed within the compliance
boundary except as provided for in 15A NCAC 02L .0107(g). [15A NCAC 02L .0107(d)]
15. Except as provided for in 15A NCAC 02L .0107(g), the Permittee shall ensure any landowner who is
not the Permittee and owns land within the compliance boundary shall execute and file with the Dare
County Register of Deeds an easement running with the land containing the following items:
a. A notice of the permit and number or other description as allowed in 15A NCAC 02L .0107(f)(1);
b. Prohibits construction and operation of water supply wells within the compliance boundary; and
c. Reserves the right of the Permittee or the State to enter the property within the compliance boundary
for purposes related to the permit.
The Director may terminate the easement when its purpose has been fulfilled or is no longer needed.
[15A NCAC 02L .0107(f)]
16. The facilities permitted under 15A NCAC 02H .0200 herein shall be constructed according to the
following setbacks:
a. The setbacks for reclaimed utilization sites shall be as follows (all distances in feet):
i. Surface waters not classified SA:
ii. Surface waters classified SA:
iii. Any well with exception to monitoring wells:
[15A NCAC 02U .0701]
b. The setbacks for treatment units shall be as follows (all distances in feet):
i. Any well with exception of monitoring wells:
ii. Any property line:
[ 15A NCAC 02U .0701 ]
25
100
100
100
50
WQ0002284 Version 3.1 Shell Version 180711 Page 6 of 14

c. The setbacks for final effluent storage and infiltration units shall be as follows (all distances in
feet):
i. Any habitable residence or place of public assembly under separate ownership: 100
ii. Any private or public water supply source: 100
iii. Surface waters: 100
iv. Groundwater lowering ditches: 50
v. Surface water diversions: 50
vi. Any well with exception of monitoring wells: 100
vii. Any property line: 50
[I 5A NCAC 02H .02190), 02H .0404(g)]
III. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS
1. The reclaimed water generation and utilization facilities shall be properly maintained and operated at
all times. The facilities shall be effectively maintained and operated as a reclaimed water system to
prevent the discharge of any reclaimed water or partially treated effluent resulting from the operation
of this facility. [15A NCAC 02T .0108(b)(1)]
2. The Permittee shall maintain an Operation and Maintenance Plan, which at a minimum shall include
the following:
a. Description of the system in sufficient detail to show what operations are necessary for the system
to function and by whom the functions will be conducted;
b. A map of all distribution lines and record drawings of all utilization systems under the Permittee's
control;
c. Description of anticipated maintenance activities;
d. Include provisions for safety measures including restriction of access to sites and equipment; and
e. Spill control provisions including response to upsets and bypasses including control, containment,
remediation, and contact information for plant personnel, emergency responders and regulatory
agencies.
[15A NCAC 02U .0801]
Upon the Water Pollution Control System Operators Certification Commission's (WPCSOCC)
classification of the subject non -discharge facilities, in. accordance with 15A NCAC 08G .0200 the
Permittee shall designate and employ a certified operator in responsible charge (ORC) and one or more
certified operator(s) as back-up ORC(s). The ORC or their back-up shall visit the facilities in
accordance with 15A NCAC 08G .0200, and shall comply with all other conditions specified in the
previously cited rules. [15A NCAC 02U .0117]
4. An operator certified by the Water Pollution Control System Operators Certification Commission
(WPCSOCC) of a grade equivalent or greater than the facility classification shall be on call 24 hours
per day. [15A NCAC 02U .0401(e), 02U .0402(i)]
5. A suitable year round vegetative cover shall be maintained on irrigation sites at all times, such that crop
health is optimized, allows for even distribution of reclaimed water, and allows inspection of the
irrigation system. [15ANCAC 02T .0108(b)(1)]
6. Adequate measures shall be taken to prevent reclaimed water ponding in or runoff from the irrigation
sites. [15ANCAC 02T .0108(b)(1)]
WQ0002284 Version 3.1 Shell Version 180711 Page 7 of 14

7. Irrigation shall not be performed during inclement weather or when the ground is in a condition that
will cause ponding or runoff. [15A NCAC 02T .0108(b)(1)]
8. All reclaimed water irrigation equipment shall be tested and calibrated at least once per permit cycle.
Calibration records shall be maintained at the facility for a period of no less than five years, and shall
be made available to the Division upon request. [15A NCAC 02T .0108(b)(1)]
9. The turbidimeter shall be tested and calibrated at a minimum of once per year. Calibration records
shall be maintained at the facility for a period of no less than five years, and shall be made available to
the Division upon request. [15A NCAC 02T .0108(b)(1)]
10. Only reclaimed water generated at the Kinnakeet Shores WWTP shall be utilized and distributed in
accordance with this permit. [G.S. 143-215.1]
11. An automatically activated standby power source capable of powering all essential treatment units shall
be on site and operational at all times. If a generator is employed as an alternate power supply, it shall
be tested weekly by interrupting the primary power source. [ 15A NCAC 02U .0402(h)]
12. Public access to the reclaimed water generation facilities and five day upset pond shall be prohibited.
[15A NCAC 02U .0402(f)]
13. Public access to reclaimed water utilization sites shall be controlled during active site use. Such
controls may include the posting of signs showing the activities being conducted at each site. [15A
NCAC 02U .0501]
14. Diversion or bypassing of untreated or partially treated wastewater from the treatment facilities is
prohibited. [15A NCAC 02T .0108(b)(1)]
15. Freeboard in the 3.057 MG lined 5-day upset pond and the 5.1 MG storage/infiltration pond shall not
be less than two feet at anytime. [ 15A NCAC 02T .0108(b)(1)]
16. A gauge to monitor reclaimed water levels in the 3.057 MG lined 5-day upset pond and the 5.1 MG
storage/infiltration pond shall be provided. This gauge shall have readily visible permanent markings
at inch or tenth of afoot increments. [15A NCAC 02T .0108(b)(1)]
17. A protective vegetative cover shall be established and maintained on all earthen embankments (i.e.,
outside toe of embankment to maximum allowable temporary storage elevation on the inside of the
embankment), berms, pipe runs, erosion control areas, and surface water diversions. Trees, shrubs, and
other woody vegetation shall not be allowed to grow on the earthen dikes or embankments. Earthen
embankment areas shall be kept mowed or otherwise controlled and accessible. [15A NCAC 02T
.0108(b)(1)]
18. All effluent shall be routed to the five day upset 3.057 MG lined 5-day upset pond should the limit for
fecal coliform (e.g., daily maximum concentration of 25 colonies per 100 mL) or turbidity (e.g.,
instantaneous maximum of 10 NTU) be exceeded, until the problems associated with the wastewater
treatment plant have been corrected. The wastewater in the five day upset 3.057 MG lined 5-day upset
pond shall be pumped back to the treatment plant headworks for re -treatment or treated in the five day
upset 3.057 MG lined 5-day upset pond prior to utilization. [15A NCAC 02U .0402(e)]
19. The Permittee shall develop and implement an education program to inform users (including
employees) about the proper use of reclaimed water. Educational material shall be provided to all
residents and/or other facilities provided with reclaimed water, and these materials shall be maintained
consistent with the reclaimed water uses. All educational materials shall be made available to the
Division upon request. [15A NCAC 02U .0501(a)(4)]
WQ0002284 Version 3.1 Shell Version 180711 Page 8 of 14

20. The Permittee shall provide notification to the public and/or employees about the use of reclaimed
water, and that reclaimed water is not intended for drinking. Such notification shall be provided to
employees in a language they can understand. [15A NCAC 02U .0501]
21. The residuals generated from the wastewater treatment facilities shall be disposed or utilized in
accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .1100. The Permittee shall maintain a residual management plan
pursuant to 15A NCAC 02U .0802. [15A NCAC 02T .1100, 02U .0802]
IV. MONITORING AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
1. Any Division required monitoring (including groundwater, plant tissue, soil and surface water analyses)
necessary to ensure groundwater and surface water protection shall be established, and an acceptable
sampling reporting schedule shall be followed. [15A NCAC 02T .0108(c)]
2. A Division certified laboratory shall conduct all laboratory analyses for the required effluent,
groundwater or surface water parameters. [15A NCAC 02H .0800]
3. Flow through the reclaimed water generating facility shall be continuously monitored, and daily flow
values shall be reported on Form NDMR.
The Permittee shall install and maintain an appropriate flow measurement device to ensure the accuracy
and reliability of flow measurement consistent with accepted engineering and scientific practices.
Selected flow measurement devices shall be capable of measuring flows with a maximum deviation of
less than ten percent from true flow; accurately calibrated at a minimum of once per year; and
maintained to ensure the accuracy of measurements is consistent with the selected device's accepted
capability. The Permittee shall maintain records of flow measurement device calibration on file for a
period of at least five years. At a minimum, documentation shall include:
a. Date of flow measurement device calibration,
b. Name of person performing calibration, and
c. Percent from true flow.
[15A NCAC 02T .0105(k)]
4. The Permittee shall monitor the reclaimed water from the generating facility at the frequencies and
locations for the parameters specified in Attachment A. [ 15A NCAC 02T .0108(c)]
The Permittee shall maintain adequate records tracking the amount of reclaimed water utilized.
Records shall be maintained for a minimum of five years. At a minimum, these records shall include
the following information for each utilization site listed in Attachment B:
a. Date of reclaimed water utilization;
b. Volume of reclaimed water irrigated;
c. Site irrigated;
d. Length of time site is irrigated;
e. Continuous weekly, monthly, and year-to-date hydraulic (inches/acre) loadings;
f. Weather conditions; and
g. Maintenance of cover crops.
[15A NCAC 02T .0108(c)]
WQ0002284 Version 3.1 Shell Version 180711 Page 9 of 14

Freeboard (i.e., reclaimed water level to the lowest embankment elevation) in the 3.057 MG lined 5-
day upset pond and the 5.1 MG storage/infiltration pond shall be measured to the nearest inch or tenth
of a foot, and recorded weekly. Weekly freeboard records shall be maintained at the facility for a period
of no less than five years, and shall be made available to the Division upon request. [15A NCAC 02T
.0108(c)]
7. A record shall be maintained of all residuals removed from this facility. This record shall be maintained
at the facility for a period of no less than five years, and shall be made available to the Division upon
request. At a minimum, this record shall include:
a. Name of the residuals hauler;
b. Non -Discharge permit number authorizing the residuals disposal, or a letter from a municipality
agreeing to accept the residuals;
c. Date the residuals were hauled; and
d. Volume of residuals removed.
[15A NCAC 02T .0108(c)]
8. A maintenance log shall be maintained at this facility. This log shall be maintained at the facility for a
period of no less than five years, and shall be made available to the Division upon request. At a
minimum, this log shall include:
a. Visual observations of treatment plant and plant site;
b. Date of calibration of flow measurement device(s);
c. Date of calibration of turbidimeter;
d. Date and results of power interruption testing on alternate power supply;
Record of preventative maintenance (e.g., changing/adjusting of equipment, pump and valve
maintenance, cross connection control, testing, inspections and cleanings, etc.; and
f. Record of all unpermitted releases of reclaimed water to surface water or land surface including
date of occurrence, estimated volume of release, cause, and corrective action taken.
[ 15A NCAC 02T .0108(b)(1)]
9. Three copies of all effluent monitoring data and reclaimed water distribution data (as specified in
Conditions IV.3. and IVA.) shall be submitted on Form NDMR for each PPI listed in Attachment A.
Reporting forms shall be submitted on or before the last day of the following month. If no reclaimed
water distribution activities occurred during the monitoring month, monitoring reports documenting
the absence of the activity are still required to be submitted. All effluent monitoring data shall be
submitted to the following address: Division of Water Resources, Information Processing Unit, 1617
Mail Service Center, Raleigh, North Carolina, 27699-1617. [15A NCAC 02T ,0105(l)]
10. Three copies of all operation and utilization records (as specified in Conditions IV.5. and IV.6.) shall
be submitted on Form NDAR-1 for every non -conjunctive utilization site listed in Attachment B. (Note:
conjunctive use sites do not require NDAR-1 submission). Reporting forms shall be submitted on or
before the last day of the following month. If no reclaimed water utilization activities occurred during
the month, monitoring reports are still required documenting the absence of the activity. All
information shall be submitted to the following address: Division of Water Resources, Information
Processing Unit, 1617 Mail Service Center, Raleigh, North Carolina, 27699-1617. [15A NCAC 02T
.0105(1)]
11. Monitoring wells shall be sampled after construction and within 3 months prior to initiating reclaimed
water utilization operations. Monitoring wells shall be sampled thereafter at the frequencies and for
the parameters specified in Attachment C. All mapping, well construction forms, well abandonment
forms and monitoring data shall refer to the permit number and the well nomenclature as provided in
Attachment C. [15A NCAC 02T .0105(m)]
WQ0002284 Version 3.1 Shell Version 180711 Page 10 of 14

12. For initial sampling of monitoring wells, the Permittee shall submit a Compliance Monitoring Form
(GW-59) and a Well Construction Record Form (GW-1) listing this permit number and the appropriate
monitoring well identification number. Initial Compliance Monitoring Forms (GW-59) without copies
of the Well Construction Record Forms (GW-1) are deemed incomplete, and may be returned to the
Permittee without being processed. [15A NCAC 02T .0105(m)]
13. Two copies of the monitoring well sampling and analysis results shall be submitted on a Compliance
Monitoring Form (GW-59), along with attached copies of laboratory analyses, on or before the last
working day of the month following the sampling month. The Compliance Monitoring Form (GW-59)
shall include this permit number, the appropriate well identification number, and one GW-59a
certification form shall be submitted with each set of sampling results. All information shall be
submitted to the following address: Division of Water Resources, Information Processing Unit, 1617
Mail Service Center, Raleigh, North Carolina, 27699-1617. [15A NCAC 02T .0105(m)]
14. Noncompliance Notification:
The Permittee shall report by telephone to the Washington Regional Office, telephone number (252)
946-6481, as soon as possible, but in no case more than 24 hours, or on the next working day following
the occurrence or first knowledge of the occurrence of any of the following:
a. Treatment of wastes abnormal in quantity or characteristic, including the known passage of a
hazardous substance.
b. Any process unit failure (e.g., mechanical, electrical, etc.), due to known or unknown reasons,
rendering the facility incapable of adequate wastewater treatment.
c. Any failure resulting in a discharge of reclaimed water directly to surface waters or any unpermitted
release of reclaimed water to land surface greater than or equal to 5,000 gallons. Unpermitted
releases less than 5,000 gallons to land surface shall be documented by the Permittee in accordance
with Condition IV.8.f. but do not require Regional Office notification.
d. Any time self -monitoring indicates the facilities permitted herein have gone out of compliance with
the limitations contained in this permit.
e. Ponding in or runoff from the reclaimed water utilization sites.
Any emergency requiring immediate reporting (e.g., discharges to surface waters, imminent failure of
a storage structure, etc.) outside normal business hours shall be reported to the Division's Emergency
Response personnel at telephone number [phone], [phone], or [phone]. Persons
reporting such occurrences by telephone shall also file a written report in letter form within five days
following first knowledge of the occurrence. This report shall outline the actions taken or proposed to
betaken to ensure the problem does not recur. [15A NCAC 02T .0108(b)(1)]
WQ0002284 Version 3.1 Shell Version 180711 Page 11 of 14

V. INSPECTIONS
1. The Permittee shall provide adequate inspection and maintenance to ensure proper operation of the
reclaimed water generation and utilization facilities. [15A NCAC 02T .0108(b)]
2. The Permittee or their designee shall inspect the reclaimed water generation and utilization facilities to
prevent malfunction, facility deterioration and operator errors resulting in discharges, which may cause
the release of wastes to the environment, a threat to human health or a public nuisance. The Permittee
shall maintain an inspection log that includes, at a minimum, the date and time of inspection,
observations made, and any maintenance, repairs, or corrective actions taken. The Permittee shall
maintain this inspection log for a period of five years from the date of the inspection, and this log shall
be made available to the Division upon request. [15A NCAC 02T .0108(b)]
3. Any duly authorized Division representative may, upon presentation of credentials, enter and inspect
any property, premises or place on or related to the reclaimed water generation and utilization facilities
permitted herein at any reasonable time for the purpose of determining compliance with this permit;
may inspect or copy any records required to be maintained under the terms and conditions of this permit,
and may collect groundwater, surface water or leachate samples. [G.S. 143-215.1]
VI. GENERAL CONDITIONS
1. Failure to comply with the conditions and limitations contained herein may subject the Permittee to an
enforcement action by the Division in accordance with North Carolina General Statutes 143-215.6A to
143-215.6C. [G.S. 143-215.6A to 143-215.6C]
2. This permit shall become voidable if the permitted facilities are not constructed in accordance with the
conditions of this permit, the Division approved plans and specifications, and other supporting
documentation. [15A NCAC 02T .0110]
3. This permit is effective only with respect to the nature and volume of wastes described in the permit
application, Division approved plans and specifications, and other supporting documentation. No
variances to applicable rules governing the construction or operation of the permitted facilities are
granted, unless specifically requested and approved in this permit pursuant to 15A NCAC 02T .0105(n).
[G. S. 142-215.1 ]
4. The issuance of this permit does not exempt the Permittee from complying with any and all statutes,
rules, regulations, or ordinances, which may be imposed by other jurisdictional government agencies
(e.g., local, state, and federal). Of particular concern to the Division are applicable river buffer rules in
15A NCAC 02B .0200; erosion and sedimentation control requirements in 15A NCAC Chapter 4 and
under the Division's General Permit NCGO 10000; any requirements pertaining to wetlands under 15A
NCAC 02B .0200 and 02H .0500; National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES)
requirements under 15A NCAC 02H .0100, and documentation of compliance with Article 21 Part 6
of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes. [15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(6)]
In the event the permitted facilities change ownership or the Permittee changes their name, a written
permit modification request shall be submitted to the Division. This request shall be made on official
Division forms, and shall include appropriate property ownership documentation and other supporting
documentation as necessary. The Permittee of record shall remain fully responsible for maintaining
and operating the facilities permitted herein until a permit is issued to the new owner. [15A NCAC
02T .0104]
6. The Permittee shall retain a set of Division approved plans and specifications for the life of the facilities
permitted herein. [15A NCAC 02T .0108(b)(1)]
7. The Permittee shall maintain this permit until all permitted facilities herein are properly closed or
permitted under another permit issued by the appropriate permitting authority. [15A NCAC 02T
.01050)]
WQ0002284 Version 3.1 Shell Version 180711 Page 12 of 14

8. This permit is subject to revocation or unilateral modification upon 60 days notice from the Division
Director, in whole or part for the requirements listed in 15A NCAC 02T .0110. [ 15A NCAC 02T .0110]
9. Unless the Division Director grants a variance, expansion of the permitted facilities contained herein
shall not be granted if the Permittee exemplifies any of the criteria in 15A NCAC 02T .0120(b). [15A
NCAC 02T .0120]
10. The Permittee shall pay the annual fee within 30 days after being billed by the Division. Failure to pay
the annual fee accordingly shall be cause for the Division to revoke this permit. [15A NCAC 02T
.0105(e)(3)]
Permit issued this the 17' day of August 2018
NORTH CAROLINA ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT COMMISSION
inda Culpepper, Interim Director
Division of Water Resources
By Authority of the Environmental Management Commission
Permit Number WQ0002284
WQ0002284 Version 3.1 Shell Version 180711 Page 13 of 14

Permit No. WQ0002284 Reclaimed Water Generation and
Outer Banks/Kinnakeet Associates, LLC Non -Conjunctive Reclaimed Water Utilization System
Kinnakeet Shores WWTP August 17, 2018
Dare County
ENGINEERING CERTIFICATION
❑ Partial ❑ Final
In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0116, I, , as
a duly registered Professional Engineer in the State of North Carolina, having the Permittee's authorization
to ❑ periodically ❑ weekly ❑ fully observe the construction of the permitted facility, hereby state to the
best of my abilities that due care and diligence was used in the observation of the construction, such that
the facility was built within substantial compliance and intent of this permit, the Division approved plans
and specifications, and other supporting documentation.
❑ Any variation to this permit, the Division approved plans and specifications, and other supporting
documentation has been documented in the attached as -built drawings, and shall serve as the
Permittee's minor modification request to amend the permit accordingly.
Provide a brief narrative description of any variations:
THE COMPLETED ENGINEERING CERTIFICATION, INCLUDING ALL SUPPORTING
INFORMATION AND MATERIALS, SHALL BE SENT TO THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS:
NORTH CAROLINA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
DIVISION OF WATER RESOURCES
NON -DISCHARGE BRANCH
NON -DISCHARGE PERMITTING UNIT
By U.S. Postal Service: By Courier/Special Delivery:
1617 MAIL SERVICE CENTER
512 N. SALISBURY STREET
RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27699-1617 RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27604
WQ0002284 Version 3.1 Shell Version 180711 Page 14 of 14

-t
en
tO
mt:.
tl
N
�
U
U
U
U
U
0
U
o
U
0
U
0
U
Wd
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
i
N
r3
N
N
N
F
q
Q
W
M
e
R
N
313
O
O
'R
A
e
s
H
A
a
z
�:
o�
�
W
o
w
C7
O
R
p d
c
v,
kn
d
C
O
Y
C
lzr
a
a
o
z
z
o
u
z
w
-
H
Cd
-o
U
y
U
eie
a3
to
to
O
O
O
40.
O
p
w
W
O
P]
U
U
o
U
w
Z
Z
Z
Z
o
a
CA
�
F�
0
M
. N M
N
w
O
a
co:

W
o b
d
z
z
0
z
N
�
o
b
y
o
d
0
z
fb
y
o.
f
z
00
F
(p-
QQ-
Qq-
Qq-
r
r
r
r
o
C
e
o
C
m a
CD
A
o
�
00
d
3
C
t7
m
C
3
w
k
w
k
w
k
w
k
fD
C
Z
.G
y
CD
CD
CDCD
eD;CD
°
z
c�
y=
y
ro
o
0
0
o
�
O
o
43
0
o
r
0
0
CDrIQ
�
o
b
y
20
o
f
fD
CD
y
z
fD
d
z
fD
y ^r
CD -ti
o
f
m ;T
ua .r
c
�
o
�
C
y
0-0
drA
G
3
d
a�
k
C
f
C
w
w
w
w
CD
CD
0
CD
c�
z
y�

ti
M
o
U
o
U
U
o
U
U
U
U
U
0
o
o
0
0
k
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
z
-
0
+�+
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
U
N
N
U
N
N
N
7J
GJ
N
U
N
N
U
U
U
03
N
03
O
O
Q
o
O
Q
o
C
Q
O
O
O
O
O
o
a
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
o
O
O
o
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
L
y
U
GJ
U
U
U
U
N
U
U
U
U
U
byD
U
b4
N
6}
y
U
y
N
�
�.
yb..A
�
yb..A
CC
}bq
CC
�by0
CO
�byA
CC
{byA
CO
ybyA
@
yby-0
CC
{byyA
W
ybyy�A
W
yby,.A�
R
C6
�
yb..D
(6
{b..A
t6
yby�.0
CC
ybyyyA
R
ydyy�p
W
yb.q
R
R
U
U
y
U
y
U
y
U
y
U
y
U
y
U
y
U
y
U
y
U
y
U
y
U
y
U
y
U
y
U
y
U
y
U
y
U
y
ay
Ca
Ca
Ca
Ca
Ca
Ca
Ca
Ca
Ca
Ca
m
A
m
m
A
A
0
A
A
S-.
Q
17
Q
C:
=1
C.
Q
fw'
L".
t:
S'•.
S"'..
Q
9.
$%
9.
97
!l.
O
z
O
Z
O
Z
O
z
O
Z
O
Z
I
O
z
I
O
z
I
O
z
I
O
Z.
I
O
z
I
0
z
I
O
z
I
O
z
I
O
z
I
O
z
I
O
z
I
O
z
I
0
z
I
I
I
I
I
I
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
CIA
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
C y
y
O
y
O
y
O
y
O
y
O
y
O
y
O
y
O
y
O
y
O
y
O
O
y
O
y
O
y
O
y
O
y
O
y
O
yCL
O
C a>
O in
O�
Q ti
C ti
Q ti
O m
O m
O�
O m
0 in
q�❑�
O�
O m
0 r'�i�
O�
O�
O�
O N
o.
,��o,��o,��o•��o,��,��o,��o,��o,��o,••,,��o,��o,��o•��o•��o•��o
o°
o 0
o 0
a 0
o 0
o
a
o S
c$
0 8
o S
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
0o
s.
Oo
s.
00
00
00
Oo
s.
00
s.
00
00
00
00
00
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
d
y t
a1
m
M
�O
O
00
'
O
kn
O1
M
00
kn
00
N
M
l�
N
rZ L
Vl
00
00
V5
N
.--�
N
N
�
iJg
;o
0
l�
0
0
0
d
0
N
0
O
0
O
0
M
0
O
0
N
0
IC00
0
0
to
0
�o
0
ON
0
t-
0
00
0
\0
.-••�
Q1
a1
N
N
O
W)
O
W)m
M
Cl
kn
N
N
W)
O
l-
[�
M
M
to
CD
0o
00
`_O
l-
.•-�
%0
N
N
N
m
l-
l-
00
l-
00
00
00
Ov
O
t
00
z
p
.-+
•--�
.--�
•--�
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
tn
O
O
Vl
�n
W)'n
kn
V1
In�n
In
Inin
vlIn
O
O
wl
N
W)
W)
W)
W�
to
h
W�
kn
h
V1
kn
kn
V1
tei
W,
kn
N
Q
CD
o
0
l-
0
N
0
l
0
lD
N
0\
0
O
0
It00
0
0
WD
0
O
0
'ITm
0
0
m
0
0
01
0
WO
0
00
a
\c
N
O
Cn
O
-'I-M
M
00
Rn
l
N
�D
—
N
m
M
O
et
rq
N
CDN
V1
O�
00
M
eD
00
in
O
N
M
-n
M
m
M
N
M
m M
O
M
rl'
W)
M
N
M
M
M
O
O
M
M
M
a
in
Wn
W)
wn
kn
Wn
Wn
kn
kn
Wn
kn
%n
kn
kn
kn
Wn
vi
to
Wn
Q
rn
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
cn
M
M
M
M
iTa
^
Q
cc
U
N
U
N
N
N
N
N
U
N
U
U
N
U
N
U
U
U
N
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
ra
Q
ra
Q�
a
Q
g
Q
A
A
A
0
F
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
N
G
N
N
G�
U
vi
i
N
6
U
U
N
N
w
§
w;
g.
vil
N
U
N
U
O
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
O
0
y
O
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
y
y
d
y
y
d
y
y
d
y
y
¢
y
y
d
y
y
¢
y
y
d
m
y
¢
y
y
d
y
d
y
y
¢
y
m
d
y
y
d
y
y
d
m
y
d
y
y
d
y
y
d
y
y
d
y
y
d
�•^
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
y
y
ti
y
y
y
y
y
y
14
y
14
y
y
x
,=i
?E
,x
,=514
.1
x
,k
x
-14
x
.sE
y
x
14
.x
y
.x5
y
.SC
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
Fit
W
O
O
O
O
O
O
7
O
7
7
7
O
O
O
O
O
:::I
O
O
O
O
O
O
0
0
0
0
O
O
O
O
O
0
0
0
0
0
0
C
O_
O_
Q
N_
m
U
Ca
W
k.
0
d
f-0
_4
_O
N
Kl-
G
V
11

R
a
s
>
>
>
�
a
kA
a
o
coo�
A
W
�
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
a
a
CD
CD
0
CD
0
CD
a
CD
CD
CD
0
CD
CD
CD
CD
0
CD
CD
CC
Cd
�
�J
b7
b7
�J
b7
Cd
G1
bp�d
b�
ppb�
pb�7
pb��
ppb��7
pb�7
pb�7
pb�7
pb�7
pb��
CD
CD
(D
(D
fD
(D
(D
(D
N
(D
(D
(D
(D
(D
(D
CD
CD
(D
(D
N
N
CD
7
Cp
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
VJ
O
V1
o
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
U]
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0 0
w
w
w
w
w
w
CD
0
Vn
CD
Vn
CD
0
0
CD
Vn
0
Vn
CD
CD
Vn
CD
y
CD
CD
m
�n
CD
m
?,
m
m
w
Vn
CD
w
a
Vn
91
Vn
1�4
1�1
1�6
1�1
1�1
I�n
1�4
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
Y
O
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
o
z
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
u,D
w
uj
w
w
w
m
A
01
O\
ON
00
oo
J
O
O
'�
C
O
�l
O
a1
a1
D\
O
I�A
\D
A
w
00
w
00
N
N
w
oo
A
A
cA
O
r
r
Q\
Qti
O
U
O1
O,
J
J
O
O
N
-4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
00
0
0
o
J
a
J
o
0O
Q
°a
i
kA
w
w
w(A
w
kA
w
Qo
z
o
�l
w
w
O
o
flA
0
LA
0
00
0
00
0
-11
0
-1
0
00
O
O
O
O
0
N0
Cl
00
0
110
0
00
0
-1
o
00
w
N
00
00
x
w
w
vi
Vi
O
O
O
l.A
O
th
LA
O
t.A
O
C�
x
N
-1
00
W
N
-1
cA
(A
W
N
-
C\
x
J
J
J
N
C
Q,
lA
0
IC
0
0
w
0
O\
0
O
0
01
0
01
0
O
0
O
0
0
00
0
W
o
00
0
O\
0
J
0
N
0
-3
0
0
00
0
N
0
M
W
V�
W
W
r
A
N
VNi
?
a1
J
J
000
�
ON1
U
ONO
�N+
O
w
, K
DD
CD
n
n
n
n
c
00
00
00
00
00
00
0
00
00
00
00
0
00
0
00
00
0
00
00
0
00
0
00
0
00
00
0
00
0
00
0
nt
0 0
i-S
0
i-S
o
o
0 2
o-.!
o
0 "t
o
o "R
0— '
o
o R
o "t
o
0— rq
o
o 8
o
ey, �`
0 0
cy �-!
0
�+ �-!
0
ry `�
o
0 "'i
o
.-. "'t
o a
0 `Y
o
0 ry
o a
"i
o
o
a�
a,w
C w
o,
C,
C�
C�
a, v
o,w
rn v
rn v
ON
Cw
o1
01a;
C1
0,w
c,m
a1
rn�;
•. oG
. O
N. O
O
d
O
O
O
�.
m
CD
CD
CD
0
O
CD
O
0
O
CD
CD
CD
O-
CD
0
O
CD
O
0
O
CD
O
CD
O
CD
C
CD
O
CD
Q
CDO
O
CD
CD
�
(D
co
co
�
co ��
�
co
0
cD
co p
cc
cD P'
�
0 P'
�
co
�
cD ��
N
co ��
L7
co
'�
co FAD
�
cD �
�
w
�
co
co ��'
Pam'
a
�0"
CL
CL
a
�a..
ci
0.
'L
a.�a
�a�in,
cl,
a
a,
a.�o�¢�a�a
O
o
0
O
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
�-
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
00
A
00
A
00
A
00
A
00
A
00
A
00
A
00
A
00
A
00
A
00
A
00
A
00
A
00
A
00
A
00
A
00
A
00
A
00
A
00
A
00
A
I
Z
I
Z
I
Z
I
z
I
Z
I
Z
I
Z
I
Z
I
Z
I
z
I
Z
I
I
I
I
I
`z
I
I
Z
I
I
Z
I
Z
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
ap
CD
CD
CD
CD
CD
CD
CD
CD
a
CD
CD
CD
CD
CD
CD
CD
CD
CD
CD
CD
0
a
`O
a
'O
a
'O
a
•o
a
•o
a
'O
a
'O
a
a
'C
a
a
'O
a
`r3
',a
a
a
'�1
'oa
'0a
'0a
a
"O
a
"r3
-�
r
1a
I
'u
IFL
15L
'u_
n
w
aY
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
aY
m
w
w
.w.
K
w
o•
o
o'
❑
o
.�
o'
�
o'
�
o'
�
o
�
o'
�
o'
w
o
w
o'
.�
o
o
0
�
0'
.�
o'
o
a•
.�
o•
a
o
.�
o'
a
o'
a
0—
a
Z
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
fD
z
..
m=
N
N
N
N
iJ
N
I j
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
IJ
tJ
N
N
N
N
b
O
O
O
O
O
O
0
O
O
O
O
O
O
Ei
O
O
O
O
O
O
CD
co
rn
tD
cD
co
co
tD
cD
cD
tD
cD
tD
cD
cD
cD
tD
tD
cD
cD
�

►a
W
I.�.4
d
a
w
C7
C7
C7
C7
C7
C7
C7
C7
73
C7 '�'
Q
U
6
z
d
8
s°.
a
X
X
k
k
X
k
k
k
Q
k
d
I�
V�
0
7
a
W
d
?1
A
A
•,
o
kn
C7
CL
H
o
7-4
QI
�b
6>
U
y
Cd
ti
U
a
aM
O
N
y
E
3
0
d
w
Z
N
y
o
"
(D
a
o
U
U
U
z
z
a
3
V
000
�O
CN
\O
M
kn
VO
O
M
O
O
O
O
00
I
F4
0
0
3
00
c U
^-
o
U
b
Y
o
O
•�
.o
�
Y
�
•t� N �d
•p
U
,'�
U
o
c 3 '�
Q
to ,o 0
c
•�, o
od
o
U
r.
N
b
�
U
O
ID
O
73
pq
� a�
Y
:b a� a� •�
Y
y
CG
O
cC O
0 °
o
o
yQ•'
a�
a
�
p
sN.
�
�
� �
o
fn
cd w O
° � �
Q o Q
O
O v
m
g
U N C
o
o
T C°
cad
>
bq
O
T 0' G U
U O
u° N U
$ a��i
$.
ot
o
=L �n
p o
oq
T
p m C G
p •� a .^�
'C3 of
•C E S
cd cd O
E o oaau
w�
�
a 9 Uo �
� �
Cd V1
o
N
o ottP.P.C.
Q O T
Z O .� 0
C
VI
i.n y
c
�
U
a'-°
o00
0 cdod
o o
O O
U
o>
ao
3
U U O
y cd
o
>,
$ N 0 o
Y
at
0 3
P.
2 E E�
uo u
on d 8�
ti
3 y
0
5
.0,,
,,O ,b N 'No
p °
00 O
E E
�_ � N
Cd
,� 000
'.�+
vUi vUi
'O
cd C,
Z
00cql
v
t
•4c';5
U°
00
CZ W W
E,QF�H o>
O E'" �
N
N
M
.� O.
U
a3 .D U 'Tj N
c� U
H F
�wi U rC
0
CY
'-+
fV
M
V)
146
3

cow zus =cdaan
o4G-NL Q %Y
.pfMx@ ..paid. =-•1a9
dno pM� 0
C! �L4Gaywd IPrIG
THM
W
s
uj
rte
lu
J
■
■ ®
a m
u3
SZUGHS .L.71ruNmAix
I i'11M I'f+d'087J VL'IONIW VJINOM
'WVLfUAI LlovwL'LI*I I-U '1'fl„P'WS-dLMM00CZSl\Y31tlM 315tlM1e»CpawyS a�law4M fL9I1Z

Maps Contrbutorso State of North Cardha DDOro ® OpenStraetMa; Esfi, HERE, Gar ouzo SaffeGraph,
SaffeGraph, GQoTbchndcgks, Inc, M[ToANAS& MSGS, EpA)S Census Bureau, USDA Maxar
P
1,750
Feet KINNAKEET
SHORES
WWTP
TERTIARY
FILTER
INSTALLATION
AND
DISINFECTION
MODIFICATIC

September 29, 2022
Wastewater Branch
Water Quality Permitting Section
Division of Water Resources
1617 Mail Service Center
Raleigh, NC 27699-1617
Subject: Delegation of Signatory Authority
Outer Banks Kinnakeet Associates, LLC
Permit Numbers WQ0002284 & WQC500295
To Whom It May Concern
By notice of this letter, I hereby delegate signatory authority to each of the following Carolina
Water Services, Inc. of North Carolina representatives for all permit applications, discharge
monitoring reports, and other information relating to the operations at the subject facilities as
specified in 15A NCAC 02T.
Donald Denton , President
Brent Milliron, HSE Manager
Tony Konsul, Operations Director
Dana Hill, Operations Director
Ray E. Hollowell, Jr., Manager
Bruce W. Miller, Accountant
Linda M. Selby, Administrator
Sincerely,
Donald. [e-mail]
[e-mail]
[e-mail]
[e-mail]
[e-mail]
[e-mail]
[e-mail]
/S/Ray E. H , Jr.
Ray E. Hollowell, Jr.
Outer Banks/Kinnakeet Associates, LLC
252-202-2358
[e-mail]
704-995-7640
704-318-3317
704-576-1685
252-269-2540
252-202-2358
252-202-8983
704-408-7310